I LIB RARY O F O.tfGHESS. i\ 

; <&ty. BT2^ I 

I _ ,_ 

IUNITED STATES OF AMERICA. J, 



THE 



CLOSING SCENES 



Life of Christ 

BEING 

A HARMONIZED COMBINATION 

OF THE 

FOUR GOSPEL HISTORIES 

OF 

THE LAST YEAR OF OUR SAVIOUR'S LIFE. 
By D. D 7 . BUCK, D.D. 

I 

WITH AN INTRODUCTORY ESSAY 
By W. D. WILSON, D.D., LL.D. 




^PHILADELPHIA 
J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO. 
1869. 



3" 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by 

D. D. BUCK, D.D., 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Northern 
District of New York. 



lippincott's press 

PHILADELPHIA. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

The Author's Preface 9 

Method and Design 13 

Introductory Essay. (Rev. W. D. Wilson, D. D., LL.D) 17 

PART FIRST. 

chap. Time: About nine months. 

I. Scenes near Cesarea-Philippi 25 

II. wScenes associated with the Transfiguration 28 

III. Cure of the young Demoniac 31 

IV. Scenes in Galilee 34 

V. Offences and Forgiveness 38 

VI. Commission and Triumph of the Seventy 41 

VII. Jesus Going to the Feast of Tabernacles 44 

VIII. Jesus at the Feast of Tabernacles 48 

IX. Discourses and Debates in the Temple 52 

X. Cure of a Blind Man 58 

XL The Good Shepherd «, 62 

XII. Scenes beyond Jordan 66 

PART SECOND. 

Time : About three months. 

I. The Resurrection of Lazarus 71 

II. Discourses and Parables 76 

III. Parables of the Kingdom 80 

IV. Parables and Applications S^ 

V. Discourses and Parables 87 

VI. Discourses and Incidents 91 

1* • 5 



6 CONTENTS. 

CHAP. PAGE 

VII. Instructions and Incidents 95 

VIII. Scenes at Jericho ioo 

PART THIRD. 

Time : Four days. 

I. The Feast at Bethany 108 

II. Christ's Triumphant Entry into Jerusalem 112 

III. Scenes in and about Jerusalem 1 16 

IV. Disputations and Parables 119 

V. Scenes in the Temple 123 

VI. Christ's Enemies Confounded 127 

VII. Admonitions and Reproofs 130 

VIII. Scenes in the Temple 134 

PART FOURTH. 

Time : Tuesday evening of Passion Week. 

I. Our Lord's Great Prophecy {Part First) — General Themes : 

Jewish and Roman War, Afflictions of the Church 139 

II. Our Lord's Great Prophecy [Part Second) — General Theme : 

The Coming of Christ 146 

III. Our Lord's Great Prophecy (Part Third)— General Theme : 

Scenes at the Coming of Christ 151 

PART FIFTH. 

Time: Tuesday evening to Thursday evening of Passion Week: 
March 23-25. 

I. Scenes associated with the Last Passover 158 

II. Scenes at the Last Passover 162 

III. Scenes associated with the Lord's Supper 168 

IV. Christ's Eucharistic Discourse (Part First) 171 

V. Christ's Eucharistic Discourse (Part Second ) 175 

VI. Christ's Eucharistic Discourse (Part Third) 178 

VII. Christ's Eucharistic Prayer 181 



CONTENTS. 



PART SIXTH. 

Time : Late Thursday night to early Friday morning of Passion 
chap. Week: March 25, 26. page 

I. Scenes in Gethsemane 187 

II. Scenes in Gethsemane 190 

III. Scenes at the Palace of the High Priest 193 

IV. Scenes at the Palace of the High Priest 197 

V. Scenes at the Jewish and Roman Tribunals. 199 

VI. Scenes at Pilate's Judgment-seat 205 

PART SEVENTH. 

Time: Friday, March 26 — from just before nine in the mornings 
to evening. 

I. Scenes at the close of the Trial 211 

II. Scenes associated with the Crucifixion 214 

III. Scenes about Calvary 218 

IV. Scenes associated with the Death of Christ 221 

V. Scenes associated with the Burial of Christ 225 

PART EIGHTH. 

Time : Forty days — from the Resurrection to the Ascension. 

I. Scenes associated with Christ's Resurrection 230 

II. Scenes associated with Christ's Resurrection 235 

III. Christ's Appearance to his Disciples 238 

IV. Christ's Appearance to the Apostles 241 

V. Third Appearance to the Apostles 245 

VI. Last Appearance and Ascension 249 



APPENDIX. 

NO. 

I. Observations on the Trial of Christ 253 

1. Special Observations 253 

2. General Observations 254 

II. Harmonized Narrative of the Appearances of Christ after 

his Resurrection 259 



8 CONTENTS. 

*tiO. PAGB 

III. Scheme of Occurrences associated with the Resurrection of 

Christ and his Appearance to Mary Magdalene 261 

IV. Summary of Christ's post-resurrection Appearances, accord- 

ing to Closing Scenes 262 

V. Occurrences of Resurrection Week, as exhibited in Closing 

Scenes 263 

VI. Schedule of Days and Occurrences of Passion Week, accord- 

ing to Closing Scenes 264 

VII. Devices and Attempts to injure and to destroy Christ : ex- 
hibiting Persons and Occasions 270 

VIII. Words uttered by Christ as he hung upon the Cross : The 

Original and the Translation 272 

IX. Words referring to Christ, or addressed to him, while sus- 
pended on the Cross 275 

X. Various Sufferings of Christ 280 

1. Before the Closing Scenes 280 

2. During the Closing Scenes 281 

XI. Observations on the Sufferings and Death of Christ : show- 
ing the mental and physical sufferings, and their influ- 
ence in producing his sudden death 281 

XII. Textual Index 284 

XIII. Outlines of a New System of Bible-class Instruction, in- 
tended to present Christ as the Central Object of every 
Lesson, and to exhibit his entire History, in connection 
with all the Times, Places, Persons, Scenes, Sayings, 
Doings, etc., with which he is scripturally associated. . 290 



THE AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 



This book is intended to furnish for all classes of readers a 
convenient aid to a better understanding of the Personal History 
of our Lord Jesus Christ; and especially that part of it which 
is denominated the Closing Scenes, 

By the Closing Scenes, however, is not meant the dying hours, 
or the last few days : the period thus designated includes the last 
year of our Lord's eventful earthly history. During this period 
there was a wonderful increase and crowding together of such 
doings and sayings as had a manifest relation to his final rejec- 
tion, sufferings and death, and should, therefore, be associated 
together in this particular history. In this volume we shall un- 
dertake to gather up, and to trace toward the cross, these innu- 
merable threads of this divine history. 

The utmost diligence, patience and perseverance have been 
brought into requisition in the preparation of this newly-con- 
structed narrative ; and in not a single instance has the author 
trusted to any similar work, but has in all cases relied upon his 
own original research and individual judgment in the arrange- 
ment and position of every sentence and every word. 

In some instances he has felt obliged to differ from some, and, 
in a few cases, from all, who have originated and compiled Har- 
monies of the Gospel history. Many of these standard. Harmo- 
nies are truly excellent, and should be deemed indispensable in 

A* 9 



io THE AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 

a critical investigation of the sacred narrative ; but their plans 
and purposes are in some respects dissimilar to those which 
have guided in the production of this volume ; and hence, in 
some essential particulars, this work is original and unique. 

Those Harmonies which merely exhibit a parallel arrangement 
of paragraphs and verses, and even such as present a parallel 
arrangement of sentences and words, however well constructed, 
and however well calculated for their respective purposes, accom- 
plish but little, after all, toward supplying the common reader 
with a complete and readable exhibition of the entire history of 
any transaction or discourse which is variously recorded by two 
or more of the sacred historians. 

Parallelism of arrangement is but a single step toward the 
vastly more difficult and yet indispensable combination of all the 
distinct ideas, expressed in a continuous, convenient and readable 
form. Perfection of knowledge is never attained by mere paral- 
lelism of kindred and similar truths. Combination, completeness 
and consecutiveness are absolutely indispensable. And this is 
what every reader and student is obliged to produce in his own 
mind, in addition to the parallelism of verses and expressions, if 
he would clearly comprehend all that the four original records 
have preserved. 

Such a combined Harmony is herein attempted, adding nothing 
to the original records, omitting nothing that any one of these 
records has preserved, changing no expression that the author- 
ized English version contains, and, excepting a few instances, 
repeating nothing that is clearly identical. Such is the purpose 
of this work. What every thorough Bible-student is obliged, 
with much effort, and with many disadvantages usually, to pro- 
duce in his own mind is herein prepared (with many imperfec- 
tions, doubtless), in a form exhaustive, simple, complete and 
readable. 

At a glance the reader may discover the original source of 
every expression and word contained in the several Gospel his- 



THE A UTHORS PREFA CE. 1 1 

tories, blended in this harmonized summary into a continuous 
narrative; leaving nothing to distract the attention, to weary 
the searching eye, or to perplex the memory. Occasionally a 
few remarks, or more extended observations, may assist the 
reader to a more complete comprehension of the more difficult 
or remarkable portions of the Saviour's history. 

To accomplish such an undertaking, with even general accu- 
racy, will not be regarded as a trifling achievement by any per- 
son who has had any practical knowledge oU this department of 
biblical literature. And if some defects and minor inconsis- 
tencies should be detected by the eagle-eye of criticism, let those 
sit in judgment on this honest and earnest endeavor to accom- 
plish a good work, who, from their own experience, understand 
the many embarrassments and real difficulties of such an under- 
taking. 

In the nature of the case, a work of this kind must be almost 
exclusively the production of a single mind. Differences of taste 
and method would unavoidably result in a conflict of judgment 
with respect to innumerable things which have divided the 
opinions of the wisest and best of men ; and yet these disputable 
things must be taken into consideration and in some way dis- 
posed of in a work of this kind. 

The Author has not deemed it either necessary or expedient 
to increase the size and expense of this volume by the addition 
of common exegetical notes. Commentaries on the Gospels are 
now happily within the reach of the multitude, and as every 
expression of this newly-constructed narrative can be instantly 
traced to its original place in the four Gospels, for ordinary ex- 
egetical information the reader is referred to the many excellent 
expositions which are now within the reach of all. The brief, 
as well as the more extended Notes, interspersed through the 
volume, relating principally to the Harmony, or to other matters 
of unusual interest, it is hoped will not be either unacceptable 
or unprofitable to the reader. The great purpose in this w r ork is 



12 THE AUTHOR'S PREFACE. 

to arrange and exhibit the text itself— the sacred, the harmonized 
and completed Scripture text. Besides this, all other matters in 
the volume are comparatively unimportant and subordinate. 

To the candid and the charitable, with the pleasing conscious- 
ness of a supreme desire to glorify God, this volume is trustfully 
commended, with fervent prayer for the Divine Blessing to attend 
the book and to rest upon its earnest readers. 

D. D. B. 



METHOD AND DESIGN. 



1. To give the Scripture history of the Closing Scenes of the 
Life of Christ ; beginning about twelve months before his cruci- 
fixion, and extending the narrative until his ascension to heaven. 

2. To combine into one harmonious and continuous narrative 
every idea expressed in the four Gospel histories of the period 
designated. 

3. To retain in all cases the original expressions, as found in 
the authorized version of the New Testament. But where two 
or more of the Gospels record the same thing in different words 
or connections, a selection of expressions is made from the one 
which appears most full and complete, or most in harmony with 
the purpose and style of the newly-constructed history. 

4. By the superior figures 1, 2, 3, 4, incorporated with the 
Scripture text, and which are used to designate the several Gos- 
pel records in their numerical order, it can be instantly discovered 
from which of the four original records the words, sentences, 
verses and paragraphs have been selected. For example, all 
that follows figure 1, until we come to some other figure, is 
selected from Matthew, and so of the other figures respectively. 
And at the head of every section will be indicated the book, 
chapter and verse, for more particular examination, if it be de- 
sired. 

5. The words in italics in the common version, being supplied 
by the translators, and having no corresponding words in the 
Greek originals, are of course without divine authority, and some- 

2 13 



1 4 METHO& AND DESIGN. 

times without use or propriety. Sometimes these supplied words 
are retained, as a matter of convenience, and sometimes they are 
omitted. 

6. In some cases it has been deemed necessary to supply a 
word or two in this new arrangement, in order to give appro- 
priate connection to the composition. In all cases these words 
are put in [brackets]. 

7. The chronological order of events is maintained in the nar- 
rative, so far as that order can be ascertained. But in some 
cases this is impossible, and the wisest have disagreed in their 
decisions and conjectures. In a few instances, however, sepa- 
rate and incidental occurrences, not necessarily connected with 
the principal history, are introduced at the close of the particular 
scene with which they were originally in some measure asso- 
ciated, so that the principal narrative might not be interrupted. 

8. The'Eucharistic Discourses of our Lord, which he gave in 
connection with his last paschal feast and the first celebration 
of the Lord's Supper, are here preserved in the general form and 
relations in whi«h it pleased Divine Wisdom to cause them to be 
recorded. This was deemed better than to break them up into 
fragments, as has been done in some Harmonies, for the pur- 
pose of interspersing them (by mere guess-work) among the 
various incidents which transpired at that time. They are di- 
vided into appropriate sections, however, for the convenience of 
the general reader, and to adapt them more perfectly for Sunday 
Schools and Bible Classes. 

9. In the upper margin the reader will always have in view, 
in connection with the events recorded, the time and place of 
their occurrence. And toward the close of the narrative the day 
and the hour are usually indicated, so far as it can be determined. 

10. The Summary of Time, Place, Actors and Events, given 
at the beginning of the principal divisions of the history, will be 
found very convenient for general reference, and may answer, 
perhaps, instead of a more particular Index. 



METHOD AND DESIGN. 1 5 

n. The various matters treated in the Appendix will be judged 
to be as original as the case will admit, and, for general refer- 
ence, will be deemed of considerable value. Some of the tabular 
exhibits are entirely new, and it is confidently hoped will interest 
and otherwise benefit the reader. 

12. This most affecting portion of our Saviour's history ought 
to be universally and much better understood. As herein pre- 
sented, it seems especially adapted for devotional reading, and 
for Sunday School and Bible Class instruction. 

13. Our Divine Redeemer on one occasion uttered these re- 
markable words, "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will 
draw all unto me." This he said, signifying what death he 
should die. (John xii. 32, 33.) The earnest endeavor throughout 
this volume is to render some assistance in drawing all unto 
Christ. For this purpose, therefore, Christ in his sufferings is 
made the central object in all these affecting scenes. To the 
millions of our sin-smitten, perishing race, the suffering Re- 
deemer, gradually approaching the cross — having it always in 
view, always dreading it, and finally suspended upon it — is here 
conspicuously exhibited ; and the whole intention of this volume 
is, to speak, as with a trumpet, and to say to the dying, " Look 
and live !" The spirit of the work is this : "For I determined 
not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ, and him 
crucified." (1 Cor. ii. 2.) 



INTRODUCTION. 



BY REV. W. D. WILSON, D. D., LL. D., HOBART COLLEGE, 
GENEVA, N. Y. 



Rev. D. D. Buck, D. D. : 

My Dear Friend — I have looked over your MS. on the 
Closing Scenes of the Life of Christ with great interest. I have 
not been able to read the whole of it, nor to examine into all the 
details of the Harmony, so as to be able to express my concur- 
rence with you in all the particulars of your arrangement. But 
I have seen enough to enable me to express my sense of the 
great value of the work you have accomplished. In a work like 
this, accuracy in the arrangement of details would doubtless be 
of great importance ; but the work, as I conceive, has an object 
in view to which some slight mistakes in this respect, if any 
there should chance to be, cannot by any means be fatal, or even 
very materially injurious. 

For instance, it cannot be very material, in many cases, which 
of two events occurred first in their order ; and it would not be 
surprising if there were cases in which we have no means of 
ascertaining which did occur first in their historical order. But 
the skill with which you have succeeded in combining the four 
Gospel narratives into one, in such a way as that no word of 
Holy Scripture will have been omitted, and no words — certainly 
no important words — are needed to complete the harmony and 
continuity of the narrative, is most admirable, and goes far to 
2* 17 



iS INTRODUCTION. 

satisfy us that the order in which you have arranged the events 
can be none other than that in which they occurred. 

No arrangement, I conceive, could be more satisfactory, as 
proof of your theory, than the entire and perfect success with 
which it has accomplished your object ; making a narrative so 
complete, so continuous, so smooth and harmonious, in the very 
words of Holy Scripture, that one can hardly doubt as he reads 
it that it was written, as it now stands, by one person, and he 
the very man who was moved by the Holy Ghost to write for 
our instruction this most interesting and touching story of the 
dying scenes of our Blessed Lord. 

I most heartily thank you for the work, and have no doubt 
that the thousands and tens of thousands, as I trust they may 
be, who will read it, will be benefited and instructed by this pro- 
duct of your labors, and will also thank you, and bless God that 
He has been pleased to put it into your heart to undertake such 
a work, to the praise and glory of His great Name. 

As expressive of my sense of the value of such a volume as 
you have produced, permit me to refer to the fact that some 
years ago I undertook a work which, although on a different plan 
from yours, had the same object in view. My design was to 
harmonize the events, etc., of the last week of our Lord's life 
into a continuous narrative, using Scripture language, or a para- 
phrase of it, and introducing language of my own, not only for 
the fullness of the description, but also for the further purpose 
of explaining the transactions and the words of Christ, by refer- 
ence to Jewish usages, antiquities, opinions, etc., as *well as to 
the doctrinal significance and practical bearing of whatever oc- 
curred. 

I had also designed not only to refer each event to its place 
in the order, but also to divide the whole into parts correspond- 
ing with the days of Passion Week, from the entry into Jerusalem 
on Palm Sunday to the walk to Emmaus on the evening of the 
day of the Resurrection, and thus make my book an appropriate 



INTRODUCTION. 19 

companion for Passion Week. This work I not only planned, 
but prepared also, so far as to make it the basis of a series of 
Lectures for each day in Passion Week ; and thus I tested the 
value of a work of the kind for the practical purposes of devotion 
and instruction in righteousness. 

Your plan, though different from mine in many respects, aims 
at the same results ; and I am, fully persuaded that in some par- 
ticulars it has advantages over mine of no inconsiderable import- 
ance. But the great object is the same : to bring the interesting 
scenes into unity and harmony as a whole and continuous nar- 
rative, so that the mind maybe able, as far as possible, to grasp 
it at^ once ; and as a united, consistent, complete whole, sharp 
in its outlines and satisfactory in its details. 

And I am persuaded that no one who has not made the at- 
tempt to harmonize the four Gospels, can have any idea of the 
completeness and fullness of the description which can thus be 
made out ; nor yet of the effect which that description, when thus 
made out, will have upon the mind. And this is, after all, the 
great object in view. Of these effects, as witnessed in my own 
case, and in their influence upon the minds of others who have 
contemplated the harmonized narrative, I will mention only two : 
First, the effect in removing objections and dispelling all skep- 
tical doubts. The perfect harmony in the narrations is truthful, 
and makes such an impression as soon as it is seen and con- 
sidered. Diverse in their expression as the Gospels may appear 
when read one by one, the perfect harmony and agreement in all 
their details, when considered together, is such as to leave the 
impression that the authors wrote and described truthfully what 
they had seen and realized in the deepest emotions of their own 
hearts. 

And this harmonious agreement points at once not only to the 
common basis of fact in what they all describe, but also to the 
one Mind in which the whole originated, and by which the Evan- 
gelists must have been inspired, in order that such an agreement 



20 INTRODUCTION. 

could exist in what they wrote. It is true, indeed, that the pre- 
sentation need not, and most likely will not, produce any con- 
scious struggle in the mind between these doubts and convictions ; 
but as the heart becomes occupied with the narrative, and as the 
mind proceeds from point to point, doubts and unbelief quietly, 
silently and unobservedly pass out of the mind, and the hearer, 
or reader, is surprised to find how completely his whole soul is 
occupied with the truth, and how utterly groundless were all the 
doubts and misgivings he had entertained. 

But, secondly, the effect upon the heart is still greater and 
more ?nanifest. The crucifixion of our Lord is the most im- 
portant and the most touching event that ever transpired on this 
earth. Now, in order that any object of thought may produce 
its full effect upon the heart, three conditions are requisite : i. 
It must be presented with such precision and completeness of 
detail as to satisfy the imagination (so that we can, as it were, 
see exactly how it appeared) with that sense of reality which 
nothing but such an idea-image of it as an individual object or 
event can give. 2. A full comprehension of the importance, sig- 
nificance and relations of the object. 3. Time sufficient for the 
deeper feelings to be awakened and aroused to the utmost in- 
tensity to which the object can, when properly estimated, excite 
them. 

Now, an undertaking like yours fulfills, in the most perfect 
manner which the nature of the subject will allow, all these con- 
ditions. No mortal can indeed comprehend, still less enable 
others to comprehend, the full meaning and significance of the 
astonishing scenes of Calvary and the Crucifixion. And yet, by 
a skillful combination of the words of the Holy Scriptures, we 
can present enough to employ the entire energies of human 
thought, and even overwhelm the mind with a sense of the in- 
comprehensible vastness of the things which "the a?igels desire 
to look into" but do not fully expect or hope fully to understand. 

And herein is an advantage of your subject, in reference to 



INTR OD UC TIOJST, 2 1 

the laws of the feelings ; namely, that with each successive con- 
templation of the subject, and each successive perusal of the 
narrative, we may make some advance from the imperfection of 
knowledge with which we began our studies, to that full compre- 
hension which even the highest archangel will find to be beyond 
his grasp. 

From this fact it will result that this subject will always be 
new to the thoughts, and be saved from the operation of that 
general law of the sensibilities by which each of the emotions 
awakened by any object always has a tendency to become less 
deep and vivid with each successive recurrence, until entire in- 
difference and deadness ensue. 

But, in reference to the two other conditions, no plan can be 
better adapted than yours. Of the events described, we know 
nothing but what the Evangelists have told us in the Gospels. 
Therefore we have all of the details toward making up a full 
description that we can have from any source ; and, fortunately, 
we have, as we find on examination, all that we need or can 
reasonably desire. No one will believe that we have so many 
of them, until he has examined and thoroughly studied a har- 
monized narrative like yours. 

And, by proceeding in your method, the mind is occupied with 
the scenes themselves, and their great central object, the Lord of 
Glory Himself, with no diversion occasioned by the introduction 
of foreign expressions or distracting thoughts. And the effect 
upon all readers — even upon the hearts of the oldest and most 
ripened Christian believers — will be a conception of the Crucifix- 
ion more nearly adequate to the great transaction than he could 
otherwise obtain. They will have a sense of reality attendant 
upon it, such as they never had before ; and a warmth of feeling, 
as well as a depth of gratitude, far beyond what they had pre- 
viously experienced, in view of the inestimable price that has 
been paid for our redemption. 

And again I thank you, my dear friend and brother, for this 



22 INTRODUCTION. 

opportunity of reading your work. And I pray God to bless 
you for having done a work that will redound to His glory, and 
to the conversion, edification and final salvation of the immortal 
souls for whom Christ died. 

I am, very sincerely and truly, 

Yours in Christian friendship, 

W. D. Wilson. 
Geneva, N. Y. 



CLOSING SCENES 



Life of Christ. 



PART FIRST. 



SUMMARY. 

Time : About nine months. m 

Principal Places: Cesarea-Philippi, Mount of Transfiguration, Galilee, 
Capernaum, Samaria, Bethany, Jerusalem. 

Principal Persons : Jesus, Peter, Moses and Elias, Demoniac Child and 
Father, Seventy Disciples,. Lawyer, Martha and Mary, Jewish Offi- 
cers, The Adulteress, Blind Man and Parents, Infirm Woman, The 
Pharisees. 

Principal Scenes and Subjects : 
Chap. I. — Scenes near Cesarea-Philippi. i. Peter's Confession 
of Christ. 2. Christ's Address to Peter. 3. Christ's Forebodings. 
4. Loss of the Soul. 5. Christ's Glorious Coming. 
Chap. II. — Scenes Associated with the Transfiguration, i. 
The Transfiguration. 2. Moses and Elias. 3. The Cloud and the 
Voice from Heaven. 4. Coming of Elias. 

Chap. III. — Cure of the Young Demoniac, i. The Disciples Fail 
to Cure. 2. Christ Effects the Cure. 3. Unbelief of the Disciples. 

Chap. IV. — Scenes in Galilee, i. Christ's Forebodings of Death. 
2. Tribute-money from a Fish. 3. Ambition of the Disciples. 4. 
Who is Greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven. 5. Offending the 
Little Ones. 6. Suffering rather than Offending. 7. The Father's 
Care for the Little Ones. 

23 



24 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Summary. [May. 

Chap. V. — Offences and Forgiveness, i. Settlement of Difficul- 
ties among Brethren. 2. The Unforgiving Creditor. 

Chap. VI. — Commission and Triumph of the Seventy, i. Their 
Commission. 2. Their Triumph and Joy. 3. Jesus Rejoices in 
Spirit. 

Chap. VII. — Jesus Going to the Feast of Tabernacles. 1. Jesus 
Sets Out for Jerusalem. 2. Rejected by the Samaritans. 3. Ten 
Lepers Cleansed. 4. The Good Samaritan. 5. Martha and Mary. 

Chap. VIII. — Jesus at the Feast of Tabernacles, i. Jesus 
Teaching in the Temple. 2. The Jews Seek to Arrest him. 3. 
The Fountain of Life. 4. Conflicting Opinions about Christ. 5. 
Jesus Escapes Arrest. 

Chap. IX. — Discourses and Debates in the Temple, i. The 
Adulteress. 2. Christ's Two Witnesses. 3. Fate of Unbelievers. 
4. Jesus Subject to the Father. 5. Freedom and Bondage. 6. Pre- 
tensions of the Jews. 7. Jesus Escapes from his Enemies. 

Chap. X. — Cure of a Blind Man. i. The Cure Effected. 2. The 
Man's Account of it. 3. Dispute among the Pharisees. 4. The 
Parents Consulted. 5. The Man Recalled and Questioned. 6. 
Spiritual Blindness. 

Chap. XL — The Good Shepherd, i. The Sheep know the Shep- 
herd. 2. The Good Shepherd Dies for the Sheep. 3. Perplexity 
and Unbelief of the Jews. 4. Jesus Escapes from his Enemies. 

Chap. XII. — Scenes Beyond Jordan, i. Spirit of Infirmity Cured. 
2. Caviling Ruler Rebuked. 3. Entering the Strait Gate. 4. Mes- 
sage to Herod. Apostrophe to Jerusalem. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 25 

Part First] Near Cesarea-Philippi. [May. 



CHAPTER I. 

SCENES NEAR CESAREA-PHILIPPI. 

I. Peter's Confession of Christ. 2. Christ's Address to Peter. 3. 
Christ's Forebodings ; the Rebuker Rebuked. 4. Loss of the 
Soul. 5. Christ's Glorious Coming. 

Sec. 1. — Matt xvi. 13-16; Mark viii. 27-29; Luke ix. 18-20. 
Peter's Confession of Christ, 

1. 2 And Jesus went out, and his disciples, into the 
towns of Cesarea-Philippi. 

2. 3 And it came to pass, Hvhen Jesus came into the 
coasts of Cesarea-Philippi, 3 as he was alone praying, his 
disciples were with him. 

3. 2 And by the way he asked his disciples, saying 
unto them, Whom do men say that I, Hhe Son of man, 
am? 

4. 2 And they 3 answering, said, ^ome say that thou art 
John the Baptist. 2 But some say Elias ; T and others, 
Jeremias ; 3 and others say that one of the old prophets is 
risen again. 

5. 2 And he saith unto them, But whom say ye that I 
am? 

6. x And Simon Peter answered and said 2 unto him, 
Thou art the Christ ; Hhe Son of the living God. 

3 B 



26 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Near Cesarea-Philippi. [May. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xvi. 17-20; Mark viii. 30; Luke ix. 21. 
Christ's Address to Peter. 

7. And Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art 
thou, Simon Bar-jona ; for flesh and blood hath not re- 
vealed it unto thee ; but my Father which is in heaven. 

8. And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter ; and 
upon this rock I will build my church ; and the gates of 
hell shall not prevail against it. 

9. And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom 
of heaven ; and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth, shall 
be bound in heaven ; and whatsoever thou shalt loose on 
earth, shall be loosed in heaven. 

10. 2 And Hhen 3 he straitly charged ^lis disciples, 3 and 
commanded them, Hhat they should tell no man that he 
was Jesus the Christ. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xvi. 21-23 > Mark viii. 31-33 ; Luke ix. 22. 
Christ's Forebodings ; the Rebuker Rebuked.* 

11. Trom that time forth began Jesus to show unto his 
disciples how that he must go unto Jerusalem. 

12. 2 And he began to teach them, 3 saying, The Son of 
man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, 
2 and the chief priests and scribes, and be killed, *and be 
raised again the third day. 2 And he spake that saying 
openly. 

13. x Then Peter took him, and began to rebuke him, 
saying, Be it far from thee, Lord ! This shall not be 
unto thee. 

14. 2 But when he had turned about, and looked on his 

* Note, end of this chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 27 



Part First] Near Cesarea-Philippi. [May. 

disciples, he rebuked Peter, saying, Get thee behind me, 
Satan ! ^hou art an offence unto me. 

15. For thou savourest not the things that be of God, 
2 but the things that be of men. 

Sec. 4. — Matt. xvi. 24-26; Mark viii. 34-37 ; Luke ix. 23-25. 
Loss of the Soul, 

16. 2 And when he had called the people, with his dis- 
ciples also, he said unto them 3 all, If any man will come 
after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross 
daily, and follow me. 

17. For whosoever will save his life, shall lose it; but 
whosoever will lose his life for my sake, 2 and the gospel's, 
the same shall save it. 

18. x For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the 
whole world, and lose his own soul, 3 or be cast away? 

19. 2 Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul ? 

Sec 5. — Matt xvi. 27, 28 ; Mark viii. 38, and ix. 1 ; Luke ix. 26, 27. 
Christ's Glorious Coming. 

20. 2 Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of me, and 
of my -words, in this adulterous and sinful generation, of 
him also shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he 
cometh in the glory of his Father, with the holy angels. 

21. Tor the Son of man shall come 3 in his own glory, 
and ] in the glory of his Father, 3 and of the holy angels. 

22. T And then shall he reward every man according to 
his works. 

23. 2 And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you 3 of 
a truth, 2 that there be some of them that stand here, which 
shall not taste of death, 3 till they see the kingdom of God 



28 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Mount of Transfiguration. [May. 

2 come with power ; — ] till they see the Son of man coming 
in his kingdom. 

Note, Sec. 3. — Here properly our narrative of the " Closing Scenes" 
begins. For from this time forth he began to show unto his disciples, 
as he had not previously, the closing scenes of his earthly life and min- 
istry. From this point in the general history we observe frequent refer- 
ences to his mortal sufferings upon the cross, which seemed to be almost 
continually presented to his mind. And many of the incidents which 
occurred after this had direct or remote connection as causes, occasions, 
or modifications, with his ultimate rejection, sufferings and death. 
"From that time forth" a shadow seemed to overspread the Saviour's 
heart ; and, by sorrowful forebodings, he already began to suffer his 
redeeming agonies. 



CHAPTER II. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH THE TRANSFIGURATION. 

I. The Transfiguration. 2. Moses and Elias. 3. The Cloud and the 
Voice from Heaven. 4. The Coming of Elias. 

Sec. 1. — Matt xvii. 1,2; Mark ix. 2, 3 ; Luke ix. 28, 29. 
The Transjigui'ation. 

1 . 3 And it came to pass, about an eight days after these 
sayings, 2 after six days [interval,] Jesus taketh Peter, and 
James, and John, Tiis brother, 2 and leadeth them up into 
a high mountain apart by themselves, 3 to pray. 

2. And as he prayed, 2 he was transfigured before them. 

3. 3 The fashion of his countenance was altered, *and 
his face did shine as the sun. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 29 



Part First.] Mount of Transfiguration. [May. 

4. 2 And his raiment became shining, exceeding white 
as snow ; Hvhite as the light, 3 glistering ; 2 so as no fuller 
on earth can white them. 

Sec 2. — Matt. xvii. 3, 4 ; Mark ix. 4-6 ; Luke ix. 30-33. 
Moses and Elias. 

5. 3 And behold, there talked with him two men, which 
were Moses and Elias, who appeared 2 unto them 3 in glory. 

6. 2 And they were talking with Jesus, 3 and spake of 
his decease, which he should accomplish at Jerusalem. 

7. But Peter and they that were with him, were heavy 
w r ith sleep. 

8. And when they were awake, they saw his glory, and 
the two men that stood with him. 

9. And it came to pass, as they departed from him, 
Hhen 2 Peter answered and said unto Jesus, Master, it is 
good for us to be here. 

10. J If thou wilt, let us make here three tabernacles : 
one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias : 

11. 3 Not knowing what he said ; 2 for he wist not what 
to say ; for they were sore afraid. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xvii. 5-9 ; Mark ix. 7-10 ; Luke ix. 34-36. 
The Cloud and the Voice from Heaven. 

12. 1 While he yet spake, behold, a bright cloud 8 came, 
and overshadowed them. And they feared as they entered 
into the cloud. 

13. *And behold, 8 there came a Voice out of the cloud, 
Hvhich said, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am 

WELL PLEASED : HEAR YE HIM. 

3* 



30 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First.] Mount of Transfiguration. [May. 

14. And when the disciples heard it, they fell on their 
face, and were sore afraid. 

15. 3 And when the Voice was past, 'Jesus came and 
touched them, and said, Arise, and be not afraid. 

16. 2 And suddenly, 'when they had lifted up their eyes, 
[and] 2 when they had looked round about, they saw no 
man any more, save Jesus only with themselves. 

17. And as they came down from the mountain, 'Jesus 
charged them, 2 that they should tell no man what things 
they had seen [in] 'the vision, until the Son of man be 
risen again from the dead. 

18. 2 And they kept that saying 3 close 2 with themselves, 
questioning one with another what the rising from the 
dead should mean. 

19. 3 And [they] told no man in those days any of those 
things which they had seen. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xvii. 10-13 '•> Mark ix. 11-13. 
The Coming of Elias. 

20. 'And his disciples asked him, saying, Why then say 
the Scribes, that Elias must first come ? 

21. And Jesus answered and 2 told them, 'Elias truly 
shall first come, and restore all things : 

22. 2 And how it is written of the Son of man, that he 
must suffer many things, and be set at naught. 

23. But I say unto you, That Elias is indeed come 
l already, and they knew him not, but have done unto him 
whatsoever they listed, 2 as it is written of him. 

24. 'Likewise shall also the Son of man suffer of them. 

25. Then the disciples understood that he spake unto 
them of John the Baptist. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 31 

Part First] Mount of Transfiguration. [May. 



CHAPTER III. 

CURE OF THE YOUNG DEMONIAC. 

I. The Disciples Fail to Cure. 2. Christ Effects the Cure. 3. Unbe- 
lief of the Disciples. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xvii. 14-16; Mark ix. 14-18; Luke ix. 37-40. 
The Disciples Fail to Cure. 

1. 3 And it came to pass, that on the next day, when 
they were come down from the hill, much people met 
him. 

2. 2 And when he came to his disciples, he saw a great 
multitude about them, and the scribes questioning with 
them. 

3. And straightway all the people, when they beheld 
him, were greatly amazed ; and running to him, saluted 
him. 

4. And he asked the scribes, What question ye with 
them ? 

5. 3 And behold, Hhere came to him 3 a man of the com- 
pany, kneeling down to him, [who] 3 cried out, 2 and an- 
swered, x saying, 2 Master, I have brought unto thee my son, 
which hath a dumb spirit. 

6. 3 Master, I beseech thee, look upon my son, for he is 
mine only child. 

7. x Lord, have mercy on my son, for he is a lunatic,, 
and sore vexed. 

8. For ofttimes he falleth into the fire, and oft into the 
water ; 3 and lo, a spirit taketh him, and he suddenly crieth 
out. 



32 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First.] Mount of Transfiguration. [May, 

9. 2 And wheresoever he taketh him, he teareth him, 
3 that he foameth again, 2 and gnasheth with his teeth, and 
pineth away ; 8 and bruising him, hardly departeth from 
him. 

10. \And I brought him to thy disciples, 3 and I be- 
sought thy disciples 2 that they should cast him out ; and 
they could not *cure him. 



Sec 2. — Matt. xvii. 17, 18; Mark ix. 19-27 ; Luke ix. 41-43. 
Christ Effects the Cure. 

11. x Then Jesus answered and said, O faithless and 
perverse generation, how long shall I be with you ? how 
long shall I suffer you ? 

12. 3 Bring thy son hither \mto me. And they brought 
him unto him. 

13. 3 And as he was yet a coming, 2 when he saw him, 
straightway 3 the devil threw him down, and tare him ; 
2 and he fell to the ground, and wallowed foaming. 

14. And he asked his father, How long is it ago, since 
this came unto him ? And he said, Of a child. 

15. And ofttimes it hath cast him into the fire, and 
into the waters, to destroy him. 

16. But if thou canst do anything, have compassion on 
us, and help us. 

17. Jesus said unto him, If thou canst believe: all 
things are possible to him that believeth. 

# 18. And straightway the father of the child cried out, 
and said with tears, Lord, I believe ; help thou my un- 
belief. 

19. When Jesus saw that the people came running to- 
gether, he rebuked the 3 unclean spirit, 2 saying unto him, 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 33 

Part First] Mount of Transfiguration. [May. 

Deaf and dumb spirit ! I charge thee, come out of him, 
and enter no more into him. 

20. And the spirit cried, and rent him sore, and came 
out of him ; and he was as one dead ; insomuch, that 
many said, He is dead. 

21. But Jesus took him by the hand, and lifted him up, 
and he arose. 

22. *And the child was cured from that very hour. 
3 And he delivered him again to his father. 

23. And they were all amazed at the mighty power of 
God. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xvii. 19-21 ; Mark ix. 28, 29. 
Unbelief of the Disciples. 

24. 2 And when he was come into the house, hhe dis- 
ciples came to Jesus apart, 2 and asked him privately, Why 
could not we cast him out ? 

25. *And Jesus said unto them, Because of your un- 
belief. 

26. For verily I say unto you, If ye have faith as a 
grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, 
Remove hence to yonder place, and it shall remove. And 
nothing shall be impossible to you. 

27. Howbeit, this kind goeth not out, but by prayer 
and fasting. 

Note. — On reading this harmony of the several records, all must be 
impressed with the great advantages of such a combination of the dif- 
ferent narratives. Let any one read the separate accounts of this miracle, * 
and then read the whole as here combined, and he will not need further 
proofs of the value of such a blending of the separate histories. And 
what is manifest in this particular example is not less evident in many 
other instances yet to be exhibited. 

B* 



34 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Near Capernaum. [May. 

CHAPTER IV. 

SCENES IN GALILEE. 

I. Christ again Refers to his Betrayal, Death and Resurrection. 2. 
Tribute-money Obtained from a Pish. 3. Ambition among the 
Disciples. 4. Who is Greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven? 5. 
Offending one of the Little Ones. 6. Suffering rather than Offend- 
ing. 7. The Father's Care for the Little Ones. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xvii. 22, 23 ; Mark ix. 30-32 ; Luke ix. 43-45. 

Christ again refers to his Betrayal^ Death and Resur- 
rection, 

1. 2 And they departed thence, and passed through Gali- 
lee ; and he would not that any man should know it. 

2. \And while they abode in Galilee, 3 while they won- 
dered every one at all things which Jesus did, 2 he taught 
his disciples, and said unto them, Let these sayings sink 
down into your ears : 

3. For the Son of man shall be betrayed, [and] 3 de- 
livered into the hands of men ; *and they shall kill him. 

4. 2 And after that he is killed, he shall *be raised again 
the third day. 

5. 3 But they understood not this saying ; and it was hid 
from them, that they perceived it no*. 

6. J And they were exceeding sorry ; 3 and they feared to 
ask him of that saying. 



Sec 2. — Matt. xvii. 24-27 ; Mark ix. 33 (in part). 
Tribute-money obtained from a Fish. 
7. *And when they were come to Capernaum, they that 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 35 

Part First] Capernaum. [May. 

received tribute-money, came to Peter, and said, Doth not 
your Master pay tribute? He saith, Yes. 

8. And when he was come into the house, Jesus pre- 
vented him, saying, What thinkest thou, Simon? Of 
whom do the kings of the earth take custom or tribute ? 
of their own children, or of strangers ? 

9. Peter saith unto him, Of strangers. Jesus saith unto 
him, Then are the children free. 

10. Notwithstanding, lest we should offend them, go 
thou to the sea, and cast a hook, and take up the fish that 
first cometh up. 

11. And when thou hast opened his mouth, thou shalt 
find a piece of money : that take, and give unto them for 
me and thee. 

Sec 3. — Mark ix. 33-35 ; Luke ix. 46. 
Ambition among the Disciples, 

12. 3 Then there arose a reasoning among them, which 
of them should be greatest. 

13. 2 And being in the house, he asked them, What was 
it that ye disputed among yourselves by the way ? 

14. But they held their peace ; for by the way they had 
disputed among themselves, who should be the greatest. 

15. And he sat down, and called the twelve, and saith 
unto them, If any man desire to be first, the same shall be 
last of all, and servant of all. 

Sec 4.— Matt, xviii. 1-5 ; Mark ix. 36, 37 ; Luke ix. 47, 48. 
Who is Greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven? 

16. *At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, 
saying, Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven ? 



36 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Capernaum. [ May. 

17. 3 And Jesus perceiving the thought of their heart, 
Called a little child unto him ; 2 and he took [the] child, 
and set him 3 by him, *in the midst of them. 

18. 2 And when he had taken him in his arms, he said 
unto them, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, 
and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the 
kingdom of heaven. 

19. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this 
little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. 

20. And whoso shall receive one such little child in my 
name, receiveth me. 

21. 2 And whosoever shall receive me, receiveth not me, 
but him that sent me. 

22. 3 For he that is least among you all, the same shall 
be great. 

Sec 5.— Matt, xviii. 6 ; Mark ix. 38-42 ; Luke ix. 49, 50. 
Offending one of the Little Ones. 

23. 2 And John answered him saying, Master, we saw 
one casting out devils in thy name, and he followeth 
not us ; and we forbade him, because he followeth not us. 

24. But Jesus said 3 unto him, Forbid him not ; 2 for 
there is no man which shall do a miracle in my name, 
that can lightly speak evil of me. For he that is not 
against us, is on our part. 

25. For whosoever shall give you a cup of water to 
drink in my name, because ye belong to Christ, verily I 
say unto you, he shall not lose his reward. 

26. *But whoso shall offend one of these little ones 
which believe in me, it were better for him that a mill- 
stone were hanged about his neck, and that he were 
2 cast into the sea, *and drowned in the depth of the sea. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 37 

Part First.] Capernaum. [May. 

Sec. 6. — Matt, xviii. 7-9 ; Mark ix. 43-50. 
Suffering rather than Offending. 

27. 1 Woe unto the world because of offences ! For it 
must needs be that offences come ; but woe to that man 
by whom the offence cometh ! 

28. Wherefore, 2 if thy hand offend thee, cut it off, x and 
cast it from thee. 

29. 2 It is better for thee to enter into life x halt or 
maimed, rather than having two hands, to be cast 2 into 
hell, — into the Everlasting fire 2 that shall never be 
quenched : 

30. Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not 
quenched. 

31. And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off: it is better 
for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be 
cast into hell, — into the fire that never shall be quenched : 

32. Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not 
quenched. 

33. 3 And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast 
it from thee. 

34. It is better for thee to enter into 2 the kingdom of 
God with one eye, father than having two eyes to be cast 
into hell-fire : 

35. 2 Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not 
quenched. 

36. For every one shall be salted with fire ; and every 
sacrifice shall be salted with salt. 

37. Salt is good ; but if the salt have lost its saltness, 
wherewith will ye season it? 

38. Have salt in yourselves, and have peace one with 
another. 

4 



38 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Capernaum. [June. 

Sec. 7. — Matt, xviii. 10-14. 
The Father's Care for the Little Ones, 

39. Take heed that ye despise not one of these little 
ones ; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do 
always behold the face of my Father which is in heaven. 

40. For the Son of man is come to save that which 
was lost. 

41. How think ye? if a man have a hundred sheep, 
and one of them be gone astray, doth he not leave the 
ninety and nine, and goeth into the mountains, and seek- 
eth that which is gone astray ? 

42. And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, 
he rejoiceth more of that sheeft, than of the ninety and 
nine which went not astray. 

43. Even so it is not the will of your Father which is 
in heaven, that one of these little ones should perish. 



CHAPTER V. 

OFFENCES AND FORGIVENESS. 

I. Settlement of Difficulties among Brethren. 2. Parable of the Unfor- 
giving Creditor. 

Sec 1. — Matt, xviii. 15-20. 
Settlement of Difficulties among Brethren. 

1. Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, 
go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone : if 
he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 39 

Part First.] Capernaum. [June. 

2. But if he will not hear thee, theit take with thee one 
or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses 
every word may be established. 

3. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the 
church : but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be 
unto thee as a heathen man and a publican. 

4. Verily I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall bind on 
earth shall be bound in heaven ; and whatsoever ye shall 
loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. 

5. Again I say unto you, That if two of you shall agree 
on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall 
be done for them of my Father which is in heaven. 

6. For where two or three are gathered together in my 
name, there am I in the midst of them. 

Sec 2. — Matt, xviii. 21-35. 
Parable of the Unforgiving Creditor. 

7. Then came Peter to him, and said, Lord, how oft 
shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him ? till 
seven times? 

8. Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee, Until seven 
times : but, Until seventy times seven. 

9. Therefore is the kingdom of heaven likened unto a 
certain king, which would take account of his servants. 

10. And when he had begun to reckon, one was brought 
unto him, which owed him ten thousand talents. 

11. But forasmuch as he had not to pay, his lord com- 
manded him to be sold, and his wife, and children, and 
all that he had, and payment to be made. 

12. The servant therefore fell down, and worshiped 
him, saying, Lord, have patience with me, and I will pay 
thee all. 



40 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First.] Capernaum. [June. 

13. Then the Lord of that servant was moved with com- 
passion, and loosed him, and forgave him the debt. 

14. But the same servant went out, and found one of 
his fellow-servants, which owed him a hundred pence : 
and he laid hands on him, and took him by the throat, 
saying, Pay me that thou owest. 

15. And his fellow-servant fell down at his feet, and 
besought him, saying, Have patience with me, and I will 
pay thee all. 

16. And he would not: but went and cast him into 
prison, till he should pay the debt. 

17. So when his fellow-servants saw what was done, 
they were very sorry, and came and told unto their lord 
all that was done. 

18. Then his lord, after that he had called him, said 
unto him, O thou wicked servant, I forgave thee all that 
debt, because thou desiredst me : 

19. Shouldest not thou also have had compassion on 
thy fellow-servant, even as I had pity on thee ? 

20. And his lord was wroth, and delivered him to the 
tormentors, till he should pay all that was due unto him. 

21. So likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto 
you, if ye from your hearts forgive not every one his 
brother their trespasses. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 41 

Part First.] Capernaum. [September. 

CHAPTER VI. 

COMMISSION AND TRIUMPH OF THE SEVENTY. 

I. Commission of the Seventy. 2. Their Triumph and Joy. 3. Jesus 
Rejoices in Spirit. 

Sec. 1. — Luke x. 1-16. 
Commission of the Seventy. 

1. After these things the Lord appointed other seventy 
also, and sent them two and two before his face into every 
city and place, whither he himself would come. 

2. Therefore said he unto them, The harvest truly is 
great, but the laborers are few : pray ye therefore the 
Lord of the harvest, that he would send forth laborers 
into his harvest. 

3. Go your ways : behold, I send you forth as lambs 
among wolves. 

4. Carry neither purse, nor scrip, nor shoes : and salute 
no man by the way. 

5. And into whatsoever house ye enter, first say, Peace 
be to this house. 

6. And if the son of peace be there, your peace shall 
rest upon it : if not, it shall turn to you again. 

7. And in the same house remain, eating and drinking 
such things as they give : for the laborer is worthy of his 
hire. Go not from house to house. 

8. And into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive 
you, eat such things as are set before you : 

9. And heal the sick that are therein, and say unto 

them, The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you. 

4* 



42 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Capernaum. [September. 

10. But into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive 
you not, go your ways out into the streets of the same, 
and say, 

1 1 . Even the very dust of your city, which cleaveth on 
us, we do wipe off against you : notwithstanding, be ye 
sure of this, that the kingdom of God is come nigh unto 
you. 

12. But I say unto you, that it shall be more tolerable 
in that day for Sodom, than for that city. 

13. Woe unto thee, Chorazin ! woe unto thee, Beth- 
saida ! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre 
and Sidon, which have been done in you, they had a great 
while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. 

14. But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon 
at the judgment, than for you. 

15. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heaven, 
shall be thrust down to hell. 

16. He that heareth you heareth me ; and he that de 
spiseth you despiseth me ; and he that despiseth me de- 
spiseth him that sent me. 

Sec 2. — Luke x. 17-20. 
Their Triumph and yoy. 

17. And the seventy returned again with joy, saying, 
Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through thy 
name. 

18. And he said unto them, I beheld Satan as lightning 
fall from heaven. 

19. Behold, I give unto you power to tread on serpents 
and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy ; and 
nothing shall by any means hurt you. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 43 

Part First.] Capernaum. [September. 

20. Notwithstanding, in this rejoice not, that the spirits 
are subject unto you ; but rather rejoice, because your 
names are written in heaven. 



Sec 3. — Luke x. 21-24. 
Jesus Rejoices in Spirit. 

21. In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, and said, I 
thank thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that thou 
hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast 
revealed them unto babes : even so, Father ; for so it 
seemed good in thy sight. 

22. All things are delivered to me of my Father : and 
no man knoweth who the Son is, but the Father ; and 
who the Father is, but the Son, and he to whom the Son 
will reveal him. 

23. And he turned him unto his disciples, and said 
privately, Blessed are the eyes which see the things that 
ye see : 

24. For I tell you, that many prophets and kings have 
desired to see those things which ye see, and have not 
seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and 
have not heard them. 



44 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First.] Galilee — Samaria. [September. 



CHAPTER VII. 

JESUS GOING TO THE FEAST OF TABERNACLES. 

I. Jesus sets out for Jerusalem. 2. The Samaritans reject Jesus. 3. 
Ten Lepers Cleansed. 4. The Good Samaritan. 5. Martha and 
Mary. 

Sec. 1. — John vii. 1-10. 

yesus sets oitt for Jerusalem. 

1. After these things Jesus walked in Galilee ; for he 
would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill 
him. 

2. Now the Jews' feast of Tabernacles was at hand. 

3. His brethren therefore said unto him, Depart hence, 
and go into Judea, that thy disciples also may see the 
works that thou doest. 

4. For no man doeth anything in secret, and he him- 
self seeketh to be known openly. If thou do these things, 
show thyself to the world. 

5. For neither did his brethren believe in him. 

6. Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet 
come ; but your time is alway ready. 

7. The world cannot hate you ; but me it hateth, be- 
cause I testify of it, that the w r orks thereof are evil. 

8. Go ye up unto this feast. I go not yet up unto this 
feast ; for my time is not yet full. come. 

9. When he had said these words unto them, he abode 
still in Galilee. 

10. But when his brethren were gone up, then went he 
also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 45 



Part First.] Samaria. [September. 

Sec. 2. — Luke ix. 51-56. 

The Samaritans reject Jesus. 

11. And it came to pass, when the time was come that 
he should be received up, he steadfastly set his face to go 
to Jerusalem, 

12. And sent messengers before his face: and they 
went, and entered into a village of the Samaritans, to 
make ready for him. 

13. And they did not receive him, because his face was 
as though he would go to Jerusalem. 

14. And when his disciples James and John saw this, 
they said, Lord, wilt thou that we command fire to come 
down from heaven and consume them, even as Elias did ? 

15. But he turned, and rebuked them, and said, Ye 
know not what manner of spirit ye are of. 

16. For the Son of man is not come to destroy men's 
lives, but to save them. And they went to another vil- 
lage. 

• Sec. 3. — Luke xvii. 11-19. 

Ten Lepers Cleansed. 

17. And it came to pass, as he went to Jerusalem, that 
he passed through the midst of Samaria and Galilee. 

18. And as he entered into a certain village, there met 
him ten men that were lepers, which stood afar off: and 
they lifted up their voices, and said, Jesus, Master, have 
mercy on us. 

19. And when he saw them, he said unto them, - Go 
show yourselves unto the priests. And it came to pass, 
that, as they went, they were cleansed. 

20. And one of them, when he saw that he was healed, 
turned back, and with a loud voice glorified God. 



46 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Samaria. [September. 

21. And fell down on his face at his feet, giving him 
thanks : and he was a Samaritan. 

22. And Jesus answering said, Were there not ten 
cleansed ? but where are the nine ? 

23. There are not found that returned to give glory to 
God, save this stranger. 

24. And he said unto him, Arise, go thy way : thy faith 
hath made thee whole. 



Sec. 4. — Luke x. 25-37. 
The Good Samaritan. 

25. And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted 
him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal 
life? 

26. He said unto him, What is written in the law? how 
readest thou ? 

27. And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord 
thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with 
all thy strength, and with all thy mind ; and thy neighbor 
as thyself. 

28. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right : 
this do, and thou shalt live. 

29. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, 
And who is my neighbor? 

30. And Jesus answering said, A certain man went 
down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, 
which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, 
and departed, leaving him half dead. 

31. And by chance there came down a certain priest 
that way ; and when he saw him, he passed by on the 
other side. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 47 

Part First] Samaria. [September. 

32. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, 
came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. 

33. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came 
where he was ; and when he saw him, he had compas- 
sion on him, 

34. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pour- 
ing in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and 
brought him to an inn, and took care of him. 

35. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out 
two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, 
Take care of him : and whatsoever thou spendest more, 
when I come again, I will repay thee. 

36. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neigh- 
bor unto him that fell among the thieves ? 

37. And he said, He that showed mercy on him. Then 
said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise. 

Sec 5. — Luke x. 38-42. 
Martha and Mary. 

38. Now it came to pass, as they went, that he entered 
into a certain village : and a certain woman named Mar- 
tha received him into her house. 

39. And she had a sister called Mary, which also sat at 
Jesus' feet, and heard his word. 

40. But Martha was cumbered about much serving, 
and came to him, and said, Lord, dost thou not care that 
my sister hath left me to serve alone ? bid her therefore 
that she help me. 

41. And Jesus answered and said unto her, Martha, 
Martha, thou art careful and troubled about many things : 

42. But one thing is needful ; and Mary hath chosen 
that good part, which shall not be taken away from her. 



48 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Jerusalem. [October. 



CHAPTER VIII. 

JESUS AT THE FEAST OF TABERNACLES. 

I. Jesus Teaching in the Temple. 2. The Jews seek to Arrest Him. 
3. The Fountain of Life. 4. Conflicting Opinions about Christ. 
5. Jesus Escapes Arrest. 

Sec. 1. — John vii. 11-24. 
yes us Teaching in the Temple .• 

1. Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, 
Where is he ? 

2. And there was much murmuring among the people 
concerning him ; for some said, He is a good man ; others 
said, Nay ; but he deceiveth the people. 

3. Howbeit, no man spake openly of him, for fear of 
the Jews. 

4. Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into 
the temple, and taught. 

5. And the Jews marveled, saying, How knoweth this 
man letters, having never learned ? 

6. Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not 
mine, but his that sent me. 

7. If any man will do his will, he shall know of the 
doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of 
myself. 

8. He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory : 
but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is 
true, and no unrighteousness is in him. 

9. Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of 
you keepeth the law ? Why go ye about to kill me ? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 49 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [October. 

10. The people answered and said, Thou hast a devil : 
who goeth about to kill thee ? 

ii. Jesus answered and said unto them, I have done 
one work, and ye all marvel. 

12. Moses therefore gave unto you circumcision (not 
because it is of Moses, but of the fathers) ; and ye on the 
sabbath day circumcise a man. 

13. If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, 
that the law of Moses should not be broken ; are ye 
angry at me, because I have made a man every whit 
whole on the sabbath day ? 

14. Judge not according to the appearance, but judge 
righteous judgment. 

Sec. 2. — John vii. 25-31. 
The Jews seek to Arrest Jesus. 

15. Then said some of them of Jerusalem, Is not this 
he, whom they seek to kill? 

16. But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing 
unto him. Do the rulers know indeed that this is the 
very Christ? 

17. Howbeit we know this man whence he is: but 
when Christ cometh, no man knoweth whence he is. 

18. Then cried Jesus in the temple as he taught, saying, 
Ye both know me, and ye know whence I am : and I am 
not come of myself, but he that sent me is true, whom ye 
know not. 

19. But I know him ; for I am from him, and he hath 
sent me. 

20. Then they sought to take him : but no man laid 
hands on him, because his hour was not yet come. 

21. And many of the people believed on him, and said, 
5 C 



50 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Jerusalem. [October. 

When Christ cometh, will he do more miracles than these 
which this man hath done ? 

Sec. 3. — John vii. 32-39. 
The JFountai7t of Life, 

22. The Pharisees heard that the people murmured 
such things concerning him ; and the Pharisees and the 
chief priests sent officers to take him. 

23. Then said Jesus unto them, Yet a little while am I 
with you, and then I go unto him that sent me. 

24. Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me : and where 
I am, thither ye cannot come. 

25. Then said the Jews among themselves, Whither 
will he go, that we shall not find him ? will he go unto 
the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles ? 

26. What manner of saying is this that he said, Ye 
shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, 
thither ye cannot come ? 

27. In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus 
stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come 
unto me, and drink. 

28. He that believeth on me, as the Scripture hath 
said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water. 

29. (But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that 
believe on him should receive : for the Holy Ghost was 
not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified.) 

Sec 4. — John vii. 40-44. 
Conflicting Opinions about Christ. 

30. Many of the people therefore, when they heard this 
saying, said, Of a truth this is the Prophet. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 5 1 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [October. 

31. Others said, This is the Christ. But some said, 
Shall Christ come out of Galilee ? 

32. Hath not the Scripture said, That Christ cometh 
of the seed of David, and out of the town of Bethlehem, 
where David was? 

33. So there was a division among the people because 
of him. 

34. And some of them would have taken him ; but no 
man laid hands on him. 



Sec 5.— John vii. 45-53. 
yesus Escapes Arrest. 

35. Then came the officers to the chief priests and 
Pharisees ; and they said unto them, Why have ye not 
brought him ? 

36. The officers answered, Never man spake like this 
man. 

37. Then answered them the Pharisees, Are ye also 
deceived ? 

38. Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed 
on him? 

39. But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed. 

40. Nicodemus saith unto them (he that came to Jesus 
by night, being one of them), 

41. Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, 
and know what he doeth ? 

42. They answered and said unto him, Art thou also 
of Galilee ? Search, and look : for out of Galilee ariseth 
no prophet. 

43. And every man went unto his own house. 



52 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Jerusalem. [October. 



CHAPTER IX. 

DISCOURSES AND DEBATES IN THE TEMPLE. 

I. The Adulteress. 2. Christ's Two Witnesses. 3. Fate of Unbe- 
lievers. 4. Jesus Subject to the Father. 5. Freedom and Bond- 
age. 6. Pretensions of the Jews. 7. Jesus Escapes from his 
Enemies. 

Sec. 1. — John viii. i-n. 
The Adulteress. 

1. Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. 

2. And early in the morning he came again into the 
Temple, and all the people came unto him ; and he sat 
down, and taught them. 

3. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a 
woman taken in adultery ; and when they had set her in 
the midst, 

4. They say unto him, Master, this woman was taken 
in adultery, in the very act. 

5. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such 
should be stoned : but what sayest thou ? 

6. This they said, tempting him, that they might have 
to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his 
finger wrote on the ground. 

7. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up 
himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among 
you, let him first cast a stone at her. 

8. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the 
ground. 

9. And they which heard it, being convicted by their 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 53 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [October. 

own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the 
eldest, even unto the last : and Jesus was left alone, and 
the woman standing in the midst. 

10. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none 
but the woman, he said unto her, Woman, where are 
those thine accusers ? hath no man condemned thee ? 

ii. She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto 
her, Neither do I condemn thee : go, and sin no more. 



Sec 2. — John viii. 12-20. 
Christ" s Two Witnesses. 

12. Then spake Jesus again unto them, saying, I am 
the light of the world : he that followeth me shall not 
walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. 

13. The Pharisees therefore said unto him, Thou 
bearest record of thyself ; thy record is not true. 

14. Jesus answered and said unto them, Though I bear 
record of myself, yet my record is true : for I know 
whence I came, and whither I go ; but ye cannot tell 
whence I come, and whither I go. 

15. Ye judge after the flesh ; I judge no man. 

16. And yet if I judge, my judgment is true : for I am 
not alone, but I and the Father that sent me. 

17. It is also written in your law, that the testimony of 
two men is true. 

18. I am one that bear witness of myself, and the 
Father that sent me beareth witness of me. 

19. Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? 
Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father : 
if ye had known me, ye should have known my Father 
also. 

5* 



54 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Jerusalem. [October. 

20. These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as he 
taught in the temple : and no man laid hands on him ; 
for his hour was not yet come. 

Sec. 3. — John viii. 21-24. 
Fate of Unbelievers. 

21. Then said Jesus again unto them, I go my way, 
arid ye shall seek me, and shall die in your sins : whither 
I go, ye cannot come. 

22. Then said the Jews, Will he kill himself? because 
he saith, Whither I go, ye cannot come. 

23. And he said unto them, Ye are from beneath ; I 
am from above : ye are of this world ; I am not of this 
world. 

24. I said therefore unto you, that ye shall die in your 
sins : for if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in 
your sins. 

Sec. 4. — John viii. 25-30. 
Jesus Subject to the Father. 

25. Then said they unto him, Who art thou? And 
Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you 
from the beginning. 

26. I have many things to say and to judge of you : but 
he that sent me is true ; and I speak to the world those 
things which I have heard of him. 

27. They understood not that he spake to them of the 
Father. 

28. Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted 
up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am he, and 
that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught 
me, I speak these things. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 55 



Part First] Jerusalem. [October. 

29. And he that sent me is with me : the Father hath 
not left me alone ; for I do always those things that please 
him. 

30. As he spake these words, many believed on him. 

Sec. 5. — John viii. 31-36. 
Freedom and Bondage, 

31. Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on 
him. If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disciples 
indeed ; 

32. And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall 
make you free. 

33. They answered him, We be Abraham's seed, and 
w r ere never in bondage to any man : how say est thou, Ye 
shall be made free ? 

34. Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, 
Whosoever committeth sin is the servant of sin. 

35. And the servant abideth not in the house for ever : 
but the Son abideth ever. 

36. If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall 
be free indeed. 

Sec 6. — John viii. 37-47. 
Pretensions of the Jews. 

37. I know that ye are Abraham's seed ; but ye seek to 
kill me, because my word hath no place in you. 

38. I speak that which I have seen with my Father : 
and ye do that which ye have seen with your father. 

39. They answered and said unto him, Abraham is our 
father. Jesus saith unto them, If ye were Abraham's 
children, ye would do the works of Abraham. 



56 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [October. 

40. But now ye seek to kill me, a man that hath told 
you the truth, which I have heard of God : this did not 
Abraham. 

41. Ye do the deeds of your father. Then said they to 
him, We be not born of fornication ; we have one Father, 
even God. 

42. Jesus said unto them, If God were your Father, ye 
would love me : for I proceeded forth and came from 
God ; neither came I of myself, but he sent me. 

43. Why do ye not understand my speech? even be- 
cause ye cannot hear my word. 

44. Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of 
your father ye will do : he was a murderer from the be- 
ginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no 
truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his 
own : for he is a liar, and the father of it. 

45. And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not. 

46. Which of you convinceth me of sin ? And if I say 
the truth, why do ye not believe me ? 

47. He that is of God heareth God's words : ye there- 
fore hear them not, because ye are not of God. 



Sec. 7. — John viii. 48-59. 
yesus Escapes from his Enemies. 

48. Then answered the Jews, and said unto him, Say 
we not well that thou art a Samaritan, and hast a devil ? 

49. Jesus answered, I have not a devil ; but I honor 
my Father, and ye do dishonor me. 

50. And I seek not mine own glory : there is one that 
seeketh and judgeth. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. SI 



Part First.] Jerusalem. [October. 

51. Verily, verily, I say unto you, If a man keep my 
saying, he shall never see death. 

52. Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that 
thou hast a devil. Abraham is dead, and the prophets ; 
and thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never 
taste of death. 

53. Art thou greater than our father Abraham, which 
is dead ? and the prophets are dead : whom makest thou 
thyself? 

54. Jesus answered, If I honor myself, my honor is 
nothing : it is my Father that honoreth me ; of whom ye 
say, that he is your God : 

55. Yet ye have not known him ; but I know him : 
and if I should say, I know him not, I shall be a liar like 
unto you : but I know him, and keep his saying. 

56. Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day : and 
he saw it, and was glad. 

57. Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty 
years old, and hast thou seen Abraham? 

58. Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, 
Before Abraham was, I am. 

59. Then took they up stones to cast at him : but Jesus 
hid himself, and went out of the temple, going through 
the midst of them, and so passed by. 

C* 



THE CLOSING SCENES OF 



Part First] Jerusalem. [November. 



CHAPTER X. 

CURE OF A BLIND MAN. 

I. The Cure Effected. 2. The Man's Account of the Cure. 3. Dis- 
pute among the Pharisees. 4. The Parents Consulted. 5. The 
Man Recalled and Questioned. 6. Spiritual Blindness. 

Sec. 1. — John ix. 1-7. 
The Cure Effected, 

1. And as yesus passed by, he saw a man which was 
blind from his birth. 

2. And his disciples asked him, saying, Master, who 
did sin, this man, or his parents, that he was born 
blind? 

3. Jesus answered, Neither hath this njan sinned, nor 
his parents : but that the works of God should be made 
manifest in him. 

4. I must work the works of him that sent me, while it 
is day : the night cometh, when no man can work. 

5. As long as I am in the world, I am the light of the 
world. 

6. When he had thus spoken, he spat on the ground, 
and made clay of the spittle, and he anointed the eyes of 
the blind man with the clay, 

7. And said unto him, Go, wash in the pool of Siloam, 
(which is by interpretation, Sent). He went his way 
therefore, and washed, and came seeing. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 59 

Part First] Jerusalem. [November. 

Sec. 2. — John ix. 8-12. 
The Marts Account of it. 

8. The neighbors therefore, and they which before had 
seen him that he was blind, said, Is not this he that sat 
and begged ? 

9. Some said, This is he : others said, He is like him : 
but he said, I am he. 

10. Therefore said they unto him, How were thine eyes 
opened ? 

11. He answered and said, A man that is called Jesus 
made clay, and anointed mine eyes, and said unto me, 
Go to the pool of Siloam, and wash : and I went and 
washed, and I received sight. 

12. Then said they unto him, Where is he? He said, 
I know not. 

Sec. 3. — John ix. 13-17. 
Dispute among the Pharisees. 

13. They brought to the Pharisees him that aforetime 
was blind. 

14. And it was the sabbath day when Jesus made the 
clay, and opened his eyes. 

15. Then again the Pharisees also asked him how he 
had received his sight. He said unto them, He put clay 
upon mine eyes, and I washed, and do see. 

16. Therefore said some of the Pharisees, This man 
is not of God, because he keepeth not the sabbath day. 
Others said, How can a man that is a sinner do such 
miracles ? And there was a division among them. 

17. They say unto the blind man again, What sayest 
thou of him, that he hath opened thine eyes? He said, 
He is a prophet. 



60 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Jerusalem. [November. 

Sec. 4. — John ix. 18-23. 
The Parents Consulted. 

18. But the Jews did not believe concerning him, that 
he had been blind, and received his sight, until they called 
the parents of him that had received his sight. 

19. And they asked them, saying, Is this your son, who 
ye say was born blind ? how then doth he now see ? 

20. His parents answered them and said, We know 
that this is our son, and that he was born blind : 

21. But by what means he now seeth, we know not; 
or who hath opened his eyes, we know not : he is of age ; 
ask him : he shall speak for himself. 

22. These words spake his parents, because they feared 
the Jews : for the Jews had agreed already, that if any 
man did confess that he was Christ, he should be put out 
of the synagogue. 

23. Therefore said his parents, He is of age ; ask him. 

Sec 5. — John ix. 24-34. 
The Man Recalled and Questioned. 

24. Then again called they the man that was blind, 
and said unto him, Give God the praise : we know that 
this man is a sinner. 

25. He answered and said, Whether he be a sinner or 
no, I know not : one thing I know, that, whereas I was 
blind, now I see. 

26. Then said they to him again, What did he to thee ? 
how opened he thine eyes? 

27. He answered them, I have told you already, and 
ye did not hear : wherefore would ye hear it again ? will 
ye also be his disciples? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 61 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [November. 

28. Then they reviled him, and said, Thou art his dis- 
ciple ; but we are Moses' disciples. 

29. We know that God spake unto Moses : as for this 
fellow, we know not from whence he is. 

30. The man answered and said unto them, Why 
herein is a marvelous thing, that ye know not from 
whence he is, and yet he hath opened mine eyes. 

31. Now we know that God heareth not sinners: but 
if any man be a worshiper of God, and doeth his will, 
him he heareth. 

32. Since the world began was it not heard that any 
man opened the eyes of one that was born blind. 

33. If this man were not of God, he could do nothing. 

34. They answered and said unto him, Thou wast alto- 
gether born in sins, and dost thou teach us? And they 
cast him out. 

Sec. 6. — John ix. 35-41. 
Spiritual Blindness, 

35. Jesus heard that they had cast him out ; and when 
he had found him, he said unto him, Dost thou believe 
on the Son of God ? 

36. He answered and said, Who is he, Lord, that I 
might believe on him ? 

37. And Jesus said unto him, Thou hast both seen him, 
and it is he that talketh with thee. 

38. And he said, Lord, I believe. And he worshiped 
him. 

39. And Jesus said, For judgment I am come into this 
world, that they which see not might see ; and that they 
which see might be made blind. 

40. And some of the Pharisees which were with him 
6 



62 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [December. 

heard these words, and said unto him, Are we blind 
also ? 

41. Jesus said unto them, If ye were blind, ye should 
have no sin : but now ye say, We see ; therefore your 
sin remaineth. 



CHAPTER XI. 

THE GOOD SHEPHERD. 

I. The Sheep know the Shepherd. 2. The Good Shepherd Dies for 
the Sheep. 3. Perplexity and Unbelief of the Jews. 4. Jesus Es- 
capes from his Enemies. 

Sec. 1. — John x. 1-6. 
The Sheep Know the Shepherd* 

1. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not 
by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some 
other way, the same is a thief and a robber. 

2. But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd 
of the sheep. 

3. To him the porter openeth ; and the sheep hear his 
voice : and he calleth his own sheep by name, and leadeth 
them out. 

4. And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he goeth 
before them, and the sheep follow him : for they know 
his voice. 

5. And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee 
from him ; for they know not the voice of strangers. 

6. This parable spake Jesus unto them ; but they un- 
derstood not what things they were which he spake unto 
them. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 63 

Part First.] Jerusalem. [December. 

Sec. 2. — John x. 7-18. 
The Good Shepherd Dies for the Sheep, 

7. Then said Jesus unto them again, Verily, verily, I 
say unto you, I am the door of the sheep. 

8. All that ever came before me are thieves and rob- 
bers : but the sheep did not hear them. 

9. I am the door : by me if any man enter in, he shall 
be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. 

10. The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, 
and to destroy : I am come that they might have life, and 
that they might have it more abundantly. 

11. I am the good shepherd : the good shepherd giveth 
his life for the sheep. 

12. But he that is a hireling, and not the shepherd, 
whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and 
leaveth the sheep, and fleeth ; and the wolf catcheth 
them, and scattereth the sheep. 

13. The hireling fleeth, because he is a hireling, and 
careth not for the sheep. 

14. I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and 
am known of mine. 

15. As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the 
Father : and I lay down my life for the sheep. 

16. And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold : 
them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice ; 
and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd. 

17. Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay 
down my life, that I might take it again. 

18. No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of 
myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power 
to take it again. This commandment have I received of 
my Father. 



64 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Jerusalem. [December. 

Sec. 3. — John x. 19-30. 
Perplexity and Unbelief of the yews, 

19. There was a division therefore again among the 
Jews for these sayings. 

20. And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is 
mad ; why hear ye him ? 

21. Others said, These are not the words of him 
that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the 
blind? 

22. And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, 
and it was winter. 

23. And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's 
porch. 

24. Then came the Jews round about him, and said 
unto him, How long dost thou make us to doubt? If 
thou be the Christ, tell us plainly. 

25. Jesus answered the'm, I told you, and ye believed 
not : the works that I do in my Father's name, they bear 
witness of me. 

26. But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, 
as I said unto you. 

27. My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and 
they follow me : 

28. And I give unto them eternal life ; and they shall 
never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my 
hand. 

29. My Father, which gave them me, is greater than 
all ; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father's 
hand. 

30. I and my Father are one. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 65 

Part First] Jerusalem. [December. 

Sec. 4. — John;*. 31-41. 
Jesus Escapes from his Enemies. 

31. Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him. 

32. Jesus answered them, Many good works have I 
showed you from my Father ; for which of those works 
do ye stone me ? 

33. The Jews answered him, saying, For a good work 
we stone thee not ; but for blasphemy ; and because that 
thou, being a man, makest thyself God. 

34. Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, 
I said, Ye are gods? 

35. If he called them gods, unto whom the word of 
God came, and the Scripture cannot be broken ; 

36. Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, 
and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest ; because I 
said, I am the Son of God? 

37. If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not. 

38. But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the 
works ; that ye may know, and believe, that the Father 
is in me, and I in him. 

39. Therefore they sought again to take him ; but he 
escaped out of their hand, 

40. And went aw^ay again beyond Jordan into the place 
where John at first baptized ; and there he abode. 

41. And many resorted unto him, and said, John did 
no miracle : but all things that John spake of this man 
were true. 

42. And many believed on him there. 



66 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Perea. [December. 



CHAPTER XII. 

SCENES BEYOND JORDAN. 

I. Spirit of Infirmity Cured. 2. Caviling Ruler Rebuked. 3. Entering 
the Strait Gate. 4. Message to Herod, and Apostrophe to Jerusalem. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xiii. 10-13. 
Spirit of Infirmity Cured. 

1. And he was teaching in one of the synagogues on 
the sabbath. 

2. And, behold, there was a woman which had a spirit 
of infirmity eighteen years, and was bowed together, and 
coidd in no wise lift up herself. 

3. And when Jesus saw her, he called her to him, and 
said unto her, Woman, thou art loosed from thine in- 
firmity. 

4. And he laid his hands on her : and immediately she 
was made straight, and glorified God. 

Sec 2. — Luke xiii. 14-17. 
Caviling Ruler Rebuked. 

5. And the ruler of the synagogue answered with in- 
dignation, because that Jesus had healed on the sabbath 
day, and said unto the people, There are six days in 
which men ought to work : in them therefore come and 
be healed, and not on the sabbath day. 

6. The Lord then answered him, and said, Thou hypo- 
crite, doth not each one of you on the sabbath loose his 
ox or his ass from the stall, and lead him away to watering ? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 6 J 

Part First] Galilee— Perea. [January. 

7. And ought not this woman, being a daughter of 
Abraham, whom Satan hath bound, lo, these eighteen 
years, be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day ? 

8. And when he had said these things, all his adver- 
saries were ashamed : and all the people rejoiced for all 
the glorious things that were done by him. 



Sec. 3. — Luke xiii. 22-30. 
Entering the Strait Gate. 

9. And he went through the cities and villages, teach- 
ing, and journeying toward Jerusalem. 

10. Then said one unto him, Lord, are there few that 
be saved? And he said unto them, 

1 1 . Strive to enter in at the strait gate : for many, I say 
unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able. 

12. When once the master of the house is risen up, and 
hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand without, and 
to knock at the door, saying, Lord, Lord, open unto us ; 
and he shall answer and say unto you, I know you not 
whence ye are : 

13. Then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and 
drunk in thy presence, and thou hast taught in our streets. 

14. But he shall say, I tell you I know you not whence 
ye are ; depart from me, all ye workers of iniquity. 

15. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, 
when ye shall see Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and 
all the prophets, in the kingdom of God, and you your- 
selves thrust out. 

16. And they shall come from the east, and from the 
west, and from the north, and from the south, and shall 
sit dowm in the kingdom of God. 



68 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part First] Galilee — Perea. [January. 

17. And, behold, there are last which shall be first; 
and there are first which shall be last. 



Sec. 4. — Luke xiii. 31-35. 
Message to Herod, Apostrophe to yerusalem. 

18. The same day there came certain of the Pharisees, 
saying unto him, Get thee out, and depart hence ; for 
Herod will kill thee. 

19. And he said unto them, Go ye, and tell that fox, 
Behold, I cast out devils, and I do cures to-day and to- 
morrow, and the third day I shall be perfected. 

20. Nevertheless I must walk to-day, and to-morrow, 
and the day following : for it cannot be that a prophet 
perish out of Jerusalem. 

21. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, 
and stonest them that are sent unto thee ; how often would 
I have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth 
gather her brood under her wings, and ye would not ! 

22. Behold, your house is left unto you desolate : and 
verily I say unto you, Ye shall not see me, until the time 
come when ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the 
name of the Lord. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 69 

Part Second.] Summary. [January. 



PART SECOND. 



SUMMARY. 

Time: About three months. 

Principal Places : Bethany, Perea, Jericho. 

Pi-incipal Persons: Jesus, Lazarus, Martha, Mary, Apostles, Chief 

Priests, Pharisees, Scribes, Rich Ruler, Sons of Zebedee and their 

Mother, Bartimeus, Zaccheus. 
Principal Scenes and Subjects : 
Chap. I. — The Resurrection of Lazarus, i. Sickness of Lazarus. 

2. His Death Announced. 3. Jesus Visits Bethany. 4. Jesus 

Meets the Mourners. 5. The Resurrection. 6. Prophecy of Caia- 

phas. 

Chap. II. — Discourses and Parables, i. Jesus Defends Himself 
for Healing on the Sabbath. 2. Advices about Festivals. 3. The 
Great Supper. 4. What is Required of True Disciples. 

Chap. III. — Parables of the Kingdom, i. The Lost Sheep. 2. 
The Lost Piece of Silver. 3. The Prodigal Son. 

Chap. IV. — Parables and Applications, i. The Unjust Steward. 
2. The Application. 3. Derision of the Pharisees, and Christ's 
Reply. 4. Rich Man and Lazarus. 

Chap. V. — Discourses and Parables, i. Offences, Repentance 
and Forgiveness. 2. Increase of Faith. 3. Coming of the Son of 
Man. 4. Importunate Widow. 

Chap. VI. — Discourses and Incidents, i. Pharisee and Publican. 
2. Jesus Blesses Little Children. 3. Rich Young Ruler. 4. Dan- 
ger of Riches. 5. Reward of Forsaking all for Christ. 



70 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second] Summary. [January. 

Chap. VII. — Instructions and Incidents, i. Laborers in the 
Vineyard. 2. Christ's Forebodings. 3. Ambition of James and 
John. 4. Ambition of the Mother. 5. Jesus Replies to the Sons. 
6. Displeasure of the Rest of the Apostles. 

Chap. VIII.— Scenes at Jericho, i. Cure of Two Blind Men 
[General Statement]. 2. Cure of Bartimeus [Particular Statement]. 
3. Visit to Zaccheus. 4. Parable of the Pounds. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 71 

Part Second.] Bethany. [January. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE RESURRECTION OF LAZARUS. 

I. Sickness of Lazarus. 2. His Death Announced. 3. Jesus Visits 
Bethany. 4, Jesus Meets the Mourners. 5. The Resurrection. 
6. Prophecy of Caiaphas. 

Sec. 1. — John xi. 1-10. 
Sickness of Lazarus* 

1. Now a certain man was sick, named Lazarus, of 
Bethany, the town of Mary and her sister Martha. 

2. (It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with 
ointment, and wiped his feet with her hair, whose brother 
Lazarus was sick.) 

3. Therefore his sisters sent unto him, saying, Lord, 
behold, he whom thou lovest is sick. 

4. When Jesus heard that, he said, This sickness is not 
unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God 
might be glorified thereby. 

5. Now Jesus loved Martha, and her sister, and Laz- 
arus. 

6. When he had heard therefore that he was sick, he 
abode two days still in the same place where he was. 

7. Then after that saith he to his disciples, Let us go 
into Judea again. 

8. His disciples say unto him, Master, the Jews of late 
sought to stone inee ; and goest thou thither again ? 

9. Jesus answered, Are there not twelve hours in the 



72 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Bethany. [January. 

day ? If any man walk in the day, he stumbleth not, be- 
cause he seeth the light of this world. 

10. But if a man walk in the night, he stumbleth, be- 
cause there is no light in him. 

Sec. 2. — John xi. 11-16. 
His Death Announced, 

11. These things said he : and after that he saith unto 
them, Our friend Lazarus sleepeth ; but I go, that I may 
awake him out of sleep. 

12. Then said his disciples, Lord, if he sleep, he shall 
do well. 

13. Howbeit Jesus spake of his death : but they thought 
that he had spoken of taking of rest in sleep. 

14. Then Jesus said unto them plainly, Lazarus is 
dead. 

15. And I am glad for your sakes that I was not there, 
to the intent ye may believe ; nevertheless let us go unto 
him. 

16. Then said Thomas, which is called Didymus, unto 
his fellow-disciples, Let us also go, that we may die with 
him. 

Sec 3. — John xi. 17-29. 
Jesus Visits Bethany. 

17. Then when Jesus came, he found that he had lain 
in the grave four days already. 

18. Now Bethany was nigh unto Jerusalem, about fif- 
teen furlongs off: 

19. And many of the Jews came to Martha and Mary, 
to comfort them concerning their brother. 

20. Then Martha, as soon as she heard that Jesus was 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 73 

Part Second.] Bethany. [January. 

coming, went and met him : but Mary sat still in the 
house. 

21. Then said Martha unto Jesus, Lord, if thou hadst 
been here, my brother had not died. 

22. But I know, that even now, whatsoever thou wilt 
ask of God, God will give it thee. 

23. Jesus saith unto her, Thy brother shall rise again. 

24. Martha saith unto him, I know that he shall rise 
again in the resurrection at the last day. 

25. Jesus said unto her, I am the resurrection, and the 
life : he that believeth in me, though he were dead, yet 
shall he live : 

26. And whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall 
never die. Believest thou this ? 

27. She saith unto him, Yea, Lord : I believe that thou 
art the Christ, the Son of God, which should come into 
the world. 

28. And when she had so said, she went her way, and 
called Mary her sister secretly, saying, The Master is 
come, and calleth for thee. 

29. As soon as she heard that, she arose quickly, and 
came unto him. 

Sec 4. — John xi. 30-37. 
Jesus Meets the Mourners, 

30. Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but 
was in that place where Martha met him. 

31. The Jews then which were with her in the house, 
and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up 
hastily and went out, followed her, saying, She goeth unto 
the grave to weep there. 

32. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and 
7 D 



74 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Bethany. [January. 

saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, 
Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. 

33. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the 
Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in 
the spirit, and was troubled, 

34. And said, Where have ye laid him? They say 
unto him, Lord, come and see. 

35. Jesus wept. 

36. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him ! 

37. And some of them said, Could not this man, which 
opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this 
man should not have died ? 

Sec 5. — John xi. 38-44. 
The Resurrection. 

38. Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh 
to the grave. It was a cave, and a stone lay upon it. 

39. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the 
sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this 
time he stinketh : for he hath been dead four days. 

40. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if 
thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of 
God? 

41. Then they took away the stone from the place 
where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, 
and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard 
me. 

42. And I knew that thou hearest me always : but be- 
cause of the people which stand by I said zV, that they 
may believe that thou hast sent me. 

43. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a 
loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 75 

Part Second.] Bethany. [January. 

44. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and 
foot with grave-clothes ; and his face was bound about 
with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and 
let him go. 

Sec. 6. — John xi. 45-54. 

Prophecy of Caiaphas. 

45. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and 
had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him. 

46. But some of them went their ways to the Pharisees, 
and told them what things Jesus had done. 

47. Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees 
a council, and said, What do we? for this man doeth 
many miracles. 

48. If we let him thus alone, all men will believe on 
him ; and the Romans shall come and take away both 
our place and nation. 

49. And one of them, named Caiaphas, being the high 
priest that, same year, said unto them, Ye know nothing 
at all, 

50. Nor consider that it is expedient for us, that one 
man should die for the people, and that the whole nation 
perish not. 

51. And this spake he not of himself: but being high 
priest that year, he prophesied that Jesus should die for 
that nation ; 

52. And not for that nation only, but that also he 
should gather together in one the children of God that 
w r ere scattered abroad. 

53. Then from that day forth they took counsel to- 
gether for to put him to death. 

54. Jesus therefore walked no more openly among the 



j6 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [February. 

Jews ; but went thence unto a country near to the wilder- 
ness, into a city called Ephraim, and there continued with 
his disciples. 



CHAPTER II. 

DISCOURSES AND PARABLES. 

I. Jesus Defends Himself for Healing on the Sabbath. 2. Advices 
about Festivals. 3. The Great Supper. 4. What is Required of 
True Disciples. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xiv. 1-6. 
fesus Defends Himself for Healing on the Sabbath. 

1. And it came to pass, as he went into the house of 
one of the chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath 
day, that they watched him. 

2. And, behold, there was a certain man before him 
which had the dropsy. 

3. And Jesus answering spake unto the lawyers and 
Pharisees, saying, Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath day ? 

4. And they held their peace. And he took him, and 
healed him, and let him go ; 

5. And answered them, saying, Which of you shall 
have an ass or an ox fallen into a pit, and will not straight- 
way pull him out on the sabbath day ? 

6. And they could not answer him again to these 
things. 

Sec 2. — Luke xiv. 7-14. 
Advices about Festivals. 

7. And he put forth a parable to those which were bid- 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 77 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [February. 

den, when he marked how they chose out the chief rooms ; 
saying unto them, 

8. When thou art bidden of any Than to a wedding, sit 
not down in the highest room ; lest a more honorable 
man than thou be bidden of him ; 

9. And he that bade thee and him come and say to 
thee, Give this man place ; and thou begin with shame 
to take the lowest room. 

10. But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the 
lowest room ; that when he that bade thee cometh, he 
may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher : then shalt thou 
have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat 
with thee. 

1 1 . For whosoever exalteth himself shall be abased ; 
and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted. 

12. Then said he also to him that bade him, When 
thou makest a dinner or a supper, call not thy friends, 
nor thy brethren, neither thy kinsmen, nor thy rich neigh- 
bors ; lest they also bid thee again, and a recompense be 
made thee. 

13. But when thou makest a feast, call the poor, the 
maimed, the lame, the blind : 

14. And thou shalt be blessed ; for they cannot recom- 
pense thee : for thou shalt be recompensed at the resur- 
rection of the just. 



Sec. 3. — Luke xiv. 15-24. 
The Great Stepper. 

15. And when one of them that sat at meat with him 
heard these things, he said unto him, Blessed is he that 
shall eat bread in the kingdom of God. 

7* 



78 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [February. 

1 6. Then said he unto him, A certain man made a 
great supper, and bade many : 

17. And sent his servant at supper-time to say to them 
that were bidden, Come ; for all things are now ready. 

18. And they all with one consent began to make ex- 
cuse. The first said unto him, I have bought a piece of 
ground, and I must needs go and see it : I pray thee have 
me excused. 

19. And another said, I have bought five yoke of oxen, 
and I go to prove them : I pray thee have me excused. 

20. And another said, I have married a wife, and there- 
fore I cannot come. 

21. So that servant came, and showed his lord these 
things. Then the master of the house being angry said 
to his servant, Go out quickly into the streets and lanes 
of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and the maimed, 
and the halt, and the blind. 

22. And the servant said, Lord, it is done as thou hast 
commanded, and yet there is room. 

23. And the lord said unto the servant, Go out into the 
highways and hedges, and compel the?n to come in, that 
my house may be filled. 

24. For I say unto you, That none of those men which 
were bidden shall taste of my supper. 

Sec. 4. — Luke xiv. 25-35. 
What is Required of True Disciples. 

25. And there went great multitudes with him : and 
he turned, and said unto them, 

26. If any man come to me, and hate not his father, 
and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren, and 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 79 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [February. 

sisters, yea, and his own life also, he cannot be my dis- 
ciple. 

27. And whosoever doth not bear his cross, and come 
after me, cannot be my disciple. 

28. For which of you, intending to build a tower, sit- 
teth not down first, and counteth the cost whether he have 
sufficient to finish it? 

29. Lest haply, after he hath laid the foundation, and 
is not able to finish zV, all that behold it begin to mock 
him, 

30. Saying, This man began to build, and was not able 
to finish. 

31. Or what king, going to make war against another 
king, sitteth not down first, and consulteth whether he be 
able with ten thousand to meet him that cometh against 
him with twenty thousand ? 

32. Or else, while the other is yet a great way off, he 
sendeth an ambassage, and desireth conditions of peace. 

33. So likewise, whosoever he be of you that forsaketh 
not all that he hath, he cannot be my disciple. 

34. Salt is good : but if the salt have lost his savor, 
wherewith shall it be seasoned ? 

35. It is neither fit for the land, nor yet for the dung- 
hill ; but men cast it out. He that hath ears to hear, let 
him hear. 



8o THE CLOSING SCENES OF 



Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 



CHAPTER III. 

PARABLES OF THE KINGDOM. 

I. The Lost Sheep. 2. The Lost Piece of Silver. 3. The Prodiga 1 

Son. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xv. 1-7. 
The Lost Sheep. 

1 . Then drew near unto him all the publicans and sin- 
ners for to hear him. 

2. And the Pharisees and scribes murmured, saying, 
This man receiveth sinners, and eateth with them. 

3. And he spake this parable unto them, saying, 

4. What man of you, having a hundred sheep, if he 
lose one of them, doth not leave the ninety and nine in 
the wilderness, and go after that which is lost, until he 
find it? 

5. And when he hath found zV, he layeth it on his 
shoulders, rejoicing. 

6. And when he cometh home, he calleth together his 
friends and neighbors, saying unto them, Rejoice with 
me ; for I have found my sheep which was lost. 

7. I say unto you, that likewise joy shall be in heaven 
over one sinner that repenteth, more than over ninety and 
nine just persons, which need no repentance. 

Sec 2. — Luke xv. 8-10. 
The Lost Piece of Silver. 

8. Either what woman having ten pieces of silver, if 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 8 1 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

she lose one piece, doth not light a candle, and sweep the 
house, and seek diligently till she find it? 

9. And when she hath found //, she calleth her friends 
and her neighbors together, saying, Rejoice with me ; 
for I have found the piece which I had lost, 

10. Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the pres- 
ence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. 

Sec. 3. — Luke xv. 1 1-32. 
The Prodigal Son. 

11. And he said, A certain man had two sons : 

12. And the younger of them said to his father, Father, 
give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he 
divided unto them his living. 

13. And not many days after the younger son gathered 
all together, and took his journey into a far country, and 
there wasted his substance with riotous living. 

14. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty 
famine in that land ; and he began to be in want. 

15. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that 
country ; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. 

16. And he would fain have filled his belly with the 
husks that the swine did eat : and no man gave unto him. 

17. And when he came to himself, he said, How many 
hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to 
spare, and I perish with hunger ! 

18. I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto 
him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before 
thee, 

19. And am no more worthy to be called thy son: 
make me as one of thy hired servants. 

20. And he arose, and came to his father. But when 



82 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had 
compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed 
him. 

21. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned 
against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy 
to be called thy son. 

22. But the father said unto his servants, Bring forth 
the best robe, and put it on him ; and put a ring on his 
hand, and shoes on his feet : 

23. And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and 
let us eat, and be merry : 

24. For this my son was dead, and is alive again ; he 
was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. 

25. Now his elder son was in the field : and as he 
came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and 
dancing. 

26. And he called one of the servants, and asked what 
these things meant. 

27. And he said unto him, Thy brother is come ; and 
thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath re- 
ceived him safe and sound. 

28. And he was angry, and would not go in : therefore 
came his father out, and entreated him. 

29. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these 
many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any 
time thy commandment ; and yet thou never gavest me a 
kid, that I might make merry with my friends : 

30. But as soon as this thy son was come, which hath 
devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him 
the fatted calf. 

31. And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, 
and all that I have is thine. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 83 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

32. It was meet that we should make merry, and be 
glad : for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again ; 
and was lost, and is found. 



CHAPTER IV. 

PARABLES AND APPLICATIONS. 

I. The Unjust Steward. 2. The Application. 3. Derision of the Phari- 
sees, and Christ's Reply. 4. The Rich Man and Lazarus. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xvi. 1-8. 
The Unjust Steward. 

1. And he said also unto his disciples, There was a 
certain rich man, which had a steward ; and the same 
was accused unto him that he had wasted his goods. 

2. And he called him, and said unto him, How is it 
that I hear this of thee ? give an account of thy steward- 
ship ; for thou mayest be no longer steward. 

3. Then the steward said within himself, Wrmt shall I 
do ? for my lord taketh away from me the stewardship : I 
cannot dig ; to'beg I am ashamed. 

4. I am resolved what to do, that, when I am put out 
of the stewardship, they may receive me into their 
houses. 

5. So he called every one of his lord's debtors unto 
him, and said unto the first, How much owest thou unto 
my lord ? 

6. And he said, A hundred measures of oil. And he 
said unto him, Take thy bill, and sit down quickly, and 
write fifty. 



84 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

7. Then said he to another, And how much owest 
thou ? And he said, A hundred measures of wheat. And 
he said unto him, Take thy bill, and write fourscore. 

8. And the lord commended the unjust steward, be- 
cause he had done wisely : for the children of this world 
are in their generation wiser than the children of light. 



Sec. 2. — Luke xvi. 9-13. 
The Application, 

9. And I say unto you, Make to yourselves friends of 
the mammon of unrighteousness ; that, when ye fail, they 
may receive you into everlasting habitations. 

10. He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful 
also in much : and he that is unjust in the least is unjust 
also in much. 

11. If therefore ye have not been faithful in the un- 
righteous mammon, who will commit to your trust the 
true riches? 

12. And if ye have not been faithful in that which is 
another man's, who shall give you that which is your 
own? 

13. No servant can serve two masters : for either he 
will hate the one, and love the other ; or else he will hold 
to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God 
and mammon. 

Sec 3. — Luke xvi. 14-18. 
Derision of the Pharisees, and Chrisfs Reply, 

14. And the Pharisees also, who were covetous, heard 
all these things : and they derided him. 

15. And he said unto them, Ye are they which justify 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 85 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

yourselves before men ; but God knoweth your hearts : 
for that which is highly esteemed among men is abomina- 
tion in the sight of God. 

16. The law and the prophets were until John : since 
that time the kingdom of God is preached, and every 
man presseth into it. 

17. And it is easier for heaven and earth to pass, than 
one tittle of the law to fail. 

18. Whosoever putteth awaty his wife, and marrieth an- 
other, committeth adultery : and whosoever marrieth her 
that is put away from her husband committeth adultery. 

Sec. 4. — Luke xvi. 19-31. 
The Rich Man and Lazarus. 

9. There was a certain rich man, which was clothed 
in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every 
day : 

20. And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, 
w T hich was laid at his gate, full of sores, 

21. And desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell 
from the rich man's table : moreover the dogs came and 
licked his sores. 

22. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was 
carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom : the rich 
man also died, and was buried ; 

23. And in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, 
and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. 

24. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have 
mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip 
of his finger in water, and cool my tongue ; for I am tor- 
mented in this flame. 

25. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy 



THE CLOSING SCENES OF 



Part Second] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus 
evil things : but now he is comforted, and thou art tor- 
mented. 

26. And beside all this, between us and you there is a 
great gulf fixed : so that they which would pass from 
hence to you cannot ; neither can they pass to us, that 
would come from thence. 

27. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that 
thou wouldest send him to my father's house : 

28. For I have five brethren ; that he may testify unto 
them, lest they also come into this place of torment. 

29. Abraham saith unto him, They have Moses and the 
prophets ; let them hear them. 

30. And he said, Nay, father Abraham : but if one 
went unto them from the dead, they will repent. 

31. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and 
the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one 
rose from the dead. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 87 



Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

CHAPTER V. 

DISCOURSES AND PARABLES. 

I. Offences, Repentance and Forgiveness. 2. Increase of Faith. 3. 
Coming of the Son of Man. 4. Importunate Widow. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xvii. 1-4. 
Offences, Repentance and Forgiveness. 

1. Then said he unto the disciples, It is impossible 
but that offences will come : but woe unto him, through 
whom they come ! 

2. It were better for him that a millstone were hanged 
about his neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he 
should offend one of these little ones. 

3. Take heed to yourselves : If thy brother trespass 
against thee, rebuke him ; and if he repent, forgive him. 

4. And if he trespass against thee seven times in a day, 
and seven times in a day turn again to thee, saying, I 
repent ; thou shalt forgive him. 

Sec 2. — Luke xvii. 5-10. 
Increase of Faith. 

5. And the apostles said unto the Lord, Increase our 
faith. 

6. And the Lord said, If ye had faith as a grain of 
mustard seed, ye might say unto this sycamine tree, Be 
thou plucked up by the root, and be thou planted in the 
sea ; and it should obey you. 

7. But which of you, having a servant ploughing or 



88 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

feeding cattle, will say unto him by and by, when he is 
come from the field, Go and sit down to meat? 

8. And will not rather say unto him, Make ready 
wherewith I may sup, and gird thyself, and serve me, till 
I have eaten and drunken ; and afterward thou shalt eat 
and drink? 

9. Doth he thank that servant because he did the 
things that were commanded him ? I trow not. 

10. So likewise ye, when ye shall have done all those 
things which are commanded you, say, We are unprofit- 
able servants : we have done that which was our duty 
to do. 

Sec 3. — Luke xvii. 20-37. 

Coming of the Son of Man. 

11. And when he was demanded of the Pharisees, 
when the kingdom of God should come, he answered them 
and said, The kingdom of God cometh not with observa- 
tion : 

12. Neither shall they say, Lo here ! or, lo there ! for, 
behold, the kingdom of God is within you. 

13. And he said unto the disciples, The days will come, 
when ye shall desire to see one of the days of the Son of 
man, and ye shall not see it. 

14. And they shall say to you, See here ; or, see there : 
go not after them, nor follow them. 

15. For as the lightning, that lighteneth out of the 
one part under heaven, shineth unto the other fart 
under heaven ; so shall also the Son of man be in his 
day. • 

16. But first must he suffer many things, and be re- 
jected of this generation. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 89 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

17. And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be 
also in the days of the Son of man. 

18. They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they 
were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered 
into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them 
all. 

19. Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they 
did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, 
they builded ; 

20. But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it 
rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed 
the7n all. 

21. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of 
man is revealed. 

22. In that day, he which shall be upon the housetop, 
and his stuff in the house, let him not come down to take 
it away : and he that is in the field, let him likewise not 
return back. 

23. Remember Lot's wife. 

24. Whosoever shall seek to save his life shall lose it ; 
and whosoever shall lose his life shall preserve it. 

25. I tell you, in that night there shall be two me?i 
in one bed ; the one shall be taken, and the other shall 
be left. 

26. Two women shall be grinding together ; the one 
shall be taken, and the other left. 

27. Two men shall be in the field ; the one shall be 
taken, and the other left. 

28. And they answered and said unto him, Where, 
Lord? And he said unto them, Wheresoever the body 
tSj thither will the eagles be gathered together. 

8* 



90 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

Sec. 4. — Luke xviii. 1-8. 
The Imftorttmate Widow. 

29. And he spake a parable tinto them to this end, 
that men ought always to pray, and not to faint ; 

30. Saying, There was in a city a judge, which feared 
not God, neither regarded man : 

31. And there was a widow in that city ; and she came 
unto him, saying, Avenge me of mine adversary. 

32. And he would not for a while : but afterward he 
said within himself, Though I fear not God, nor regard 
man ; 

33. Yet because this widow troubleth me, I will avenge 
her, lest by her continual coming she weary me. 

34. And the Lord said, Hear what the unjust judge 
saith. 

35. And shall not God avenge his own elect, which 
cry day and night unto him, though he bear long with 
them ? 

36. I tell you that he will avenge them speedily. Nev- 
ertheless, when the Son of Man cometh, shall he find faith 
on the earth? 






THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 9 1 



Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

CHAPTER VI. 

DISCOURSES AND INCIDENTS. 

I. The Pharisee and the Publican. 2. Jesus Blesses Little Children. 
3. The Rich Young Ruler. 4. The Danger of Riches. 5. The 
Reward of Forsaking All for Christ. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xviii. 9-14. 
The Pharisee and the Publican. 

1. And he spake this parable unto certain which 
trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and de- 
spised others : 

2. Two men went up into the temple to pray ; the one 
a Pharisee, and the other a publican. 

3. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, 
God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, ex- 
tortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. 

4. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I 
possess. 

5. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift 
up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his 
breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. 

6. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified 
rather than the other : for every one that exalteth him- 
self shall be abased ; and he that humbleth himself shall 
be exalted. 

Sec 2. — Matt. xix. 13-15; Mark x. 13-16; Luke xviii. 15-17. 
Jesus Blesses Little Children. 

7. x Then there were brought unto him little children, 
that he should put his hands on them, and pray.* 

* This is probably what was implied in his touching them. 



92 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 



Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

8. 3 But when his disciples saw zV, they rebuked 2 those 
that brought them. , 

9. But when Jesus saw it, he was much displeased, 
[and] 3 called them, and said 2 unto them, 

10. Suffer the little children to come unto me, and for- 
bid them not ; for of such is the kingdom of God. 

11. Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive 
the kingdom of God as a little child, he shall 3 in no wise 
enter therein. 

12. 2 And he took them up in his arms, put his hands 
upon them, and blessed them, *and departed thence. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xix. 16-22; Mark x. 17-22; Luke xviii. 18-23. 
The Rich Toung Ruler. 

13. 2 And when he was gone forth into the way, ] behold, 
2 there came 3 a certain ruler 2 running, and kneeled to him, 
and asked him, 3 saying, 

14. Good Master, what *good thing shall I do, that I 
may inherit eternal life ? 

15. And Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me 
good ? there is none good but one, that is God. 

16. *But if thou wilt enter into life, keep the command- 
ments. 

17. He saith unto him, Which? Jesus said, 2 Thou 
knowest the commandments : 

18. ^hou shalt do no murder ; Thou shalt not commit 
adultery ; Thou shalt not steal ; Thou shalt not bear false 
witness ; 2 defraud not. 

19. ^onor thy father and thy mother; and thou shalt 
love thy neighbor as thyself. 

20. 2 And Hhe young man 2 answered and said unto him, 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 93 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

Master, all these have I observed from my youth ! up ; 
what lack I yet? 

21. 3 Now when Jesus heard these things, 2 beholding 
him, [he] loved him, and said unto him, 3 Yet lackest 
thou one thing : 

22. : If thou wilt be perfect, 2 go thy way, sell whatso- 
ever thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have 
treasure in heaven ; and come, take up the cross, and fol- 
low me. 

23. x But when the young man heard that saying, 3 he 
was very sorrowful, 2 and went away grieved ; for he had 
great possessions. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xix. 23-26 ; Mark x. 23-27 ; Luke xviii. 24-27. 
The Danger of Riches. 

24. 3 And when Jesus saw that he was very sorrowful, 
2 he looked round about, and said unto his disciples : 

25. Eerily I say unto you, 2 How hardly shall they that 
have riches enter into the kingdom of God ! 

26. And the disciples were astonished at his words. 

27. But Jesus answereth again, and saith unto them, 
Children, how hard it is for them that trust in riches to 
enter into the kingdom of God ! 

28. *And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel 
to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to 
enter into the kingdom of God. 

29. 2 And Hvhen his disciples heard zV, they were ex- 
ceedingly amazed, — 2 astonished out of measure, — saying 
among themselves, Who then can be saved ? 

30. And Jesus, looking upon them, saith 2 unto them, 
With men it is impossible ; but not with God. 

31. 3 The things which are impossible with men, are 



94 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

possible with God ; 2 for with God all things are pos- 
sible. 



Sec. 5. — Matt. xix. 27-30; Mark x. 28-31 ; Luke xviii. 28-30. 

The Reward of Forsaking All for Christ. 

. 32. 1 Then answered Peter, and 2 began to say unto him, 
behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee : what 
shall we have therefore? 

33. 2 And Jesus answered and said *unto them, Verily I 
say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the 
Regeneration, when the Son of man shall sit in the throne 
of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging 
the twelve tribes of Israel. 

34. And Verily I say unto you, There is no man that 
hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or 
mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my name's sake, 
2 and the gospel's [and] 3 the kingdom of God's sake : 

35. 2 But he shall receive a hundred fold 3 more 2 now in 
this 3 present time, 2 houses, and brethren, and sisters, and 
mothers, and children, and lands, with persecutions ; and 
in the world to come 1 shall inherit everlasting life. 

36. But many that are first shall be last ; and the last 
shall be first. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 95 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

CHAPTER VII. 

INSTRUCTIONS AND INCIDENTS. 

I. The Laborers in the Vineyard. 2. Jesus Journeying toward Jerusa- 
lem, Foretells his Death again. 3. Ambition of James and John. 
4. Ambition of the Mother. 5. Jesus Replies to the Sons. 6. Dis- 
pleasure of the Rest of the Apostles. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xx. 1-16. 

The Laborers hi the Vineyard, 

1. For the kingdom of heaven is like unto a man that 
is a householder, which went out early in the morning to 
hire laborers into his vineyard. 

2. And when he had agreed with the laborers for a 
penny a day, he sent them into his vineyard. 

3. And he went out about the third hour, and saw 
others standing idle in the market-place, 

4. And said unto them ; Go ye also into the vineyard, 
and whatsoever is right I will give you. And they went 
their way. 

5. Again he went out about the sixth and ninth hour, 
and did likewise. 

6. And about the eleventh hour he went out, and found 
others standing idle, and saith unto them, Why stand ye 
here all the day idle ? 

7. They say unto him, Because no man hath hired us. 
He saith unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard ; and 
whatsoever is right, that shall ye receive. 

8. So when even was come, the lord of the vineyard 
saith unto his steward, Call the laborers, and give them 
their hire, beginning from the last unto the first. 



96 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

9. And when they came that were hired about the 
eleventh hour, they received every man a penny. 

10. But when the first came, they supposed that they 
should have received more ; and they likewise received 
every man a penny. 

11. And when they received it, they murmured against 
the goodman of the house, 

12. Saying, These last have wrought but one hour, and 
thou hast made them equal unto us, which have borne the 
burden and heat of the day. 

13. But he answered one of them, and said Friend, I 
do thee no wrong : didst not thou agree with me for a 
penny ? 

14. Take that thine is, and go thy way: I will give 
unto this last, even as unto thee. 

15. Is it not lawful for me to do w r hat I will with mine 
own? Is thine eye evil, because I am good? 

16. So the last shall be first, and the first last : for many 
be called, but few chosen. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xx. 17-19; Mark x. 32-34; Luke xviii. 31-34. 

Jesus Journeying toward Jerusalem, Foretells his 
Death again* 

17. 2 And they were in the way, going up to Jerusalem, 
and Jesus went before them ; and they were amazed ; and 
as they followed, they were afraid. 

18. And he took again the twelve Misciples apart in 
the way, 2 and began to tell them what things should hap- 
pen unto him. 

19. *And [he] said unto them, Behold, we go up to 
Jerusalem ; 3 and all things that are written by the pro- 
phets concerning the Son of man shall be accomplished. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 97 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

20. 1 And the Son of man shall be betrayed unto the 
chief priests, and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn 
him to death. 

21. And [they] shall deliver him to the Gentiles, to 
mock, and to scourge, and to crucify. 

22. 3 And he shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, 
and spitted on ; and they shall scourge him, and put him 
to death ; and the third day he shall rise again. 

23. And they understood none of these things ; and this 
saying was hid from them ; neither knew they the things 
which were spoken. 

Sec. 3. — Mark x. 35-37. 
Ambition of James and John. 

[I. The Sons Apply for Themselves^ 

24. And James and John, the sons of Zebedee, come 
unto him, saying, Master, we would that thou shouldest do 
for us whatsoever we shall desire. 

25. And he said unto them, What would ye that I 
should do for you ? 

26. They said unto him, Grant unto us that we may sit, 
one on thy right hand, and the other on thy left hand, in 
thy glory. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xx. 20, 21. 

Ambition of the Mother. 

[II. The Mother Applies for the Sons.] 

27. Then came to him the mother of Zebebee's chil- 
dren, with her sons, worshiping, and desiring a certain 
thing of him. 

28. And he said unto her, What wilt thou? 
9 E 



9§ THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

29. She saith unto him, Grant that these my two sons 
may sit, the one on thy right hand, and the other on the 
left, in thy kingdom. 

Sec. 5. — Matt. xx. 22, 23 ; Mark x. 38-40. 
yesus Replies to the Sons, 

30. 2 But Jesus Answered and said 2 unto them, Ye know 
not what ye ask. 

31. *Are ye able to drink of the cup that I shall drink 
of, and to be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized 
with ? 

32. 2 And they say unto him, We are able ; 2 We can. 

33. And Jesus said unto them, Ye shall Hndeed drink 
of the cup that I drink of; and with the baptism that I 
am baptized withal shall ye be baptized. 

34. But to sit on my right hand, and on my left hand, 
is not mine to give, but for whom it is prepared of hny 
Father. 

Sec 6. — Matt. xx. 24-28 ; Mark x. 41-45. 

Displeasure of the Rest of the Apostles. 

35. *And when the ten heard zV, 2 they began to be much 
displeased with James and John, [and] Hhey were moved 
with indignation against the two brethren. 

36. But Jesus called them, and said 2 unto them, Ye 
know Hhat the princes 2 which are accounted to rule over 
the Gentiles, exercise lordship over them ; and the great 
ones exercise authority upon them. 

37. But it shall not be so among you ; but whosoevei 
will be great among you, *let him be your minister. 

38. 2 And whosoever of you will be the chiefest x among 
you, 2 shall be servant of all. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 99 

Part Second.] Beyond Jordan. [March. 

39. For even the Son of man came not to be ministered 
unto, but to minister, and to give his life a ransom for 
many. 

Note. — There are serious difficulties in the way of combining the 
two narratives of the application of James and John for position and 
power ; and perhaps we have decided upon the most natural and easy 
adjustment of the case. We are not at liberty to explain away the direct 
application of the mother ; and we cannot overlook the direct applica- 
tion of the sons ; for the two applications are very distinctly related in 
the two histories. The whole appears to have been contrived and de- 
cided upon beforehand ; very indiscreetly and very unwisely, as we may 
justly suppose. First, the two brothers come to the Lord with their 
united petition ; and, before he has time to make his reply, the mother 
comes with the same request in behalf of her sons, thinking, perhaps, 
that as two or three thus agree in asking the same thing, the Lord will 
not refuse it. Then j^e replies to them all at the same time, directing 
his answer, however, to the sons ; for it will be noticed that he does not 
reply directly to the mother ; the Lord considering the petition as not 
being the mother's, but the petition of the sons. It was not the appli- 
cation of the mother that the sons supplemented and urged, but the 
application of the sons that the mother reiterated and pressed upon the 
Lord. 



IOO THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Jericho. [March. 



CHAPTER VIII. 

SCENES AT JERICHO. 

I, Cure of Two Blind Men [General Statement]. 2. Cure of Bartimeus 
[Particular Statement], 3. Visit to Zaccheus. 4. Parable of the 
Pounds. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xx. 29-34.* 
Cure of Two Blind Men, 

[I. General Statement^ 

i. And as they departed from Jericho, a great multi- 
tude followed him. 

2. And, behold, two blind men sitting by the wayside, 
when they heard that Jesus passed by, cried out, saying, 
Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou Son of David. 

3. And the multitude rebuked them, because they 
should hold their peace : but they cried the more, saying, 
Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou Son of David. 

4. And Jesus stood still, and called them, and said, 
What will ye that I shall do unto you ? 

5. They say unto him, Lord, that our eyes may be 
opened. 

6. So Jesus had compassion on them, and touched 
their eyes : and immediately their eyes received sight, 
and they followed him. 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. IOI 

Part Second.] Jericho. [March. 

Sec. 2. — Mark x. 46-52 ; Luke xviii. 35-43. 
Cure of Bartimeus. 
[II. Particular Statement. ,] 

7. 2 And they came to Jericho. 3 And it came to pass, 
that as he was come nigh unto Jericho [lit. as he was 
nigh],* 2 as he went out of Jericho, with his disciples, and 
a great number of people : 

8. 3 A certain blind man, 2 Bartimeus, the son of Timeus, 
sat by the highway side, begging. 

9. 3 And hearing the multitude pass by, he asked what 
it meant. And they told him that Jesus of Nazareth 
passeth by. 

10. 2 And when he heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth, 
he began to cry out, and say, Jesus, thou Son of David, 
have mercy on me. 

11. And many 3 which went before rebuked him, [and] 
2 charged him that he should hold his peace. 

12. But he cried the more a great deal, TJiou Son of 
David, have mercy on me. 

13. And Jesus stood still, and commanded him to be 
called, [and] 3 to be brought unto him. 

14. 2 And they call the blind man, saying unto him, Be 
of good comfort, rise, he calleth thee. 

15. And he, casting away his garment, rose and came 
to Jesus. 

16. 3 And when he was come near, 2 Jesus answered and 
said unto him, What wilt thou that I should do unto thee ? 

17. 3 And 2 the blind man said unto him, Lord, that I 
might receive my sight. 

* Note 2, end of chapter. 
9 * 



102 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Jericho. [March. 

18. And Jesus said unto him, 3 Receive thy sight; 2 go 
thy way ; thy faith hath made thee whole. 

19. And immediately he received his sight, and fol- 
lowed Jesus in the way, 3 glorifying God. 

20. And all the people, when they saw it, gave praise 
unto God. 



Sec. 3. — Luke xix. 1-10. 
Visit to Zaccheus.* 

21. And yesus entered and passed through Jericho. 

22. And, behold, there was a man named Zaccheus, 
which was the chief among the publicans, and he was 
rich. 

23. And he sought to see Jesus who he was ; and could 
not for the press, because he was little of stature. 

24. And he ran before, and climbed up into a sycamore 
tree to see him ; for he was to pass that way. 

25. And when Jesus came to the place, he looked up, 
and saw him, and said unto him, Zaccheus, make haste, 
and come down ; for to-day I must abide at thy house. 

26. And he made haste, and came down, and received 
him joyfully. 

27. And when they saw it, they all murmured, saying, 
That he was gone to be guest with a man that is a sinner. 

28. And Zaccheus stood, and said unto the Lord ; Be- 
hold, Lord, the half of my goods I give to the poor ; and 
if I have taken anything from any man by false accusa- 
tion, I restore him fourfold. 

29. And Jesus said unto him, This day is salvation 
come to this house, forasmuch as he also is a son of 
Abraham. 

* Note 3, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 03 

Part Second.] Jericho. [March. 

30. For the Son of man is come to seek and to save 
that which was lost. 

Sec. 4. — Luke xix. 11-28. 
Parable of the Pounds, 

31. And as they heard these things, he added and 
spake a parable, because he was nigh to Jerusalem, and 
because they thought that the kingdom of God should im- 
mediately appear. 

32. He said therefore, A certain nobleman went into a 
far country to receive for himself a kingdom, and to re- 
turn. 

33. And he called his ten servants, and delivered them 
ten pounds, and said unto them, Occupy till I come. 

34. But his citizens hated him, and sent a message after 
him, saying, We will not have this man to reign over us. 

35. And it came to pass, that when he was returned, 
having received the kingdom, then he commanded these 
servants to be called unto him, to whom he had given the 
money, that he might know how much every man had 
gained by trading. 

36. Then came the first, saying, Lord, thy pound hath 
gained ten pounds. 

37. And he said unto him, Well, thou good servant : 
because thou hast been faithful in a very little, have thou 
authority over ten cities. 

38. And the second came, saying, Lord, thy pound 
hath gained five pounds. 

39. And he said likewise to him, Be thou also over five 
cities. 

40. And another came, saying, Lord, behold, hei'e is 
thy pound, which I have kept laid up in a napkin : 



104 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Second.] Jericho. [March. 

41. For I feared thee, because thou art an austere man : 
thou takest up that thou layedst not down, and reapest 
that thou didst not sow. 

42. And he saith unto him, Out of thine own mouth 
will I judge thee, thou wicked servant. Thou knewest 
that I was an austere man, taking up that I laid not down, 
and reaping that I did not sow : 

43. Wherefore then gavest not thou my money into the 
bank, that at my coming I might have required mine own 
with usury ? 

44. And he said unto them that stood by, Take from 
him the pound, and give it to him that hath ten pounds. 

45. (And they said unto him, Lord, he hath ten 
pounds.) 

46. For I say unto you, That unto every one which 
hath shall be given ; and from him that hath not, even 
that he hath shall be taken away from him. 

47. But those mine enemies, which would not that I 
should reign over them, bring hither, and slay them be- 
fore me. 

48. And when he had thus spoken, he went before, 
ascending up to Jerusalem. 

Note i. — As it is clearly impossible to blend the narrative of the cure 
. of Bartimeus with the account of the cure of the two men, as given by 
Matthew ; and as it is possible that his cure was a separate occurrence, 
we give the two narratives separately : First, the brief general statement 
by Matthew of the cure of the two, one of whom was Bartimeus ; second, 
the more particular account of his cure by Mark and Luke. 

Note 2. — The expression, " as he was come nigh," is not required by 
the original, and hopelessly confuses the narrative. Hence we have 
ventured to include in brackets the true rendering, which effectually re- 
moves the difficulty in the way of harmonizing these narratives, as they 
are given in the common translation. Whitby renders the original thus : 
" When he was near to Jericho." Wesley translated it, " And while he 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 105 

Part Second.] Jericho. [March. 

was nigh unto Jericho." Edwards says, " Was near to, or in the vicinity 
of Jericho." This is undoubtedly the true and only method of harmo- 
nizing the otherwise conflicting narratives. 

Note 3. — This simply resumes the narrative of his progress and route 
toward Jerusalem, and traces his pathway through Jericho, without hav- 
ing the thread of the narrative interrupted by the account of the miracle. 

E* 



106 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Summary. [March. 



PART THIRD. 



SUMMARY. 

Time: Four days : Friday evening, March 19, to Tuesday, March 23. 

Principal Places: Bethany, Mount Olivet, Jerusalem. 

Principal Persons: Jesus, Lazarus, Martha, Mary, Judas, Apostles, Mul- 
titude, Pharisees, Priests, Sadducees, Lawyer, Scribes, Greeks, Poor 
Widow. 

Principal Scenes and Subjects: 

Chap. I. — The Feast at Bethany, i. The Jews inquire for Jesus. 
2. Jesus Anointed at Bethany. 3. Murmuring of the Disciples. 4. 
Commendation of Mary. 5. Lazarus in Danger. 

Chap. II. — Christ's Triumphant Entry into Jerusalem, i. 
The Colt Procured for Jesus. 2. The People Come Out to Meet 
Him. 3. The Pharisees Offended. 4. Jesus Weeping over Jeru- 
salem. 5. Jesus Enters the Temple. 

Chap. III. — Scenes in and about Jerusalem, i. The Barren Fig 
Tree. 2. Clearing the Temple. 3. Custom and Effect of Christ's 
Teaching. 4. Discourse from the Fig Tree. 

Chap. IV. — Disputations and Parables, i. Dispute about Christ's 
Authority. 2. Parable of the Two Sons. 3. Parable of the Wicked 
Husbandmen. 4. Christ's Custom in Teaching. 

Chap. V. — Scenes in the Temple, i. Parable of the Royal Mar- 
riage. 2. Snare of the Pharisees. 3. Snare of the Sadducees. 

Chap. VI. — Christ's Enemies Confounded, i. Snare of the Law- 
yer. 2. The Pharisees Confounded. 3. The Scribes and Pharisees 
exposed. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 07 

Part Third.] Summary. [March. 

Chap. VII. — Admonitions and Reproofs, i. Warnings against 
Ostentation and Pride. 2. The Scribes and Pharisees Denounced. 
3. Jerusalem's Wickedness and Doom. 

Chap. VIII. — Scenes in the Temple, i. The Widow's Mite. 2. 
The Greeks Inquire for Jesus. 3. The Voice from Heaven. 4. 
Forebodings of Crucifixion. 5. Unbelief of the Jews. 6. Jesus 
Explains his Mission. 



108 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Bethany — Jerusalem. [March 19, 20. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE FEAST AT BETHANY. 

I. The Jews Inquire for Jesus. 2. Jesus Anointed at Bethany. 3. 
Murmuring of the Disciples. 4. Commendation of Mary. 5. The 
Life of Lazarus Threatened. 

Sec. i.— John xi. 55-57. 
The Jews Inquire for Jesus. 

1. And the Jews' passover was nigh at hand: and 
many went out of the country up to Jerusalem before the 
passover, to purify themselves. 

2. Then sought they for Jesus, and spake among them- 
selves, as they stood in the temple, What think ye, that 
he will not come to the feast? 

3. Now both the chief priests and the Pharisees had 
given a commandment, that, if any man knew where he 
were, he should show zV, that they might take him. 

Sec 2. — Matt. xxvi. 6, 7 ; Mark xiv. 3 ; John xii. 1-3. 
Jesus Anointed at Bethany.* 

4. 4 Then Jesus, six days before the passover, came to 

* See note, Part V., end of Chap. I. 

The Passover beginning on Thursday evening, counting backward 
six days, we come to Friday evening, the beginning of the Jewish Sab- 
bath. As Jesus was a strict observer of the Sabbath, he would not un- 
necessarily travel on- that day. We may suppose, therefore, that he 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 09 

Part Third] Bethany. [March 19, 20. 

Bethany, where Lazarus was, which had been dead, whom 
he raised from the dead. 

5. x Now when Jesus was in Bethany, 2 being *in the 
house of Simon the leper, 4 there they made him a supper ; 
and Martha served ; but Lazarus was one of them that 
sat at the table with him. 

6. 2 As he sat at meat, Hhere came unto him a woman 
[named] 4 Mary, maving an alabaster box [with] 4 a pound 
of Very precious ointment of spikenard, Very costly : 

7. 2 And she brake the box, and poured it on his head, 
as he sat, 4 and [also] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped 
his feet with her hair ; and the house was filled with the 
odor of the ointment. 

Sec. 3. — Matt. xxvi. 8, 9 ; Mark xiv. 4, 5 ; John xii. 4-6. 
Murmuring of the Disciples. 

8. *But when his disciples saw it, 2 there were some that 
had indignation within themselves, and said, Why was 
this waste of the ointment made ? 

came to Bethany before sunset, and that he spent the Sabbath quietly 
with his particular friends there. 

As the Sabbath ended on Saturday, at sunset, the feast must have 
been on Saturday evening. It could not have been earlier, without 
trenching on Sabbath-time ; it could not have been later, because " on 
the next day" — which was Palm Sunday — he set out on his triumphant 
entry into Jerusalem. These calculations suppose, of course, that the 
time of the feast, as it appears from the narrative of John, was previous 
to the triumph, and not according to the appearance of the records of 
Matthew and Mark. After giving much time to this perplexing ques- 
tion, and after long hesitation and several changes of opinion, we finally 
— but with some misgivings — fix upon the narrative of John, as settling 
this doubtful question of time. This conclusion is not without its em- 
barrassments : but they appear a little less than those that beset the 
opposite. 
10 



HO THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Bethany. [March 20. 

9. For it might have been sold for more than three 
hundred pence, and have been given to the poor. And 
they murmured against her. 

10. 4 Then saith one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, 
Simon's son, which should betray him, Why was not this 
ointment sold for three hundred pence, and given to the 
poor ? 

n. This he said, not that he cared for the poor; but 
because he was a thief, and had the bag, and bare what 
was put therein. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xxvi. 10-13 ; Mark xiv. 6-9 ; John xii. 7, 8. 
Co7nmendation of Mary, 

12. 1 When Jesus understood it, he said unto them, Why 
trouble ye the woman ? 2 Let her alone ; *for she hath 
wrought a good work upon me. 

13. For ye have the poor always with you ; 2 and when- 
soever ye will, ye may do them good ; *but me ye have 
not always. 

14. 2 She hath done what she could : ^against the day 
of my burial hath she kept this. 

15. *For in that she hath poured this ointment on my 
body, she did it for my burial, 

16. 2 She is come aforehand to anoint my body to the 
burying. 

17. Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever this gospel 
shall be preached throughout the whole world, x there 
shall also this that this woman hath done be 2 spoken of 
for a memorial of her.* 

* This is perhaps as perfect a harmony of the several narratives of 
the anointing as the case admits. It differs slightly from all that we 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. Ill 

Part Third.] Bethany. [March 20. 

Sec. 5. — John 12. 9-1 1. 
The Life of Lazarus Threatened. 

18. Much people of the Jews therefore knew that he 
was there : and they came not for Jesus' sake only, but 
that they might see Lazarus also, whom he had raised 
from the dead. 

19. But the chief priests consulted that they might put 
Lazarus also to death ; 

20. Because that by reason of him many of the Jews 
went away, and believed on Jesus. 

have examined ; and perhaps the careful reader will award to it some 
little superiority in respect to completeness and smoothness of composi- 
tion. 

Note. — Following the chronology of Jarvis at this point (and here- 
after, until the ascension), Jesus came to Bethany on Friday evening, 
March 19. The feast and the anointing occurred Saturday evening, 
March 20. The next day, usually called " Palm Sunday," was the 21st 
of March, the loth of Nisan, and therefore [Exodus xii. 2] the very day 
on which the Paschal lambs were taken into Jerusalem. The coinci- 
dence was remarkable ; and yet it was just what might have been ex- 
pected, when the subject of Christ's fulfillment of the Levitical types was 
duly considered. Jesus was the " Lamb of God," not simply to be offered 
in sacrifice, but also to be " Our Passover." Hence it was necessary 
that he should be conducted into the temple on the 10th of Nisan. 



112 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third] Mount Olivet. [Palm Sunday, March 21. 



CHAPTER II. 
Christ's triumphant entry into Jerusalem. 

i. The Colt Procured for Jesus to Ride. 2. The People come out to 
Meet Him with Acclamations. 3. The Pharisees Offended and 
Alarmed. 4. Jesus Weeping over Jerusalem. 5. Jesus Enters 
the Temple. 



Sec. I. — Matt. xxi. 1-7 ; Mark xi. 1-7 ; Luke xix. 29-35 > J onn xn - 12-16. 
The Colt Procured for yesus to Ride. 

1. 3 And it came to pass, 4 on the next day, ^hen they 
drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage 
2 and Bethany, at the mount of Olives : 

2. x Then sent Jesus 2 forth two of his disciples, and saith 
unto them, Go your way into the village over against you ; 
2 and straightway, 2 as soon as ye be entered into it, ye shall 
find ] an ass tied, and a colt 2 tied Hvith her, 3 whereon yet 
never man sat. Loose him, and bring him Hmto me. 

3. And if any man say aught unto you, [or] 3 if any man 
ask you, Why do ye loose him ? thus shall ye say unto 
him, Because the Lord hath need of him ; 2 and straight- 
way he will send him hither. 

4. *And the disciples 3 that were sent went their way, 
and found 2 the colt tied by the door without, in a place 
where two ways met, 3 even as he had said unto them ; 
2 and they loosed him, *as Jesus commanded them. 

5. 3 And as they were loosing the colt, 2 certain of them 
that stood there, [being] 3 the owners thereof, said unto 
them, 2 What do ye? 3 Why loose ye the colt? 

6. 2 And they said unto them, even as Jesus had com- 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 113 

Part Third.] Mount Olivet. [Palm Sunday, March 21. 

manded, 3 The Lord hath need of him. 2 And they let 
them go. 

7. 2 And they brought Hhe ass and the colt 2 to Jesus, 
! and put on them their clothes. 3 And [having] cast their 
garments upon the colt, they sat Jesus thereon.* 

8. *A11 this was done, that it might be fulfilled which 
was spoken by the Prophet, 4 as it is written, 1 Xell ye the 
daughter of Zion, *Fear not, daughter of Zion : behold, 
thy king cometh ] unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, 
and a colt, the foal of an ass. 

9. 4 These things understood not his disciples at the 
first ; but when Jesus was glorified, then remembered 
they that these things were written of him, and that they 
had done these things unto him. 

Sec 2. — Matt. xxi. 8, 9 ; Mark xi. 8-10 ; Luke xix. 36-38 ; John xii. 
12, 13, 17, 18. 

The People come out to Meet Him with Acclamations, 

10. 4 Much people [therefore], that were come to the 
feast, when they heard that Jesus was coming to Jerusa- 
lem, took branches of palm trees, and went forth to meet 
him. 

11. And cried, Hosanna ! Blessed is the King of 
Israel, that cometh in the name of the Lord ! 

12. 3 And as they went, *a very great multitude spread 
their garments in the way ; and others cut down branches 
from the trees, and strewed in the way. 

13. 3 And when he was come nigh, even now at the de- 
scent of the mount of Olives, the whole multitude of the 
disciples began to rejoice, and praise God with a loud 
voice, for all the mighty works that they had seen ; Saying : 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 
10* 



114 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Mount Olivet. [Palm Sunday, March 21. 

14. Blessed be the king that cometh in the name of the 
Lord ! Peace in heaven, and glory in the highest ! 

15. *And the multitudes that went before, and 2 they that 
followed, cried, saying, ^osanna to the Son of David ! 
Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord ! Ho- 
sanna in the highest ! 

16. 2 Blessed be the kingdom of our father David, that 
cometh in the name of the Lord ! Hosanna in the highest ! 

17. 4 The people therefore that were with him when he 
called Lazarus out of his grave, and raised him from the 
dead, bare record. 

18. For this cause the people met him ; for they had 
heard that he had done this miracle.* 

Sec 3. — Luke xix. 39, 40; John xii. 19. 
The Pharisees Offended and Alarmed. 

19. 3 And some of the Pharisees from among the mul- 
titude said unto him, Master, rebuke thy disciples. 

20. And he answered and said unto them, I tell you 
that if these should hold their peace, the stones would 
immediately cry out. 

21. 4 The Pharisees therefore said among themselves, 
Perceive ye how ye prevail nothing? behold, the world is 
gone after him. 

Sec. 4. — Luke xix. 41-44. 
yesus Weeping over yerusalem. 

22. And when he was come near, he beheld the city, 
and wept over it, 

23. Saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, at least 

* Note 2, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 115 



Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Palm Sunday, March 21. 

in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace ! 
but now they are hid from thine eyes. 

24. For the days shall come upon thee, that thine 
enemies shall cast a trench about thee, and compass thee 
round, and keep thee in on every side, 

25. And shall lay thee even with the ground, and thy 
children within thee ; and they shall not leave in thee one 
stone upon another ; because thou knewest not the time 
of thy visitation. 

Sec 5. — Matt. xxi. 10-17; Mark xi. 11. 
Jesus Enters the Temple. 

26. *And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the 
city was moved, saying, Who is this? 

27. And the multitude said, This is Jesus the Prophet, 
of Nazareth of Galilee. 

28. 2 And Jesus entered into Jerusalem, and into the 
Temple. *And the blind and the lame came to him in 
the Temple, and he healed them. 

29. And when the chief priests and scribes saw the 
wonderful things that he did, and the children crying in 
the Temple, and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David, 
they were sore displeased, and said unto him, Hearest 
thou what these say? 

30. And Jesus saith unto them, Yea : have ye never 
read, Out of the mouths of babes and sucklings thou hast 
perfected praise ? 

31. 2 And when he had looked round about upon all 
things, and now the eventide was come, x he left them, and 
went out of the city into Bethany, 2 with the twelve, *and 
he lodged there. 

Note i. — Not knowing, perhaps, which one Christ preferred. And the 



Il6 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Bethany — Jerusalem. [Monday, March 22. 

excited multitude, seeing both the animals brought to him, cast their 
garments on both. But when he indicated his preference for the colt, 
they cast their garments on the colt, and thus prepared him for the Mas- 
ter to use in his triumph. 

Note 2. — All these expressions were used, and probably were many 
times repeated, by different portions of the enraptured multitude during 
the progress of the triumphal march. One evangelist more particularly 
noticed or remembered one form of acclamation — another, another form. 
It is only by combining the whole together, as herein presented, that we 
can bring before us, in proper order, all that the Lord has caused to be 
written for our information. It belongs not to the mere harmonist, but 
to the expositor, to give the proper import of these various expressions, 
and the probable impressions of the enthusiastic disciples when they be- 
held their Master thus, according to ancient prophecy, approaching 
Jerusalem in triumph, after performing such stupendous miracles as he 
had wrought in that vicinity and in other places. 



CHAPTER III. 



SCENES IN AND ABOUT JERUSALEM. 

I. The Barren Fig Tree. 2. Clearing the Temple. 3. Custom and 
Effect of Christ's Teaching. 4. Discourse from the Fig Tree. 

Sec. 1. — Matt xxi. 18, 19; Mark xi. 12-14. 
The Barren Fig Tree. 

1. x Now 2 on the morrow, *in the morning, 2 when they 
were come from Bethany, ! as he returned into the city, 2 he 
was hungry. 

2. \And when he saw a fig tree 2 afar off ] in the way, 
2 having leaves, x he came to it, 2 if haply he might find any- 
thing thereon. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 117 

Part Third.] Bethany — Jerusalem. [Monday, March 22. 

3. And when he came to it, he found nothing thereon 
but leaves only; 2 for the time of figs was not yet. 

4. And Jesus answered and said unto it, No man eat 
fruit of thee hereafter for ever ! 2 Let no fruit grow on thee 
henceforward for ever ! 

5. 2 And his disciples heard it. *And presently the fig 
tree withered away. 

Sec 2. — Matt. xxi. 12, 13 ; Mark xi. 15—17 ; Luke xix. 45, 46. 
Clearing the Temple.* 

6. 2 And they come to Jerusalem ; a and Jesus went into 
the Temple of God, and 3 began to cast out *all them that 
sold and bought in the Temple. 

7. And [he] overthrew the tables of the money-chang- 
ers, and the seats of them that sold doves, 2 and would not 
suffer that any man should carry any vessel through the 
Temple. % 

8. And he taught, saying unto them, Is it not written, 
My house shall be called of all nations the house of 
prayer? But ye have made it a den of thieves. 

Sec. 3. — Mark xi. 18, 19; Luke xix. 47, 48. 
Custom aitd Effect of Chrisfs Teaching. 

9. 3 And he taught daily in the Temple. But the chief 
priests and scribes, and the chief of the people, 2 heard it, 
and sought how they might destroy him, 3 and could not 
find what they might do. 

10. 2 For they feared him, because all the people were 
astonished at his doctrine ; 3 for all the people were very 
attentive to hear him. 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 



Ii8 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Bethany — Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

11. 2 And when even was come, he went out of the 
city.* 

Sec. 4. — Matt. xxi. 20-22 ; Mark xi. 20-26. 
Discourse from the Fig Tree. [Tuesday.] 

12. 2 And in the morning, as they passed by, they saw 
the fig tree dried up from the roots. 

13.^ And Peter calling to remembrance, saith unto him, 
Master, behold, the fig tree which thou cursedst is with- 
ered away. 

14. *And when the disciples saw //, they marveled, 
saying, How soon is the fig tree withered away ! 

15. 2 And Jesus answering, saith unto them, Have faith 
in God. 

16. For verily I say unto you, Tf ye have faith, and 
doubt not, ye shall not only do this to the fig tree, but 
2 whosoever shall say unto this mountain, Be thou re- 
moved, and be thou cast into the sea : 

17. And shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe 
that those things which he saith shall come to pass, *it 
shall be done ; 2 he shall have whatsoever he saith. 

18. Therefore I say unto you, Whatsoever things ye de- 
sire when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye 
shall have them. 

19. \And all things whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, 
believing, ye shall receive. 

20. 2 And when ye stand praying, forgive, if ye have 
aught against any ; that your Father also which is in 
heaven may forgive you your trespasses. 

21. But if ye do not forgive, neither will your Father 
which is in heaven forgive you your trespasses. 

Note i. — This cleansing of the Temple must not be confounded with 
* Note 2, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 119 

1 Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

the similar occurrence recorded in John ii. 13. Both at the beginning 
and at the conclusion of our Lord's public ministry, he found the same 
occasion for manifesting his zeal for the honor and purity of his Father's 
house of prayer. 

Note 2. — 'This statement, perhaps, was not intended to be applied to 
the transactions of that day exclusively, or to any other day in particu- 
lar ; but was designed to state the general fact, that during those days 
of our Lord's daily visitations to the Temple, his custom was not to re- 
main in the city during the night, but to retire to more private lodgings 
in the vicinity. Bethany appears to have been his usual resort. 



CHAPTER IV. 

DISPUTATIONS AND PARABLES. 

I. Dispute about Christ's Authority. 2. Parable of the Two Sons. 
3. Parable of the Wicked Husbandmen. 4. Christ's Custom in 
Teaching. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxi. 23-27 ; Mark xi. 27-33 ; Luke xx. 1-8. 
Dispute about Christ's Authority. 

1. 2 And they came again to Jerusalem. 3 And it came 
to pass, on one of those days, Hvhen he was come into 
the Temple, 3 as he taught the people in the Temple, and 
preached the gospel : 

2. The chief priests and the scribes, *and the elders of 
the people came unto him, 2 as he was walking in the 
Temple, 3 and spake unto him, saying, Tell us by what 
authority doest thou these things ? or who is he that gave 
thee this authority? 

3. And Jesus answered and said unto them, I will also 



120 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] . Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

ask of you one question, ^hich if ye 2 answer *and tell 
me, I in likewise will tell you by what authority I do 
these things. 

4. The baptism of John — whence was it? 3 Was it from 
heaven, or of men ? 2 Answer me. 

5. And they reasoned with themselves, saying, If we 
shall say, From heaven, he will say ^nto us, Why did ye 
not then believe him ? 

6. But if we say, Of men, we fear the people : 3 all the 
people will stone us ; for they be *all 3 persuaded that John 
was a prophet 2 indeed. 

7. And they answered and said unto Jesus, We cannot 
tell 3 whence. 

8. 2 And Jesus answering, said unto them, Neither do I 
tell you by what authority I do these things. 

Sec. 2 — Matt. xxi. 28-32 ; Mark xii. 1 (in part). 
Parable of the Two Sons. 

9. 2 And he began to speak unto them by parables : 
*But what think ye ? A certain man had two sons ; and 
he came to the first, and said, Son, go work to-day in my 
vineyard. 

10. He answered and said, I will not; but afterward 
he repented, and went. 

11. And he came to the second, and said likewise. 
And he answered and said, I go, sir ; and went not. 

12. Whether of them twain did the will of his father? 
They say unto him, The first. Jesus saith unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, That the publicans and the harlots 
go into the kingdom of God before you. 

13. For John came unto you in the way of righteous- 
ness, and ye believed him not ; but the publicans and the 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 21 

Part Third] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

harlots believed him : and ye, when ye had seen zV, re- 
pented not afterward, that ye might believe him. 

Sec. 3. — Matt. xxi. 33-46; Mark xii. 1-12; Luke xx. 9-19. 
Parable of the Wicked Husbandmen. 

14. 3 Then began he to speak to the people this parable 
[saying], J Hear another parable : 

15. There was a certain householder which planted a 
vineyard, and hedged it round about, and digged a wine- 
press in it, and built a tower, and let it out to husband- 
men, and went into a far country 3 for a long time. 

16. 2 And at the season, Hvhen the time of the fruit drew 
near, 2 he sent to the husbandmen a servant, that he might 
receive from the husbandmen of the fruit of the vineyard. 

17. 3 But the husbandmen- 2 caught and beat him, and 
sent him away empty. 

18. And again he sent unto them another servant, 3 and 
they beat him also ; 2 and at him they cast stones, and 
wounded him in the head, 3 and entreated him shamefully, 
and sent him away empty. 

19. 2 And again he sent another — 3 a third ; and they 
wounded him also, 2 and killed him, 3 and cast him out. 

20. 2 Again he sent other servants, more than the first ; 
and they did unto them likewise ; 2 beating some, and kill- 
ing some. 

21. 3 Then said the lord of the vineyard, What shall I 
do ? I will send my beloved son. It may be they will 
reverence him when they see him. 

22. 2 Having yet therefore one son — his well-beloved — 
4ie sent unto them his son, last of all, saying, They will 
reverence my son. 

23. But when the husbandmen saw the son, 3 they rea- 
11 F 



122 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

soned among themselves, saying, This is the heir : come, 
let us kill him, *and let us seize on his inheritance, 2 and 
the inheritance shall be ours. 

24. 3 So they taught him, 3 and cast him out of the vine- 
yard, and killed him. 

25. 1 When the lord therefore of the vineyard cometh, 
what will he do unto these husbandmen ? 

26. They say unto him, 2 He w T ill come, and ^le will 
miserably destroy those wicked husbandmen ; and will let 
out his vineyard unto other husbandmen, which shall 
render him the fruits in their season. 

27. 3 And when they heard it, they said, God forbid. 

28. And Jesus beheld them, and said *unto them, 3 What 
is this then that is written ? 

29. x Did ye never read in the scriptures, The stone 
which the builders rejected, the same is become the head 
of the corner ; this is the Lord's doing, and it is marvelous 
in our eyes? 

30. Therefore I say unto you, The kingdom of God 
shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing 
forth the fruits thereof. 

31. And whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be 
broken ; but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind 
him to powder. 

32. And when the chief priests and Pharisees had 
heard his parables, they perceived that he spake of 
them. 

33. x But when 3 the chief priests and scribes the same 
hour sought to lay hands on him, they feared the people ; 
because they took him for a prophet. 2 And they left him, 
and went their way. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 123 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

Sec. 4. — Luke xxi. 37, 38. 
Chris? s Custom in Teaching. 

34. And in the day-time he was teaching in the Temple ; 
and at night he went out, and abode in the mount that is 
called the mount of Olives. 

35. And all the people came early in the morning to 
him in the Temple, for to hear him. 

Note. — These last verses from Luke merely state the custom of our 
Lord during his labors at Jerusalem. They do not indicate the close of 
any particular day, or the commencement of any one in particular ; but 
what occurred from day to day. He did not choose to remain in the 
city during the night, but retired, probably to Bethany, or to some other 
village, or residence of his friends, on the slopes of Mount Olivet. 



CHAPTER V. 



SCENES IN THE TEMPLE. 



I. Parable of the Royal Marriage. 2. Snare of the Pharisees. 3. Snare 
of the Sadducees. 

Sec 1. — Matt. xxii. 1-14. 
Parable of the Royal Marriage. 

1. And Jesus answered and spake unto them again by 
parables, and said, 

2. The kingdom of heaven is like unto a certain king, 
which made a marriage for his son, 

3. And sent forth his servants to call them that were 
bidden to the wedding : and they would not come. 



124 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

4. Again, he sent forth other servants, saying, Tell 
them which are bidden, Behold, I have prepared my din- 
ner : my oxen and my fatlings are killed, and all things 
are ready : come unto the marriage. 

5. But they made light of zV, and went their ways, one 
to his farm, another to his merchandise : 

6. And the remnant took his servants, and entreated 
them spitefully, and slew them, 

7. But when the king heard thereof, he was wroth : 
and he sent forth his armies, and destroyed those murder- 
ers, and burned up their city. 

8. Then saith he to his servants, The wedding is ready, 
but they which were bidden were not worthy. 

9. Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many as 
ye shall find, bid to the marriage. 

10. So those servants went out into the highways, and 
gathered together all as many as they found, both bad 
and good : and the wedding was furnished with guests. 

11. And w T hen the king came in to see the guests, he 
saw there a man which had not on a wedding garment : 

12. And he saith unto him, Friend, how earnest thou 
in hither, not having a wedding garment? And he was 
speechless. 

13. Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand 
and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer 
darkness ; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 

14. For many are called, but few are chosen. 

Sec 2. — Matt xxii. 15-22 ; Mark xii. 13-17; Luke xx. 20-26. 
Snare of the Pharisees. 

15. x Then went the Pharisees, and took counsel how 
they might entangle him in his talk. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 125 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

16. 3 And they watched him, 2 and sent out unto him 
certain of the Pharisees — T their disciples — with the He- 
rodians [as] 3 spies, which should feign themselves just men, 
that they might take hold of his words ; that so they might 
deliver him unto the pow 7 er and authority of the governor. 

17. 2 And when they were come, 3 they asked him, say- 
ing, Master, *we know that thou art true ; 3 that thou sayest 
and teachest rightly, 2 and carest for no man ; for thou re- 
gardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of 
God in truth. 

18. 1 Tell us, therefore, what thinkest thou : Is it lawful 
3 for us to give tribute to Caesar or not? 2 Shall we give, 
or shall we not give ? 

19. *But Jesus perceived their wickedness, [and] know- 
ing their hypocrisy [and] 3 craftiness, said unto them, 
Why tempt ye me, ye hypocrites? 

20. x Show me the tribute-money : 2 bring me a penny, 
that I may see it. *And they brought unto him a penny. 

21. And he saith unto them, Whose is this image and 
superscription? 2 And they said unto him, Caesar's. 

22. And Jesus answering, said unto them, Render 
therefore unto Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and 
unto God the things that are God's. 

23. 3 And they could not take hold of his words before 
the people ; and ^hen they had heard, they marveled 
3 at his answer, and held their peace, *and left him, and 
went their w r ay. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xxii. 23-33 > Mark xii. 18-27 ; Luke xx. 27-40. 
Snare of the Sadducees. 

24. x The same day came to him 3 certain of the Sad- 
ducees, which deny that there is any resurrection. 

11* 



126 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

25. And they asked him, saying, Master, Moses wrote 
unto us, If any man's brother die, having a wife, and he 
die without children, 2 and leave his wife, and leave no 
children, that his brother should 'marry his wife, and raise 
up seed unto his brother. 

26. Now there were with us seven brethren : and 
the first, when he had married a wife, deceased ; 
3 and died without children, [and] 'left his wife unto his 
brother. 

27. 3 And the second likewise 3 took her to wife, and he 
died childless. And the third likewise 3 took her ; and in 
like manner the seven also 2 had her. 

28. 3 And they left no children, and died. 1 And last of 
all the woman died also. 

29. 2 In the resurrection, therefore, when they shall rise, 
whose wife shall she be of 'the seven ? 2 for the seven had 
her to wife. 

30. And Jesus answering, said unto them, Do ye not 
therefore err, because ye know not the Scriptures, neither 
the power of God ? 

31. 3 The children of this world marry, and are given 
in marriage. But they which be counted worthy to ob- 
tain that world, and the resurrection from the dead, 
neither marry, nor are given in marriage. 

32. 2 For when they shall rise from the dead, they 
neither marry, nor are given in marriage ; but are as the 
angels of God in heaven. 

33. 3 Neither can they die any more ; for they are equal 
unto the angels ; and are the children of God, being the 
children of the resurrection. 

34. 'But as touching the resurrection of the dead, 2 that 
they : 'are raised, even Moses showed at the bush, when he 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 127 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

calleth the Lord the God of Abraham, and the God of 
Isaac, and the God of Jacob. 

35. 2 Have ye not read in the book of Moses 2 that which 
was spoken unto you by God — 2 how in the bush God 
spake unto him, saying, l I am the God of Abraham, and 
the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob ? 

36. Tor *God is not the God of the dead, 2 but the God 
of the living ; 3 for all live unto him. 2 Ye therefore do 
greatly err. 

37. ] And when the multitude heard, they were aston- 
ished at his doctrine. 

38. 3 Then certain of scribes answering, said, Master, 
thou hast well said. And after that they durst not ask 
him any. 



CHAPTER VI. 
Christ's enemies confounded. 

1. Snare of the Lawyer. 2. The Pharisees Confounded. 3. The 
Scribes and Pharisees Exposed. 

Sec. I. — Matt. xxii. 34-40 ; Mark xii. 28-34. 
Snare of the Lawyer, 

1. x But when the Pharisees had heard that he had put 
the Sadducees to silence, they were gathered together. 

2. 2 And one of the scribes, ^being] a lawyer, came, 
and having heard them reasoning together, and perceiving 
that [Jesus] had answered them well, asked him, tempt- 
ing him, and saying : 



128 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

3. Master, which is the 2 first *great commandment 2 of 
all ] in the law ? 

4. 2 And Jesus answered him, The first of all the com- 
mandments is, Hear, O Israel ; the Lord our God is one 
Lord. 

5. And thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy 
heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and 
with all thy strength. 

6. lr rhis is the first and great commandment ; and the 
second is like unto it : Thou shalt love thy neighbor as 
thyself. 2 There is no other commandment greater than 
these. 

7. ^n these two commandments hang all the law and 
the prophets. 

8. 2 And the scribe said unto him, Well, Master, thou 
hast said the truth ; for there is one God, and there is 
none other but he. 

9. And to love him with all the heart, and with all the 
understanding, and with all the soul, and with all the 
strength, and to love his neighbor as himself, is more than 
all whole burnt-offerings and sacrifices. 

10. And when Jesus saw that he answered discreetly, 
he said unto him, Thou art not far from the kingdom of 
God. And no man after that durst ask him. 



Sec 2. — Matt. xxii. 41-46 ; Mark xii. 35-37; Luke xx. 41-44. 
The Pharisees Confounded. 

11. 1 While the Pharisees were gathered together, Jesus 
asked them, saying, What think ye of Christ? Whose 
Son is he ? 

12. They say unto him, The Son of David. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 129 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

13. 2 And Jesus answered and said unto them, while he 
taught in the Temple, How say the scribes that Christ is 
the Son of David ? 

14. For David himself saith by the Holy Ghost, 3 in the 
book of Psalms, The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou 
on my right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool. 

15. David therefore 2 himself calleth him Lord. : If 
David then call him Lord, 3 how is he then his son? 

16. And no man was able to answer him a word. 
Neither durst any from that day forth ask him any more. 

17. 2 And the common people heard him gladly. 

Sec 3. — Mark xii. 38-40 ; Luke xx. 45-47. 
The Scribes and Pharisees Exposed. 

18. 3 Then in the audience of all the people, he said 
unto his disciples 2 in his doctrine : 

19. 3 Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk in 
long robes, and love greetings in the market-places, and 
the highest seats in the synagogues, and the chief rooms at 
feasts : 

20. Which devour widows' houses, and for a show 
make long prayers. The same shall receive greater 
damnation. 



130 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 



CHAPTER VII. 

ADMONITIONS AND REPROOFS. 

I. The People Warned against Ostentation and Pride. 2. The Scribes 
and Pharisees Denounced. 3. Jerusalem's Wickedness and Doom. 

Sec. 1. — Matt, xxiii. 1-12. 
The People Wai'ned against Ostentation and Pride, 

1. Then spake Jesus to the multitude, and to his dis- 
ciples, 

2. Saying, The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' 
seat : 

3. All therefore whatsoever they bid you observe, that 
observe and do ; but do not ye after their works : for they 
say, and do not. 

4. For they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be 
borne, and lay them on men's shoulders ; but they them- 
selves will not move them with one of their fingers. 

5. But all their works they do for to be seen of men : 
they make broad their phylacteries, and enlarge the 
borders of their garments, 

6. And love the uppermost rooms at feasts, and the 
chief seats in the synagogues, 

7. And greetings in the markets, and to be called of 
men, Rabbi, Rabbi. 

8. But be ye not called Rabbi : for one is your Master, 
even Christ ; and all ye are brethren. 

9. And call no man your father upon the earth : for one 
is your Father, which is in heaven. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 131 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

10. Neither be ye called masters : for one is your Mas- 
ter, even Christ. 

11. But he that is greatest among you shall be your 
servant. 

12. And whosoever shall exalt himself shall be abased ; 
and he that shall humble himself shall be exalted. 



Sec. 2. — Matt, xxiii. 13-33. 
The Scribes a?zd Pharisees Denounced. 

13. But woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
for ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men : for 
ye neither go in yourselves, neither suffer ye them that are 
entering to go in. 

14. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
for ye devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make 
long prayer : therefore ye shall receive the greater dam- 
nation. 

15. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
for ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte ; and 
when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child of 
hell than yourselves. 

16. Woe unto you, ye blind guides, which say, Whoso- 
ever shall swear by the Temple, it is nothing ; but whoso- 
ever shall swear by the gold of the Temple, he is a debtor ! 

17. Ye fools and blind : for whether is greater, the gold, 
or the Temple that sanctifieth the gold ? 

18. And, Whosoever shall swear by the altar, it is no- 
thing ; but whosoever sweareth by the gift that is upon it, 
he is guilty. 

19. Te fools and blind : for whether is greater, the gift, 
or the altar that sanctifieth the gift? 



132 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

20. Whoso therefore shall swear by the altar, sweareth 
by it, and by all things thereon. 

21. And whoso shall swear by the Temple, sweareth 
by it, and by him that dwelleth therein. 

22. And he that shall swear by heaven, sweareth by 
the throne of God, and by him that sitteth thereon. 

23. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin, and have 
omitted the weightier matters of the law, judgment, 
mercy, and faith : these ought ye to have done, and not 
to leave the other undone. 

24. Te blind guides, which strain at a gnat, and swal- 
low a camel. 

25. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! 
for ye make clean the outside of the cup and of the plat- 
ter, but within they are full of extortion and excess. 

26. Thou blind Pharisee, cleanse first that which is 
within the cup and platter, that the outside of them may 
be clean also. 

27. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed ap- 
pear beautiful outward, but are within full of dead men's 
bones, and of all uncleanness. 

28. Even so ye also outwardly appear righteous 
unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisy and 
iniquity. 

29. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! 
because ye build the tombs of the prophets, and garnish 
the sepulchres of the righteous, 

30. And say, If we had been in the days of our fathers, 
we would not have been partakers with them in the blood 
of the prophets. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 133 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

31. Wherefore ye be witnesses unto yourselves, that ye 
are the children of them which killed the prophets. 

32. Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers. 

33. Te serpents, ye generation of vipers, how can ye 
escape the damnation of hell ? 

Sec. 3. — Matt, xxiii. 34-39. 
^Jerusalem? s Wickedness and Doom. 

34. Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and 
wise men, and scribes : and some of them ye shall kill 
and crucify ; and some of them shall ye scourge in your 
synagogues, and persecute them from city to city : 

35. That upon you may come all the righteous blood 
shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel 
unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye 
slew between the Temple and the altar. 

36. Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come 
upon this generation. 

37. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the pro- 
phets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how 
often would I have gathered thy children together, even 
as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye 
would not ! 

38. Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. 

39. For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, 
till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of 
the Lord. 

12 



134 . THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

CHAPTER VIII. 

SCENES IN THE TEMPLE. 

I. The Widow's Mite. 2. The Greeks Inquire for Jesus. 3. The Voice 
from Heaven. 4. Forebodings of Crucifixion. 5. Unbelief of the 
Jews. 6. Jesus Explains his Mission. 

Sec. 1. — Mark xii. 41-44; Luke xxi. 1-4. 
The Widow's Mite. 

1. 2 And Jesus sat over against the treasury; 3 and he 
looked up, 2 and beheld how the 3 rich 2 people cast 3 their 
gifts [of] 2 money into the treasury. And many that were 
rich cast in much. 

2. And there came 3 also a certain poor widow ; and he 
saw [her] casting in two mites, 2 which make a farthing. 

3. And he called his disciples, and saith unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, 3 of a truth, that this poor widow 
hath cast in more than they all 2 which have cast into the 
treasury. 

4. 3 For all these have of their abundance cast in unto 
the offerings of God ; but she of her penury hath cast in 
2 all that she had, even all her living. 

Sec 2. — John xii. 20-26. 
The Greeks Inquire for Jesus. 

5. And there were certain Greeks among them that 
came up to worship at the feast : 

6. The same came therefore to Philip, which was of 
Berthsaida of Galilee, and desired him, saying, Sir, we 
would see Jesus. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 135 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

7. Philip cometh and telleth Andrew : and again An- 
drew and Philip tell Jesus. 

8. And Jesus answered them, saying, The hour is 
come, that the Son of man should be glorified. 

9. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except a corn of 
wheat fall into the ground and die, it abideth alone : but 
if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit. 

10. He that loveth his life shall lose it ; and he that 
hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal. 

11. If any man serve me, let him follow me; and 
where I am, there shall also my servant be : if any man 
serve me, him will my Father honor. 

Sec. 3. — John xii. 27-30. 
The Voice from Heaven. 

12. Now is my soul troubled; and what shall I say? 
Father, save me from this hour : but for this cause came 
I unto this hour. 

13. Father, glorify thy name. Then came there a voice 
from heaven, saying, I have both glorified it, and will 
glorify it again. 

14. The people therefore that stood by, and heard it, 
said that it thundered : others said, An angel spake to 
him. 

15. Jesus answered and said, This voice came not be- 
cause of me, but for your sakes. 

Sec 4. — John xii. 31-36. 
Forebodings of Crucifixion. 

16. Now is the judgment of this world : now shall the 
prince of this world be cast out. 



136 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

17. And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw 
all ?nen unto me. 

18. This he said, signifying what death he should die. 

19. The people answered him, We have heard out of 
the law that Christ abideth for ever : and how say est thou, 
The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of 
man? 

20. Then Jesus said unto them, Yet a little while is the 
light with you. Walk while ye have the light, lest dark- 
ness come upon you : for he that walketh in darkness 
knoweth not whither he goeth. 

21. While ye have light, believe in the light, that ye 
may be the children of light. These things spake Jesus, 
and departed, and did hide himself from them. 

Sec. 5.— John xii. 37-43. 
Unbelief of the yews. 

22. But though he had done so many miracles before 
them, yet they believed not on him : 

23. That the saying of Esaias the prophet might be 
fulfilled, which he spake, Lord, who hath believed our 
report? and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been re- 
vealed ? 

24. Therefore they could not believe, because that Esa- 
ias said again, 

25. He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their 
heart ; that they should not see with their eyes, nor under- 
stand with their heart, and be converted, and I should 
heal them. 

26. These things said Esaias, when he saw his glory, 
and spake of him. 

27. Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many be- 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 137 

Part Third.] Jerusalem. [Tuesday, March 23. 

lieved on him ; but because of the Pharisees they did not 
confess him, lest they should be put out of the synagogue : 
28. For they loved the praise of men more than the 
praise of God. 



Sec. 6. — John xii. 44-50. 
yesus Explains his Mission. 

29. Jesus cried and said, He that believeth on me, be- 
lieveth not on me, but on him that sent me. 

30. And he that seeth me seeth him that sent me. 

31. I am come a light into the world, that whosoever 
believeth on me should not abide in darkness. 

32. And if any man hear my words, and believe not, I 
judge him not : for I came not to judge the world, but to 
save the world. 

33. He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, 
hath one that judge th him : the word that I have spoken, 
the same shall judge him in the last day. 

34. For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father 
which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I 
should say, and what I should speak. 

35. And I know that his commandment is life everlast- 
ing : whatsoever I speak therefore, even as the Father 
said unto me, so I speak. 

Note. — Just where and when our Lord uttered the words of this last 
section, we are not able to ascertain. To take the passage out of its 
connections in the Gospel of John, to place it in other connections, is 
merely conjectural. It seems best, therefore, to retain it in the same 
connections in which we find it. Our Lord was seldom alone, and 
seldom without others besides the Twelve. To the Twelve, or to some 
of the many groups who thronged about him, he thus explained his 
mission. 

12* 



138 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Summary. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 



PART FOURTH. 



SUMMARY. 

Time: Tuesday evening of Passion Week, March 23. 

Principal Places : Jerusalem, Mount Olivet. 

Principal Persons : Jesus, Peter, James, John, Andrew. 

Principal Scenes and Subjects : 

Chap. I. — Our Lord's Great Prophecy (Part First). — General 
Themes: Jewish and Roman War; Afflictions of the Church. 1. 
Destruction of the Temple. 2. Questions to which our Lord Re- 
plied. 3. Beginning of Sorrows. 4. Persecution of the Church. 
5. Divine Assistance. 6. Domestic Treachery and Distress. 7. 
General Spread of the Gospel. 8. Siege of Jerusalem, and Direc- 
tions how to Escape. 9. Unparalleled Distress. 10. Contrast Be- 
tween False Christs and the True : Captivity and Downtreading of 
Jerusalem. 

Chap. II. — Our Lord's Great Prophecy (Part Seco?td). — General 
Theme : The Coming of Christ. 1. Signs that Precede the Ad- 
vent. 2. The Advent and Gathering of the Elect. 3. Illustration 
of the Fig Tree. 4. Illustration of the Flood. 5. Illustration of 
the Returning Master. 6. Illustration of the Thief. 7. Illustration 
of the Servant. 8. Illustration of the Snare. 

Chap. III. — Our Lord's Great Prophecy (Part Third). — Gene- 
ral Theme : Scenes at the Coming of Christ. 1. The Virgins and 
their Lamps. 2. The Servants and their Talents. 3. The Judg- 
ment at the Coming of Christ. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 139 

Part Fourth.] Jerusalem — Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 



CHAPTER I. 

our lord's great prophecy. 
(Part First.) 

General Themes : Jewish and Roman War ; Afflictions of the Church. — 
1. Destruction of the Temple. 2. Questions to which our Lord 
Replied. 3. The Beginning of Sorrows. 4. Persecution of the 
Church. 5. Divine Assistance. 6. Domestic Treachery and Dis- 
tress. 7. General Spread of the Gospel. 8. Siege of Jerusalem, 
and Directions how to Escape. 9. Unparalleled Distress. 10. Con- 
trast between False Christs and the True ; Captivity and Down- 
treading of Jerusalem. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxiv. 1, 2 ; Mark xiii. 1, 2 ; Luke xxi. 5, 6. 
Destruction of the Tern fie.* 

1 . *And Jesus went out, and departed from the Temple. 

2. 2 And as he went out from the Temple, one of his dis- 
ciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones, 
and what buildings ! 

3. And Jesus answering, said unto him, Seest thou 
these great buildings ? There shall not be left one stone 
upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 

4. *And his disciples came to him, for to show him the 
buildings of the Temple. 

5. 3 And as some spake of the Temple, how it was 
adorned with goodly stones and gifts, he said *unto them, 
See ye not all these things ? 

6. Verily I say unto you, 3 ''As for these things which ye 
behold, the days will come in which there shall not be 
left J here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown 
down. 

* Note 1, at end of chapter. 



140 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxiv. 3-5 ; Mark xiii. 3-6 ; Luke xxi. 7, 8. 
Questions to which our Lord Replied. 

7. \And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, 2 over 
against the Temple, Hhe disciples, 2 Peter, and James, and 
John, and Andrew, ^ame unto him privately, saying : 

8. 3 Master, 2 tell us, when shall these things be? *and 
what the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world, 
2 when all these things shall be fulfilled ? 

9. *And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed 
that no man deceive you : 

10. For many shall come in my name, saying, I am 
Christ, and shall deceive many : 3 and the time draweth 
near. Go ye not therefore after them. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xxiv. 6-8; Mark xiii. 7-8; Luke xxi. 9-1 1. 
The Begi?tning of Sorrows. 

11. 2 And when ye shall hear of wars, and rumors of 
wars, 3 and commotions, 2 see that ye be not troubled ; for 
all 3 these things must first come to pass, but the end is 
not yet. 

12. Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against 
nation, and kingdom against kingdom ; 2 and there shall 
be 3 great earthquakes in divers places. 

13. 1 And there shall be famines, and pestilences, 2 and 
troubles, 3 and fearful sights, and great signs shall there be 
from heaven. 

14. *A11 these are the beginnings of sorrows. 

Sec 4.— Matt. xxiv. 9; Mark xiii. 9 ; Luke xxi. 12, 13. 
Persecution of the Church. 

15. 3 But before all these, they shall lay their hands on 
you, and persecute you. 






THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 141 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

16. 2 But take heed to yourselves; *for then shall they 
deliver you up 2 to councils, 3 to the synagogues, and into 
prison, to be afflicted. 

17. 2 And in the synagogues shall ye be beaten; *and 
[they] shall kill you. 

18. 2 And ye shall be brought before rulers and kings, 
3 for my name's sake ; and it shall turn to you for a testi- 
mony 2 against them. 



Sec 5. — Mark xiii. 11 ; Luke xxi. 14, 15. 
Divine Assistance. 

19. 2 But when they shall lead and deliver you up, take 
no thought beforehand what ye shall speak, neither do ye 
premeditate. 

20. 3 Settle it therefore in your hearts not to meditate 
before what ye shall answer. 

21. 2 But whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, 
that speak ye ; for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy 
Ghost. 

22. 3 For I will give you a mouth and wisdom, which 
all your adversaries shall not be able to gainsay nor resist. 

Sec 6. — Matt. xxiv. 9, 10; Mark xiii. 12, 13 ; Luke xxi. 16-19. 
Domestic Treachery and Distress. 

23. T And then shall many be offended, and shall betray 
one another, and shall hate one another. 

24. 3 And ye shall be betrayed both by parents, and 
brethren, and kinsfolks, and friends ; and some of you 
shall they cause to be put to death. 

25. 2 Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, 



H 2 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

and the father the son ; and children shall rise up against 
parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. 

26. *And ye shall be hated of all nations for my name's 
sake. 

27. 3 But there shall not a hair of your head perish. 

28. In your patience possess ye your souls. 

Sec 7. — Matt. xxiv. n-14; Mark xiii. 10-13. 
General Spread of the Gospel. 

29. *And many false prophets shall rise, and shall de- 
ceive many. 

30. And because iniquity shall abound, the love of 
many shall wax cold. 

31. But he that shall endure unto the end, the same 
shall be saved. 

32. And this gospel of the kingdom shall 2 flrst be pub- 
lished Mn all the world, for a witness unto all nations, and 
then shall the end come. 

Sec 8. — Matt. xxiv. 15-18; Mark xiii. 14-16; Luke xxi. 20, 21. 
Siege of yerusalem, and Directions how to Escape. 

33. 1 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of 
desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, Standing *in 
the holy place, 2 where it ought not (whoso readeth, let 
him understand) : 

34. 3 And when ye shall see Jerusalem compassed with 
armies, then know that the desolation thereof is nigh. 

35. Then let them which are in Judea flee to the moun- 
tains ; and let them which are in the midst of it depart 
out ; and let not them that are in the countries enter 
therein. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 143 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

36. 2 And let him that is on the housetop not go down 
into the house, neither enter to take anything out of his 
house. 

37. And let him that is in the field not turn back again 
for to take up his garment. 



Sec. 9. — Matt. xxiv. 19-22 ; Mark xiii. 17-20; Luke xxi. 22, 23. 
Unparalleled Distress. 

38. 3 For these be the days of vengeance, that all things 
which are written may be fulfilled. 

39. But woe unto them that are with child, and to them 
that give suck in those days ! 

40. 2 And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, 
meither on the Sabbath day. 

41. 2 For in those days 3 there shall be great distress in 
the land, and wrath upon this people : 

42. 1 Such as was not since the beginning of the Crea- 
tion which God created unto this time ; *no, nor ever 
shall be. 

43. 2 And except that the Lord had shortened those 
days, no flesh should be saved. 

44. But for the elect's sake, whom he hath chosen, he 
hath shortened Hhose days. 

Sec 10. — Matt xxiv. 23-28 ; Mark xiii. 21-23 y Luke xxi. 24. 

Contrast between False Christs and the True: Cap- 
, tivity and Downt 'reading of Jerusalem. 

45. 2 And then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here 
is Christ, or lo, there, believe him not. 

46. For false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and 



144 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

shall show *great signs and wonders ; insomuch that, if 
possible, they shall deceive 2 even the Very elect. 

47. 2 But take ye heed : behold, I have foretold you all 
things. 

48. 1 Wherefore, if they shall say unto you, Behold, he 
is in the desert ; go not forth. Behold, in the secret 
chambers ; believe not. 

49. For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and 
shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of 
the Son of man be. 

50. For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles 
be gathered together. 

51. 3 And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and 
shall be led away captive into all nations. 

52. And Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gen- 
tiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. (See 
note 2.) 

Note i. — From Mark we learn that the subject was introduced by 
"one of his disciples," and that our Lord replied directly to him, and to 
him addressed the remark about the utter demolition of the buildings. 
Afterward, as we learn from Matthew, " the disciples came to him for to 
show him the buildings of the Temple :" and from Luke we learn that 
it was while " some spake of the Temple," that our Lord again referred 
to the destruction of the edifice, and repeated to them, what he had 
already uttered to the " one," the prediction of the utter overthrow of 
the Temple buildings. The several narratives being thus explicit, to 
avoid contradiction, we are obliged to arrange the combined harmony in 
the manner here presented. 

The scene, as thus described, will appear manifestly natural. As they 
retired from the Temple, they did not go in a single group, thronging 
about the Lord ; but some were for a little time at some distance from 
him, scattered about, perhaps, in several little groups ; mingling perhaps 
with other friends and acquaintances, as the multitudes, at the close of 
the day, retired from the place ; while " one of his disciples" — was it the 
beloved John ? — continued near him, and introduced the conversation 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 145 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

by calling his attention to the magnificent buildings. At a convenient 
moment, soon afterward, the other disciples, noticing our Lord's delay, 
and his conversation with the " one" who had kept in his immediate 
presence, gathered about him, as was their usual custom, and had the 
same reason for calling his attention to the sacred edifice that the first 
one had ; and this afforded him the same occasion and reason for an- 
nouncing to them collectively the approaching ruin of the edifice that 
moved him to speak of it to the " one" who had introduced the subject. 
Note 2. — The true position of this supplemental passage from Luke 
is indispensable to the true exegesis of our Lord's great prophecy. This 
passage, out of place, tends greatly to confuse, if not fatally to prevent, 
the natural and harmonious exposition of this most important portion 
of the word of God. In the appropriate place, no passage in the whole 
prophecy is more easily explained, and none is more important in the 
interpretation of what are usually regarded as the most difficult portions 
of this great discourse. Of the propriety of the position of this passage 
from Luke, as it is arranged in this harmony, there can be no doubt, 
when we consider these two evident things : First, it manifestly refers 
to events which did not occur until after the siege of Jerusalem. Its 
place, then, chronologically arranged, must be, not before, as it is usually 
placed, but after, the verses that relate to the earlier stages of the war. 
Secondly, St. Luke places it before the verses relating to the signs in the 
heavens that precede the advent. Its place, then, chronologically, is be- 
tween the verses relating to the siege and those referring to the signs in 
heaven. And here precisely is it placed in this harmony. If it be placed 
before the verses which refer to the siege, it will be too early in the pro- 
gressive narrative. If it be placed after the reference to the signs in the 
heavens, it will be too late. Here, then, just where it appears in this 
chronological arrangement, must be its appropriate and only true posi- 
tion. And it seems not a little surprising that this important supple- 
mental verse from Luke should ever have been placed in any other 
relations, in any Harmony that was intended to preserve the manifest 
chronological relations of the several portions of this great prophetic 
discourse. 

13 <* 



146 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 



CHAPTER II. 

our lord's great prophecy. 

(Part Second}) 

General Theme : The Coming of Christ. 1. Signs that Precede the 
Advent. 2. The Advent and Gathering of the Elect. 3. Illustra- 
tion of the Fig Tree. 4. Illustration of the Flood. 5. Illustration 
of the Returning Master. 6. Illustration of the Thief. 7. Illustra- 
tion of the Servant. 8. Illustration of the Snare. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxiv. 29; Mark xiii. 24, 25 ; Luke xxi. 25, 26. 
Signs that Precede the Advent. 

2. 3 But immediately after the tribulation of those days, 
3 there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in 
the stars. 

2. And upon the earth distress of nations, with per- 
plexity ; the sea and the waves roaring. 

3. Men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking 
after those things which are coming on the earth. 

4. [For] Hhe sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall 
not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, 
and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxiv. 30, 31 ; Mark xiii. 26, 27 ; Luke xxi. 27, 28. 
The Advent and Gathering of the Elect. 

5. \And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in 
heaven ; and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn. 

6. 2 And then shall they see the Son of man coming in 
the clouds *of heaven, 2 with great power, T and great glory. 

7. 2 And then shall he send his angels, 2 with a great 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 47 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his 
elect from the four winds ; from one end of heaven to the 
other ; 2 from the uttermost part of the earth to the utter- 
most part of heaven. 

8. 3 And when these things begin to come to pass, then 
look up, and lift up your heads ; for your redemption 
draweth nigh. 

Sec. 3. — Matt. xxiv. 32-35 ; Mark xiii. 28-31 ; Luke xxi. 29-33. 
Illustration of the Fig Tree. 

9. 3 And he spake to them a parable [saying], x Now 
learn a parable of the fig tree : 

10. 3 Behold the fig tree (and all the trees) : J when the 
branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, 3 ye see and 
know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. 

11. So likewise ye, when ye ^hall see all these things 
3 come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh 
at hand, Y even at the doors.* 

12. Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not 
pass 3 away, Hill all these things be fulfilled. 

13. Heaven and earth shall pass away; but my words 
shall not pass away. 

Sec. 4. — Matt. xxiv. 36-41 ; Mark xiii. 32. 
Illustration of the Flood. 

14. *But of that day and hour knoweth no man ; no, not 
the angels 2 which are in heaven ; neither the Son ; *but 
my Father only. 

15. But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the 
coming of the Son of man be. 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 



148 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

16. For as in the days that were before the flood they 
were eating and drinking, marrying, and giving in mar- 
riage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, 

17. And knew not until the flood came, and took them 
all away ; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. 

18. Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be 
taken, and the other left. 

19. Two women shall be- grinding at the mill ; the one 
shall be taken, and the other left. 

Sec. 5.— Mark xiii. 33, 37. 
Illustration of the Returning Master. 

20. For the Son of man* is as a man taking a far jour- 
ney, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, 
and to every man his work, and commanded the porter to 
watch. 

21. Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the 
master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at 
the cockcrowing, or in the morning : 

22. Lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping. 

23. And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch. 

Sec. 6. — Matt. xxiv. 42-44. 
Illustration of the Thief. 

24. Watch therefore ; for ye know not what hour your 
Lord doth come. 

25. But know this, that if the goodman of the house 
had known in what watch the thief would come, he would 
have watched, and would not have suffered his house to 
be broken up. 

* Note 2, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 149 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

26. Therefore be ye also ready : for in such an hour as 
ye think not the Son of man cometh. 

Sec. 7. — Matt. xxiv. 45-51. 
Illustration of the Servant. 

27. Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his 
lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them 
meat in due season ? 

28. Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he 
cometh shall find so doing. 

29. Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler 
over all his goods. 

30. But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, 
My lord delayeth his coming ; 

31. And shall begin to smite ^/^fellow-servants, and 
to eat and drink with the drunken : 

32. The lord of that servant shall come in a day when 
he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not 
aware of, 

33. And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his 
portion with the hypocrites : there shall be weeping and 
gnashing of teeth. 

Sec 8. — Luke xxi. 34-36. 
Illustration of the Snare. 

34. And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your 
hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, 
and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you un- 
awares. 

35. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell 
on the face of the whole earth. 

13* 



150 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

36. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may 
be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall 
come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 

Note i. — How surprising that any one should fail to perceive the 
meaning of our Lord, as his words are recorded in Matt. xxiv. 33 ! " So 
likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, 
even at the doors." Yet, in a very excellent commentary, we meet with 
this comment on this verse : " // is near. There is no supplied antece- 
dent to this it. The meaning, however, is plain. When ye see the train 
of calamitous events passing successively before your eyes, know that 
the ruin which is included in the train is near" How easily this unfor- 
tunate blunder might have beeu avoided if the comment had allowed the 
Scripture to interpret itself! The use of a Scripture harmony, as the 
basis of Scripture exegesis, may be seen at a glance, by putting the verse 
from Matthew by the side of its parallel in Luke : 

Matt. xxiv. Luke xxi. 

33. So likewise ye, when ye shall 31. So likewise ye, when ye see 
see all these things, know that it is these things come to pass, know ye 
near, even at the doors. that the kingdom of God is nigh 

at hand. 

Note 2. — The supplied words in italics, " For the Son of man" are 
not really necessary for the verbal elucidation of the text. And in many 
places the words supplied by the translators, which are seen in our com- 
mon English version, are omitted in this Harmony. Even if the literal 
translation of the elliptical forms of expression in the original should be 
correspondingly elliptical, and thereby show us the peculiar idioms of the 
Bible speakers and writers, it would be no disadvantage to the Scriptures. 
It would be the legitimate work of the expositor, however, to give the 
true interpretation of those idiomatical expressions. 

Note 3. — This arrangement of the closing portions of this wonderful 
prophetic discourse greatly increases the naturalness and effect of these 
solemn admonitions. But we should not forget that the whole of the 
following chapter in Matthew's record belongs to this great prophecy, 
and was undoubtedly delivered at the same time. Why the other evan- 
gelists did not preserve the record of this part of the discourse, or at 
least refer to it, we may not ascertain with certainty. It is evident, how- 
ever, that Matthew wrote his gospel before the others ; and Mark and 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 15 1 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

Luke probably had access to his record. Finding this part of the dis- 
course preserved with remarkable fullness and particularity, Mark and 
Luke may have concluded, firstly, not to copy verbatim from the com- 
plete narrative of Matthew ; and, secondly, not to mar the perfect re- 
cord by giving an imperfect sketch. 

Of course, it cannot be certain that the arrangement of the closing 
portions of the threefold record is precisely as they came from the lips 
of the Lord ; but after much examination, and several different arrange- 
ments, this form is adopted as being, as we judge, most natural and 
most impressive. 



CHAPTER III. 

our lord's great prophecy. 
(Part Third.) 

General Theme : Scenes at the Coming of Christ. — 1. The Virgins and 
their Lamps. 2. The Servants and the Talents. 3. The Judgment 
at the Coming of Christ. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxv. 1-13. 

The Virgins and their Lamps. 

1. Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto 
ten virgins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet 
the bridegroom. 

2. And five of them were wise and five were foolish. 

3. They that were foolish took their lamps, and took 
no oil with them : 

4. But the wise took oil in their vessels with their 
lamps. 

5. While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered 
and slept. 



152 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 



Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

6. And at midnight there was a cry made, Behold, the 
bridegroom cometh ; go ye out to meet him. 

7. Then all those virgins arose, and trimmed their 
lamps. 

8. And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your 
oil ; for our lamps are gone out. 

9. But the wise answered, saying, Not so ; lest there be 
not enough for us and you : but go ye rather to them that 
sell, and buy for yourselves. 

10. And while they went to buy, the bridegroom came ; 
and they that were ready went in with him to the mar- 
riage : and the door was shut. 

11. Afterward came also the other virgins, saying, 
Lord, Lord, open to us. 

12. But he answered and said, Verily I say unto you, 
I know you not. 

13. Watch therefore : for ye know neither the day nor 
the hour wherein the Son of man cometh. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxv. 14-30. 
The Servants and the Talents.* 

14. For the kingdom of heaven is as a man traveling 
into a far country, who called his own servants, and de- 
livered unto them his goods. 

15. And unto one he gave five talents, to another two, 
and to another one ; to every man according to his seve- 
ral ability ; and straightway took his journey. 

16. Then he that had received the five talents went 
and traded with the same, and made them other five 
talents. 

* Note, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 153 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

17. And likewise he that had received two, he also 
gained other two. 

18. But he that had received one went and digged in 
the earth, and hid his lord's money. 

19. After a long time the lord of those servants cometh, 
and reckoneth with them. 

20. And so he that had received five talents came and 
brought other five talents, saying, Lord, thou deliveredst 
unto me five talents : behold, I have gained beside them 
five talents more. 

21. His lord said unto him, Well done, thou good and 
faithful servant : thou hast been faithful over a few things, 
I will make thee ruler over many things : enter thou into 
the joy of thy lord. 

22. He also that had received two talents came and 
said, Lord, thou deliveredst unto me two talents : behold, 
I have gained two other talents beside them. 

23. His lord said unto him, Well done, good and faith- 
ful servant ; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I 
will make thee ruler over many things : enter thou into 
the joy of thy lord. 

24. Then he which had received the one talent came 
and said, Lord, I knew thee that thou art a hard man, 
reaping where thou hast not sown, and gathering where 
thou hast not strewed : 

25. And I was afraid, and went and hid thy talent in 
the earth : lo, there thou hast that is thine. 

26. His lord answered and said unto him, Thou 
wicked and slothful servant, thou knewest that I reap 
where I sowed not, and gather where I have not 
strewed : 

27. Thou oughtest therefore to have put my money to 



154 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

the exchangers, and then at my coming I should have re- 
ceived mine own with usury. 

28. Take therefore the talent from him, and give it unto 
him which hath ten talents. 

29. For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he 
shall have abundance : but from him that hath not shall 
be taken away even that which he hath. 

30. And cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer 
darkness : there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 

Sec. 3. — Matt. xxv. 31-46. 

The Judgment at the Coming of Christ, 

31. When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and 
all the holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the 
throne of his glory : 

32. And before him shall be gathered all nations : and 
he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd 
divideth his sheep from the goats : 

33. And he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but 
the goats on the left. 

34. Then shall the King say unto them on his right 
hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the 
kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the 
world : 

35. For I was a hungered, and ye gave me meat : I was 
thirsty, and ye gave me drink : I was a stranger, and ye 
took me in : 

36. Naked, and ye clothed me : I was sick, and ye 
visited me : I was in prison, and ye came unto me. 

37. Then shall the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, 
when saw we thee a hungered, and fed thee? or thirsty, 
and gave thee drink? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 55 

Part Fourth.] Mount Olivet. [Tues. ev'g, March 23. 

38. When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in ? or 
naked, and clothed thee? 

39. Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came 
unto thee ? 

40. And the King shall answer and say unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto 
one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it 
unto me. 

41. Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, 
Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared 
for the devil and his angels : 

42. For I was a hungered, and ye gave me no meat : I 
was thirsty, and ye gave me no drink : 

43. I was a stranger, and ye took me not in : naked, and 
ye clothed me not : sick, and in prison, and ye visited 
me not. 

44. Then shall they also answer him, saying, Lord, 
when saw we thee a hungered, or a thirst, or a stranger, or 
naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto thee ? 

45. Then shall he answer them, saying, Verily I say 
unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of 
these, ye did it not to me. 

46. And these shall go away into everlasting punish- 
ment : but the righteous into life eternal. 

Note. — The attempt of some to harmonize and blend the parable of 
the talents in this discourse with the somewhat similar parable of the 
pounds in Luke xix. 12, which formed no part of this discourse, as this 
formed no part of that, is, indeed, a matter of disappointment and sur- 
prise. The two parables differ essentially ; they were uttered at differ- 
ent times ; they were spoken at different places, to different auditors, and 
for different purposes. And yet, by some, these two entirely separate 
and distinct parables are confounded together in their endeavors to con- 
struct a Scripture harmony ! Does it not virtually separate what God 
has joined together, and unite together what God has separated ? 



I5 6 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Summary. [March 24, 25. 



PART FIFTH. 



SUMMARY. 

Time: Wednesday morning to Thursday evening, March 24, 25. 

Principal Place: Upper room — Guest Chamber — in Jerusalem, 

Principal Persons : Jewish Priests and Officers, Judas, Peter, John, Jesus, 
other Apostles. 

Principal Scenes and Subjects: 

Chap. I. — Scenes Associated with the Last Passover, i. Con- 
spiracy against Jesus. 2. The Treason of Judas. 3. Preparation 
for the Passover. 4. Jesus and the Twelve at the Feast. 5. Strife 
among the Twelve. 

Chap. II. — Scenes at the Last Passover, i. Christ's Lesson of 
Humility. 2. Peter's Misapprehension. 3. Christ's Explanation. 
4. He P'oretells his Betrayal. 5. The Traitor at the Table. 6. The 
Traitor Denounced. 7. The Traitor Exposed. 8. The New Com- 
mandment. 

Chap. III. — Scenes Associated with the Lord's Supper, i. 
Peter's Threefold Profession of Constancy. 2. Peter's Threefold 
Denial Foreshown. 3. Preparations for Peril and Want. 4. Insti- 
tution of the Lord's Supper. 

Chap. IV. — Christ's Eucharistic Discourse {Part First). — 1. The 
Heavenly Mansions. 2. Reply to Thomas. 3. Reply to Philip. 
4. The Comforter. 5. Jesus will Return. 6. Reply to Judas. 7. 
The Christian's Legacy. 8. Jesus Returns to the Father. 

Chap. V. — Christ's Eucharistic Discourse [Part Second). — 1. The 
Vine and its Branches. 2. Love the Test of Discipleship. 3. The 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 157 

Part Fifth.] Summary. [March 24, 25. 

World's Dislike to Christians. 4. The World's Dislike to Christ. 
5. The True Witnesses. 
Chap. VI. — Christ's Eucharistic Discourse [Part Third). — 1. 
Persecutions to be Expected. 2. Promise and Work of the Spirit. 
3. Mystery of Christ's Departure. 4. The Explanation. 5. Warn- 
ings and Consolations. 

Chap. VII. — Christ's Eucharistic Prayer. I. For Hi?nself: for 
the Restoration of his Heavenly Glory with the Father. II. For 
the Apostles: for their Unity, Peace and Purity. III. For their 
Spiritual Successors: Tor their Unity with Themselves and God. 
IV. For all Believers : that they might be with him in Glory. 
14 



I5 8 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Mount Olivet. [Wed, March 24. 

CHAPTER I. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH THE LAST PASSOVER. 

I. Conspiracy against Jesus. 2. The Treason of Judas. 3. Preparation 
for the Passover. 4. Jesus and the Twelve at the Feast 5. Strife 
among the Twelve. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxvi. 1-5 ; Mark xiv. 1, 2 ; Luke xxii. 1, 2. 
Conspiracy against Jesus. 

1. 3 Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh, 
which is called the Passover. 

2. *And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished all 
these sayings, he said unto his disciples, Ye know that 
after two days is the feast of the Passover, 2 and of un- 
leavened bread ; x and the Son of man is betrayed to be 
crucified. 

3. Then assembled together the chief priests, and the 
scribes, and the elders of the people, unto the palace of 
the high priest, who was called Caiaphas. 

4. 2 And the chief priests, and the scribes [and the 
elders], Consulted 2 how they might take ^"esus by subtlety, 
and 2 put him to death ; 3 for they feared the people. 

5. x But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be an 
uproar among the people. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxvi. 14-16; Mark xiv. 10, n ; Luke xxii. 3-6.* 
The Treason of Judas. 

6. 3 Then entered Satan into Judas, surnamed Iscariot, 

* For the anointing at Bethany, see Part Third, Chap. I. See also 
note at the close of the chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 159 

Part Fifth.] Mount Olivet. [Thurs., March 25. 

being of the number of the twelve ; and he went his way 
2 unto the chief priests, to betray [Jesus] unto them. 

7. 3 And [he] communed with the chief priests and cap- 
tains, how he might betray him unto them ; *and said, 
What will ye give me, and I will deliver him unto 
you? 

8. 2 And when they heard it they were glad, and pro- 
mised to give him money ; *and they covenanted with 
him for thirty pieces of silver. 

9. 3 And he promised, *and from that time sought op- 
portunity 2 how he might conveniently betray him 3 unto 
them, in the absence of the multitude. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xxvi. 17-29; Mark xiv. 12-16; Luke xxii. 7-13. 
Preparation for the Passover. 

10. 3 Then came the day of unleavened bread, when the 
passover must be killed. 

11. 2 And the first day of unleavened bread, when they 
killed the passover, Hhe disciples came to Jesus, saying 
unto him, Where wilt thou that we go, and prepare *for 
thee, 2 that thou mayest eat the passover ? 

12. And he sendeth forth two of his disciples, 3 Peter 
and John, saying, Go and prepare us the passover, that 
we may eat. 

13. And he said unto them, 2 Go ye into the city, and 
3 behold, when ye are entered into the city, there shall a 
man meet you, bearing a pitcher of water ; follow him 
into the house. 

14. 2 And wheresoever he shall go in, 3 ye shall say unto 
the good man of the house, The Master saith unto thee, 
^y time is at hand ; I will keep the passover at thy 
house, with my disciples : 



160 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Mount Olivet. [Thurs. March 25. 

15. 3 Where is the guest-chamber, where I shall eat the 
passover with my disciples ? 

16. And he shall show you a large upper room, fur- 
nished 2 and prepared : there make ready for us. 

17. And his disciples went forth, and came into the 
city, and found as he had said unto them, *and did as Jesus 
had appointed them ; and they made ready the passover. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xxvi. 20; Mark xiv. 17; Luke xxii. 14-18. 
Jesus and the Twelve at the Feast. [Thursday evening.] 

18. 2 And in the evening he cometh with the Twelve ; 
3 and when the hour was come he sat down, and the twelve 
apostles with him. 

19. And he said unto them, With desire I have desired 
to eat this passover with you, before I suffer. 

20. For I say unto you, I will not any more eat thereof, 
until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God. 

21. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and said, 
Take this, and divide it among yourselves. 

22. For I say unto you, I will not drink of the fruit of 
the vine, until the kingdom of God shall come. 

Sec. 5. — Luke xxii. 24-30. 
Strife among the Twelve. 

23. And there was also a strife among them, which of 
them should be accounted the greatest. 

24. And he said unto them, The kings of the Gentiles 
exercise lordship over them ; and they that exercise au- 
thority upon them are called benefactors. 

25. But ye shall not be so : but he that is greatest 
among you, let him be as the younger ; and he that is 
chief, as he that doth serve. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 161 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

26. For whether is greater, he that sitteth at meat, or 
he that serveth ? is not he that sitteth at meat ? but I am 
among you as he that serveth. 

27. Ye are they which have continued with me in my 
temptations. 

28. And I appoint unto you a kingdom, as my Father 
hath appointed unto me ; 

29. That ye may eat and drink at my table in my king- 
dom, and sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. 

Note. — On the Anointing at Bethany. The narrative of John has led 
some to doubt whether he alludes to the same anointing that is recorded 
by Matthew and Mark. But harmonists generally agree that the three 
narratives refer to the same transaction. Matthew and Mark omit the 
name of the person, and simply say, " a woman." This, however, seems 
in accordance with their usual custom ; for they do not anywhere men- 
tion by name either this Mary, or her sister Martha. But John, accord- 
ing to his usual custom, supplies the name. 

As to the time of the feast, and the anointing, the language of Matthew 
and Mark does not prove that it was two days before the passover ; 
though the connections of the reference to the anointing seem to indicate 
it. They say, " When Jesus was in Bethany ;" " and being in Bethany ;" 
leaving it undetermined whether it was only two days before the pass- 
over, or a still longer period. But the language of John seems much 
more definite and decisive : it was " six days before the passover ;" and 
the connections of the reference to the anointing seem to make it almost, 
if not quite, certain that the anointing occurred while Jesus was at Be- 
thany at that time, and before his public entry into the city. 

On this question the best minds have been differently impressed, and 
positiveness must be quite out of place. 
14* 



1 62 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

CHAPTER II. 

SCENES AT THE LAST PASSOVER. 

I. Christ's Lesson of Humility. 2. Peter's Misapprehension. 3. Christ's 
Explanation. 4. He Foretells his Betrayal. 5. The Traitor at the 
Table. 6. The Traitor Denounced. 7. The Traitor made Known. 
8. The New Commandment. 

Sec. 1. — John xiii. 1-5. 
Chrisfs Lesson of Humility. 

1. Now before the feast of the passover, when Jesus 
knew that his hour was come that he should depart out 
of this world unto the Father, having loved his own which 
were in the world, he loved them unto the end. 

2. And supper being ended, the devil having now put 
into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Simon's son, to betray 
him ; 

3. Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things 
into his hands, and that he was come from God, and went 
to God ; 

4. He riseth from supper, and laid aside his garments ; 
and took a towel, and girded himself. 

5. After that he poureth water into a basin, and began 
to wash the disciples' feet, and to wipe thetn with the 
towel wherewith he was girded. 

Sec 2. — John xiii. 6-1 1. 
Peter's Misapprehension. 

6. Then cometh he to Simon Peter : and Peter saith 
unto him, Lord, dost thou wash my feet? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 163 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

7. Jesus answered and said unto him, What I do thou 
knowest not now ; but thou shalt know hereafter. 

8. Peter saith unto him, Thou shalt never wash my 
feet. Jesus answered him, If I wash thee not, thou hast 
no part with me. 

9. Simon Peter saith unto him, Lord, not my feet only, 
but also my hands and my head. 

10. Jesus saith to him, He that is washed needeth not 
save to wash his feet, but is clean every whit : and ye are 
clean, but not all. 

11. For he knew who should betray him; therefore 
said he, Ye are not all clean. 

Sec. 3. — John xiii. 12-17. 
Christ's Explanation. 

12. So after he had washed their feet, and had taken 
his garments, and was set down again, he said unto them, 
Know ye what I have done to you ? 

13. Ye call me Master and Lord : and ye say well ; for 
so I am. 

14. If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your 
feet ; ye also ought to wash one another's feet. 

15. For I have given you an example, that ye should 
do as I have done to you. 

16. Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not 
greater than his lord ; neither he that is sent greater than 
he that sent him. 

17. If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them. 

Sec. 4. — John xiii. 18-20. 
Jesus Foretells his Betrayal. 

18. I speak not of you all : I know whom I have 



164 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

chosen : but that the Scripture may be fulfilled, He that 
eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me. 

19. Now I tell you before it come, that, when it is 
come to pass, ye may believe that I am he. 

20. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that receiveth 
whomsoever I send receiveth me ; and he that receiveth 
me receiveth him that sent me. 

Sec 5. — Matt. xxvi. 21, 22 ; Mark xiv. 18, 19 ; Luke xxii. 21, 23 ; John 

xiii. 21, 22. 

The Traitor at the Table. 

21. 4 When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in 
spirit. 

22. 2 And as they sat, and did eat, Jesus testified and 
said, Verily, verily I say unto you, that one of you 2 which 
eateth with me, shall betray me. 

23. 3 But behold, the hand of him that betrayeth me, is 
with me on the table. 

24. 4 Then the disciples looked one on another, doubting 
of whom he spake. 

25. *And they were exceeding sorrowful ; 3 and they be- 
gan to inquire among themselves, which of them it was 
that should do this thing. 

26. x And [they] began every one of them to say unto 
him, 2 one by one, ^ord, is it I ? 2 And another, Is it I ? 

Sec 6. — Matt. xxvi. 23, 24; Mark xiv. 20, 21 ; Luke xxii. 22. 
The Traitor Denounced. 

27. 2 And he answered and said unto them, It is one of 
the twelve. 

28. *He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the 
same shall betray me. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 165 

Tart Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

29. 3 And truly the Son of man goeth *as it is written of 
him, 3 as it was determined. 

30. *But woe unto that man by whom the Son of man 
is betrayed ! It had been good for that man, if he had 
not been born. 



Sec. 7. — Matt. xxvi. 25 ; John xiii. 23-30. 
The Traitor Made Known. 

31. 4 Now there was leaning on Jesus' bosom one of his 
disciples, whom Jesus loved. 

32. Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him, that he 
should ask who it should be of whom he spake. 

33. He then lying on Jesus' breast saith unto him, Lord, 
who is it? 

34. Jesus answered, He it is, to whom I shall give a 
sop, when I have dipped it. 

35. And when he had dipped the sop, he gave it to 
Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon. 

36. And after the sop Satan entered into him. Then 
said Jesus unto him, That thou doest, do quickly. 

37. Now no man at the table knew for what intent he 
spake this unto him. 

38. For some of them thought, because Judas had the 
bag, that Jesus had said unto him, Buy those things that 
we have need of against the feast ; or, that he should give 
something to the poor. 

39. x Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and 
said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast 
said. 

40. 4 He then, having received the sop, went immedi- 
ately out ; and it was night. 



1 66 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 8. — John xiii. 31-35. 
The New Commandment. 

41. Therefore, when he was gone out, Jesus said, Now 
is the Son of man glorified, and God is glorified in 
him. 

42. If God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify 
him in himself, and shall straightway glorify him. 

43. Little children, yet a little while I am with you. 
Ye shall seek me ; and as I said unto the Jews, Whither 
I go, ye cannot come ; so now I say to you. 

44. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love 
one another ; as I have loved you, that ye also love one 
another. 

45. By this shall all men know that ye are my disci- 
ples, if ye have love one to another. 

Note. — Was Judas Iscariot present at the institution of the Lord's 
Supper ? The harmonized narrative shows that Judas retired at the 
close of the Paschal Supper, and before the institution of the holy 
eucharist, which appears to have been celebrated with the bread and 
the wine that remained of the passover feast. Ever since the traitor 
had agreed to betray and deliver Jesus into the hands of the Jewish 
authorities, he had been watching for a favorable opportunity to do it in 
the absence of the multitude. Perhaps he had not been fully apprised 
that his Master understood his character and intentions, and continued 
therefore to associate with Jesus and the Twelve, as if nothing improper 
on his part had been done. But discovering now that the Lord not only 
understood his diabolical purpose, but was fully apprised of the fact that 
the betrayal had been consummated, so fair as it related to the prelimi- 
naries ; and being also plainly exposed as a traitor before all the rest at 
the table, he thought it best for the accomplishment of his purpose to re- 
tire instantly from the table, and go, as he undoubtedly did, to inform 
the authorities of the favorable opportunity for making the arrest. 

So, as the harmonized narrative shows, Judas was not present at the 
institution of the Lord's Supper. Neither was he present to hear the 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 167 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

affecting eucharistic discourses of our Saviour. From the moment the 
traitor was exposed at the paschal-table, he discontinued his association 
with our Lord and his apostles. 

But there is a demonstration that Judas was not present at the holy 
eucharist, which we do not recollect of noticing in any observations on 
this subject. The demonstration appears as follows : 1. The holy 
eucharist was instituted after the paschal supper. 2. " The sop" which 
Jesus dipped, and gave to Judas, was not anything appertaining to the 
Lord's Supper, but was distinctly a part of the paschal supper that pre- 
ceded it. 3. Judas, " having received the sop, went immediately out." 
This seems decisively definite. 

The order of occurrences, as given by Luke, would seem to indicate 
that Judas was present at the Lord's Supper. But Luke's narrative 
manifestly does not preserve the true chronological order of the occur- 
rences. The strife among the apostles is out of place in the narrative 
of Luke, and has to be brought in before the institution of the holy 
eucharist, in order to harmonize with the other narratives of the asso- 
ciated events. It is always prudent to explain the indefinite by the de- 
finite; the general by the particulars. In this case the particular state- 
ment of John must decide the true order of the events. And, if so, 
Judas " went immediately out" just before the end, or at the end of the 
paschal supper, and was not present, therefore, at the feast that was in- 
stituted afterward. 



168 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

CHAPTER III. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH THE LORD'S SUPPER. 

I. Peter's Threefold Profession of Constancy. 2. Peter's Threefold De- 
nial Foreshown. 3. Preparations for Peril and Want. 4. Institu- 
tion of the Lord's Supper. 



Sec. 1. — Matt. xxvi. 31-33 ; Mark xiv. 27-29; Luke xxii. 31-33 ; John 

xiii. 36, 37. 

Peter* s Threefold Profession of Constancy. 

[I. First Profession.] 

i. t Then saith Jesus unto them, All ye shall be offended 
because of me this night : for it is written, I will smite the 
Shepherd, and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered 
abroad. 

2. But after I am risen again, I will go before you into 
Galilee. 

3. Peter answered and said unto him, Though all men 
shall be offended because of thee, yet will I never be 
offended. 

[II. Second Profession^] 

4. 4 Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest 
thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not 
follow me now ; but thou shalt follow me afterward. 

5. Peter said unto him, Lord, why cannot I follow thee 
now? I will lay down my life for thy sake. 

[III. Third Profession.] 

6. 3 And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan 
hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat : 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 169 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

$ 

7. But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not : 
and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren. 

8. And he said unto him, Lord, I am ready to go with 
thee, both into prison, and to death. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxvi. 34, 35; Mark xiv. 30, 31 : Luke xxii. 34; John 

xiii. 38. 

Peter's Threefold Denial Foreshown.* 

9. 4 Jesus answered 2 and said unto him, *Wilt thou lay 
down thy life for my sake ? 

10. Verily, verily I say unto thee, 3 Peter, 2 that this day, 
even in this night, before the cock crow twice, thou shalt 
3 thrice deny that thou knowest me. 

11. 2 But T'eter 2 spake the more vehemently, [and] 2 said 
unto him, Though I should die with thee, yet will I not 
deny thee 2 in any wise. Likewise also said *all the dis- 
ciples. 

Sec 3. — Luke xxii. 35-38. 
Preparations for Peril and Want. 

12. And he said unto them, When I sent you without 
purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye anything? And 
they said, Nothing. 

13. Then said he unto them, But now, he that hath a 
purse, let him take zV, and likewise his scrip : and he that 
hath no sword, let him sell his garment, and buy one. 

14. For I say unto you, that this that is written must yet 
be accomplished in me, And he was reckoned among the 
transgressors : for the things concerning me have an end. 

15. And they said, Lord, behold, here are two swords. 
And he said unto them, It is enough. 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 
15 H 



170 



THE CLOSING SCENES OE 



Part Fifth.] 



Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

* 



Sec. 4. — Matt. xxvi. 26-29 ; Mark xiv. 22-25 > Luke xxii. 19, 20. 
Institution of the Lord's Supper. 

16. *And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, 3 and 
gave thanks, 2 and blessed and brake it, and gave it *to the 
disciples, and said : 

17. Take, eat : this is my body 3 which is given for you : 
this do in remembrance of me. 

18. 2 And he took the cup 'likewise also, after supper, 2 and 
when he had given thanks, he gave it to them, saying : 

19. ^rink ye all of it ; for this 3 cup Ms my blood of the 
New Testament, which is shed 3 for you, [and] J for many, 
for the remission of sins. 2 And they all drank of it. 

20. T But Verily I say unto you, I will drink no more 
henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I 
drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom.* 

Note i. — Peter's triple denial of his Lord, as predicted, and even his 
denial that he knew the Lord, will appear distinctly in the accompany- 
ing plan : 



Matt. xxvi. 34. 
Jesus said unto him, 



Verily, 

I say unto thee, that 

this night 

before the cock crow 



thou shalt deny me 
thrice. 



Mark xiv. 30. 
And Jesus saith un- 
to him, 



Verily, 

I say unto thee, that 

this day, 
in this night, 
before the cock crow 

twice, 

thou shalt deny me 
thrice. 



Luke xxii. 34. 
And he said, 



I tell thee, 
this day 



Peter, 



John xiii. 38. 
Jesus answered him, 

Wilt thou lay 

down thy life for 

my sake ? 
Verily, verily, 
I say unto thee, 



the cock shall not the cock shall not 

crow crow 

before that till 

thou shalt thou hast denied me 

thrice thrice, 

deny that thou 
knowest me. 
How remarkable this prediction ! Three times, and finally with much 
vehemence, Peter expressed unchangeable constancy to his Master. But, 

* Note 2, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 171 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

as he was solemnly warned, during that very night he as many times, and 
finally with as much vehemence, not only three times denied his Lord, 
in the sense of being his disciple, but even denied that he knew him. See 
the minute fulfillment in Part VI., Chap. IV. 

Note 2. — Concerning the formula of the institution of the Lord's 
Supper, we may suppose, with Krummacher, that " the Lord uttered all 
the words which are recorded, and that the four witnesses only enlarge 
each other's description of what occurred ; and it is my conviction that 
on distributing the bread and presenting the cup he several times ut- 
tered the words of institution, and repeated them, first in one form, and 
then in another." Among the four witnesses he includes Paul. (1 Cor. 
xi. 23-25.) 



CHAPTER IV. 



CHRIST S EUCHARISTIC DISCOURSE. 

(Part First?) 

1. The Heavenly Mansions. 2. Reply to Thomas. 3. Reply to Philip. 
4. The Comforter. 5. Jesus will Return. 6. Reply to Judas. 7. 
The Christian's Legacy. 8. Jesus Returns to the Father. 

Sec. 1. — John xiv. 1-4. 

The Heavenly Mansions. 

1. Let not your heart be troubled : ye believe in God, 
believe also in me. 

2. In my Father's house are many mansions : if it were 
not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place 
for you. 

3. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come 
again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there 
ye may be also. 

4. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know. 



172 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 2. — John xiv. 5-7. 
Reply to Thomas. 

5. Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither 
thou goest ; and how can we know the way ? 

6. Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and 
the life : no man cometh unto the Father, but by me. 

7. If ye had known me, ye should have known my 
Father also : and from henceforth ye know him, and have 
seen him. 

Sec. 3. — John xiv. 8-14. 
Reply to Philip. 

8. Philip saith unto him, Lord, show us the Father, 
and it sufficeth us. 

9. Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with 
you, and yet hast thou not known me, Philip ? he that 
hath seen me hath seen the Father ; and how sayest thou 
then, Show us the Father? 

10. Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the 
Father in me ? the words that I speak unto you I speak 
not of myself: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he 
doeth the works. 

11. Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father 
in me : or else believe me for the very works' sake. 

12. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on 
me, the works that I do shall he do also ; and greater 
works than these shall he do ; because I go unto my 
Father. 

13. And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will 
I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. 

14. If ye shall ask anything in my name, I will do it. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 173 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 4. — John xiv. 15-17. 
The Comforter. 

15. If ye love me, keep my commandments. 

16. And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you 
another Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever ; 

17. Even the Spirit of truth ; whom the world cannot 
receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him : 
but ye know him ; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be 
in you. 

Sec 5. — John xiv. 18-21. 
Jesus will Return Again. 

18. I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to 
you. 

19. Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more ; 
but ye see me : because I live, ye shall live also. 

20. At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, 
and ye in me, and I in you. 

21. He that hath my commandments, and keepeth 
them, he it is that loveth me : and he that loveth me shall 
be loved of my Father, and I w 7 ill love him, and will 
manifest myself to him. 

Sec 6. — John xiv. 22-24. 
Reply to Judas. 

22. Judas saith unto him (not Iscariot), Lord, how is it 
that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the 
world ? 

23. Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love 
me, he will keep my words : and my Father will love 

15* 



174 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode 
with him. 

24. He that loveth me not keepeth not my sayings : 
and the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Father's 
which sent me. 

Sec. 7. — John xiv. 25-27. 
The Christian 's Legacy. 

25. These things have I spoken unto you, being yet 
present with you. 

26. But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom 
the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all 
things, and bring all things to your remembrance, what- 
soever I have said unto you. 

27. Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you : 
not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your 
heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. 

Sec 8. — John xiv. 28-31. 
Jesus Returns to the Father. 

28. Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, 
and come again unto you. If ye loved me, ye would re- 
joice, because I said, I go unto the Father : for my Father 
is greater than I. 

29. And now I have told you before it come to pass, 
that, when it is come to pass, ye might believe. 

30. Hereafter I will not talk much with you : for the 
prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in me. 

31. But that the world may know that I love the 
Father ; and as the Father gave me commandment, even 
so I do. Arise, let us go hence. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 175 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 



CHAPTER V. 

Christ's eucharistic discourse. 
(Part Second.} 

1. The Vine and its Branches. 2. Love the Test of Discipleship. 3. 
The World's Dislike to Christians. 4. The World's Dislike to 
Christ. 5. The True Witnesses for Christ. 

Sec. 1. — John xv. 1-8. 
The Vine and its Branches. 

1. I am the true vine, and my Father is the husband- 
man. 

2. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh 
away : and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, 
that it may bring forth more fruit. 

3. Now ye are clean through the word which I have 
spoken unto you. 

4. Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch can- 
not bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine ; no 
more can ye, except ye abide in me. 

5. I am the vine, ye are the branches. He that abideth 
in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit ; 
for without me ye can do nothing. 

6. If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a 
branch, and is withered ; and men gather them, and cast 
them into the fire, and they are burned. 

7. If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye 
shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. 

8. Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much 
fruit ; so shall ye be my disciples. 



17 6 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 2. — John xv. 9-17. 
Love the Test of Discifileshift. 

9. As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you : 
continue ye in my love. 

10. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in 
my love ; even as I have kept my Father's command- 
ments, and abide in his love. 

11. These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy 
might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. 

12. This is my commandment, That ye love one an- 
other, as I have loved you. 

13. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay 
down his life for his friends. 

14. Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command 
you. 

15. Henceforth I call you not servants ; for the servant 
knoweth not what his lord doeth : but I have called you 
friends ; for all things that I have heard of my Father I 
have made known unto you. 

16. Ye have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, 
and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, 
and that your fruit should remain ; that whatsoever ye 
shall ask of the Father in my name, he may give it you. 

17. These things I command you, that ye love one an- 
other. 

Sec. 3. — John xv. 18-21. 
The World's Dislike to Christians. 

18. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me 
before it hated you. 

19. If ye were of the world, the world would love his 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 77 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

own ; but because ye are not of the world, but I have 
chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth 
you. 

20. Remember the word that I said unto you, The ser- 
vant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted 
me, they will also persecute you ; if they have kept my 
saying, they will keep yours also. 

21. But all these things will they do unto you for my 
name's sake, because they know not him that sent me. 

Sec. 4. — John xv. 22-25. 
The World's Dislike to Christ. 

22. If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had 
not had sin ; but now they have no cloak for their sin. 

23. He that hateth me hateth my Father also. 

24. If I had not done among them the works which 
none other man did, they had not had sin : but now have 
they both seen and hated both me and my Father. 

25. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be 
fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated me with- 
out a cause. 

Sec 5. — John xv. 26, 27. 
The True Witnesses for Christ. 

26. But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send 
unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which 
proceedeth from the Father, he shall testify of me : 

27. And ye also shall bear witness, because ye have 
been with me from the beginning. 

H* 



178 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 



CHAPTER VI. 

Christ's eucharistic discourse. 
(Part Third?) 

1. Persecutions to be Expected. 2. Promise and Work of the Spirit. 
3. Mystery of Christ's Departure. 4. The Explanation. 5. Warn- 
ings and Consolations. 

Sec. 1. — John xvi. 1-4. 
Persecutions to be Expected, 

1. These things have I spoken unto you, that ye should 
not be offended. 

2. They shall put you out of the synagogues : yea, the 
time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that 
he doeth God service. 

3. And these things will they do unto you, because they 
have not known the Father, nor me. 

4. But these things have I told you, that when the time 
shall come, ye may remember that I told you of them. 
And these things I said not unto you at the beginning, 
because I was with you. 

Sec 2. — John xvi. 5-15. 
Promise and Work of the Spirit. 

5. But now I go my way to him that sent me ; and 
none of you asketh me, Whither goest thou? 

6. But because I have said these things unto you, sor- 
row hath filled your heart. 

7. Nevertheless I tell you the truth ; It is expedient for 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 179 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

you that I go away : for if I go not away, the Comforter 
will not come unto you ; but if I depart, I will send him 
unto you. 

8. And when he is come, he will reprove the w^orld of 
sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment : 

9. Of sin, because they believe not on me ; 

10. Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and 
ye see me no more ; 

11. Of judgment, because the prince of this world is 
judged. 

12. I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye can- 
not bear them now. 

13. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he 
will guide you into all truth : for he shall not speak of 
himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak : 
and he w^ill show you things to come. 

14. He shall glorify me : for he shall receive of mine, 
and shall show it unto you. 

15. All things that the Father hath are mine : therefore 
said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall show it unto 
you. 

Sec 3. — John xvi. 16-18. 
Mystery of Christ's Departure. 

16. A little .while, and ye shall not see me : and again, a 
little while, and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father. 

17. Then said so?ne of his disciples among themselves, 
What is this that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye 
shall not see me : and again, a little wiiile, and ye shall 
see me : and, Because I go to the Father? 

18. They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A 
little w^hile ? we cannot tell what he saith. 



180 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 4. — John xvi. 19-28. 
The Explanation, 

19. Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask 
him, and said unto them, Do ye inquire among yourselves 
of that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me : 
and again, a little while, and ye shall see me? 

20. Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep 
and lament, but the world shall rejoice ; and ye shall be 
sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy. 

21. A woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, be- 
cause her hour is come : but as soon as she is delivered of 
the child, she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy 
that a man is born into the world. 

22. And ye now therefore have sorrow : but I will see 
you again, and your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no 
man taketh from you. 

23. And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, 
verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father 
in my name, he will give it you. 

24. Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name : ask, 
and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full. 

25. These things have I spoken unto you -in proverbs : 
but the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto 
you in proverbs, but I shall show you plainly of the 
Father. 

26. At that day ye shall ask in my name : and I say not 
unto you, that I will pray the Father for you : 

27. For the Father himself loveth you, because ye have 
loved me, and have believed that I came out from God. 

28. I came forth from the Father, and am come into the 
world : again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 151 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 5. — John xvi. 29-33. 
Warnings and Consolations. 

29. His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou 
plainly, and speakest no proverb. 

30. Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and 
needest not that any man should ask thee : by this we be- 
lieve that thou earnest forth from God. 

31. Jesus answered them, Do ye now believe? 

32. Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye 
shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave 
me alone : and yet I am not alone, because the Father is 
with me. 

33. These things I have spoken unto you, that in me 
ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribu- 
lation : but be of good cheer ; I have overcome the world. 



CHAPTER VII. 
Christ's eucharistic prayer. 

I. For Himself. 2. For the Apostles. 3. For their Spiritual Successors. 
4. For all Believers. 

Sec 1. — John xvii. 1-5. 

I. For Himself: For the Restoration of His Heavenly 
Glory with the Father. 

1. These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to 
heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come ; glorify thy 
Son, that thy Son also may glorify thee : 
16 



152 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

2. As thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he 
should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given 
him. 

3. And this is life eternal, that they might know thee 
the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent. 

4. I have glorified thee on the earth : I have finished 
the work which thou gavest me to do. 

5. And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own 
self with the glory which I had with thee before the world 
was. 

Sec. 2. — John xvii. 6-19. 

II. For the Apostles: For their Unity, Peace and 
Purity. 

6. I have manifested thy name unto the men which thou 
gavest me out of the world : thine they were, and thou 
gavest them me ; and they have kept thy word. 

7. Now they have known that all things whatsoever 
thou hast given me are of thee. 

8. For I have given unto them the words which thou 
gavest me ; and they have received them, and have known 
surely that I came out from thee, and they have believed 
that thou didst send me. 

9. I pray for them : I pray not for the world, but for 
them which thou hast given me ; for they are thine. 

10. And all mine are thine, and thine are mine ; and I 
am glorified in them. 

11. And now I am no more in the world, but these are 
in the world, and I come to thee. Holy Father, keep 
through thine own name those whom thou hast given me, 
that they may ba one, as we are. 

12. While I was with them in the world, I kept them 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 83 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

in thy name : those that thou gavest me I have kept, and 
none of them is lost, but the son of perdition ; that the 
Scripture might be fulfilled. 

13. And now I come to thee ; and these things I speak 
in the world, that they might have my joy fulfilled in 
themselves. 

14. I have given them thy word ; and the world hath 
hated them, because they are not of the world, even as 
I am not of the world. 

15. I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the 
world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil. 

16. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the 
world. 

17. Sanctify them through thy truth : thy word is truth. 

18. As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have 
I also sent them into the world. 

19. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also 
might be sanctified through the truth. 

Sec. 3. — John xvii. 20-23. 

III. For their Spiritual Successors : For their Unity 
with Themselves and God. 

20. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also 
which shall believe on me through their word. 

21. That they all may be one ; as thou, Father, art in 
me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us : that 
the world may believe that thou hast sent me. 

22. And the glory which thou gavest me I have given 
them ; that they may be one, even as we are one : 

23. I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made 
perfect in one ; and that the world may know that thou 
hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me. 



184 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Fifth.] Jerusalem — Guest Chamber. [Thurs. ev'g, March 25. 

Sec. 4. — John xvii. 24-26. 

IV. For all Believers : That they might be with Him 

in Glory. 

24. Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given 
me, be with me where I am ; that they may behold my 
glory, which thou hast given me : for thou lovedst me 
before the foundation of the world. 

25. O righteous Father, the world hath not known 
thee : but I have known thee, and these have known that 
thou hast sent me. 

26. And I have declared unto them thy name, and will 
declare it; that the love wherewith thou hast loved me 
may be in them, and I in them. 

Note. — The attempt to break up into fragments the eucharistic dis- 
course of our Saviour, so as to intersperse them at real or imaginary in- 
tervals during the celebration of the paschal supper and the holy euchar- 
ist, is without Scripture authority, and entirely conjectural. It is 
doubtless better to leave this affecting discourse in unbroken connection, 
as inspiration has given it to us ; for in such form and relation it is more 
convenient for reading, and more impressive and affecting. All that is 
attempted in this somewhat new presentation is simply to indicate the 
several topics or paragraphs in both the discourse and the prayer. 

It appertains more to the exegesis than the harmony to settle the real 
or supposed difficulties as to time, place, occasion, etc. Hence, in a 
work of this kind, which is not intended as a commentary, the disputa- 
tions and disagreements about various matters, more or less connected 
with the time of celebrating the passover by our Lord, and the place and 
time of delivering the eucharistic discourse, and of uttering the prayer, 
cannot be fully discussed. The paschal supper, the Lord's Supper, the 
washing of the disciples' feet, the solemn discourses, the affecting prayer, 
the admonition to Peter, etc., were all very intimately associated, and seem 
to have occurred at about the same time, to wit, on Thursday evening, 
at the commencement of the passover festival, and at the same place, 
namely, the upper room or guest-chamber in Jerusalem. Here we find 
these various associated sayings and incidents ; here we leave them. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 185 

Part Sixth.] Summary. [March 25, 26. 



PART SIXTH. 



SUMMARY. 

Time: Late Thursday night to early Friday morning, March 25, 26. 

Principal Places: Gethsemane, Palace of the High Priest, Jewish Coun- 
cil room, Pilate's Judgment hall (the Pretorium), Palace of Herod. 

Principal Persons: Jesus, Peter, James, John, Judas, Roman Officers and 
Soldiers, Jewish Officers and People, Annas, Caiaphas, Servants, 
Priests, Herod, Barabbas, Pilate. 

Principal Scenes and Stcbjects : 

Chap. I. — Scenes in Gethsemane. i. Christ's Last Visit. 2. Be- 
ginning of Mortal Anguish. 3. The Watchers Asleep. 4. Second 
Paroxysm of Anguish. 5. Third Paroxysm. 

Chap. II. — Scenes in Gethsemane. i. Approach of the Traitor. 

2. Jesus Reasons with his Captors. 3. The Traitor's Kiss. 4. A 
Wound Inflicted and Healed. 5. Jesus Submits to his Captors. 
6. Jesus Expostulates with the People. 

Chap. III. — Scenes at the Palace of the High Priest, i. Jesus 
Bound and Taken to the High Priest. 2. Peter Follows Afar Off. 

3. Jesus Questioned by the High Priest. 4. Jesus Maltreated by 
an Officer. 5. Testimony of False Witnesses. 6. Jesus Con- 
demned for Blasphemy. 7. Jesus Abused by his Keepers. 

Chap. IV. — Scenes at the Palace of the High Priest, i. 
Peter's First Denial of Christ. 2. Peter's Second Denial. 3. 
Peter's Third Denial. 

Chap. V. — Scenes at the Jewish and Roman Tribunals, i. 
Jesus Formally Condemned by the Sanhedrim. 2. Jesus Delivered 
16* 



1 86 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Summary. [March 25, 26. 

to Pilate. 3. The Accusation Demanded. 4. The Accusation Ren- 
dered. 5. Jesus Acquitted by Pilate. 6. Jesus Silent before his 
Accusers. 7. Jesus Sent to Herod. 8. Jesus Silent before Herod. 
9. Mocked, and Sent back to Pilate. 10. Remorse and Death of 
Judas. 11. Purchase of the Potter's Field. 

Chap. VI. — Scenes at Pilate's Judgment Seat. i. Proposal to 
Release Jesus. 2. Barabbas or Jesus. 3. The Governor Admon- 
ished by his Wife. 4. Barabbas Preferred to Jesus. 5. The Cru- 
cifixion of Jesus Demanded. 6. Pilate's Vain Expostulation. 7. 
Jesus Delivered to his Enemies. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 187 

Part Sixth.] Gethsemane. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

CHAPTER I. 

SCENES IN GETHSEMANE. 

I. Christ's Last Visit to the Garden. 2. Beginning of Mortal Anguish. 
3. The Watchers Asleep. 4. Second Paroxysm of Anguish. 5. 
Third Paroxysm of Anguish. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxvi. 30, 36 ; Mark xiv. 26, 32 ; Luke xxii. 39, 40 ; John 

xviii. 1. 

Chris? s Last Visit to the Garden. 

1. 4 When Jesus had spoken these words, 2 and when 
they had sung a hymn, 3 he came out, and went 4 forth, 3 as 
he was wont, 4 over the brook Cedron, T into the mount of 
Olives ; 3 and his disciples also followed him. 

2. ^hen cometh Jesus with them unto a place 4 where 
was a garden, 2 which was named Gethsemane, 4 into which 
he entered, and his disciples. 

3. 3 And when he was at the place, he said 2 to his dis- 
ciples, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. *Sit ye 
here, while I go and pray yonder. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxvi. 37-39 ; Mark xiv. 33-36 ; Luke xxii. 41-44. 
Beginning of Mortal Anguish. 

4. 2 And he taketh with him Peter, and James and John, 
Hhe two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful, 2 sore 
amazed, *and very heavy. 

5. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sor- 
rowful, even unto death. Tarry ye here, and watch with 
me. 



1 88 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Gethsemane. [Thurs. night, March 25. 



6. And he went forward a little further, 3 and was 
withdrawn from them about a stone's cast. 

7. And [he] kneeled down, 1 and fell on his face 2 on the 
ground, and prayed that, if it were possible, the hour 
might pass from him. 

8. And he said, Abba, Father, all things are possible 
unto thee : l O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup 
pass from me. 

9. 3 Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from 
me : nevertheless, not my will, but thine be done. 

10. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, 
strengthening him. 

11. And being in an agony, he prayed more earnestly. 

12. And his sweat was as it were great drops of blood 
falling down to the ground. 

Sec 3. — Matt. xxvi. 40, 41 ; Mark xiv. 37, 38 ; Luke xxii. 45, 46. 
The Watchers Asleep. 

13. 3 And when he rose up from prayer, and was come 
to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow. 

14. And [he] said unto them, Rise, and pray, lest ye 
enter into temptation. 

15. 2 And [he] saith unto Peter, Simon, sleepest thou? 
1 What ! 2 couldest not thou watch 1 with me one hour ? 

16. 2 Watch ye, and pray, Hhat ye enter not into temp- 
tation. 

17. The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xxvi. 42, 43 ; Mark xiv. 39, 40. 
Second Paroxysm of Anguish. 

18. 2 And again he went away, Hhe second time, and 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 89 

Part Sixth.] Gethsemane. [Thurs. night. March 25. 

prayed, 2 and spake the same words, laying, O my Father, 
if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, 
thy will be done. 

19. 2 And when he returned, he found them asleep 
again ; for their eyes were heavy ; neither wist they what 
to answer him. 



Sec. 5. — Matt. xxvi. 44-46 ; Mark xiv. 41, 42. 
Third Paroxysm of Anguish. 

20. *And he left them, and went away again, and 
prayed the third time, saying the same words. 

21. Then cometh he to his disciples 2 the third time, 
and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest ; 
it is enough : 

22. behold, the hour is at hand : 2 behold, the Son of 
man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. 

23. Rise up ; let us *be going : behold, he is at hand 
that doth betray me. 

Note. — " I confess that whenever I am called upon to treat of the 
sacred mysteries of Gethsemane, I cannot divest myself of a certain de- 
gree of awe. I feel as if there stood at the gate of that garden a cherub, 
who, if not with a flaming sword, yet with a repelling gesture, refused 
admittance, and emphatically repeated our Lord's injunction to tarry 
outside while he retires to pray." 

Krummacher. 



190 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Gethsemane. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

CHAPTER II. 

SCENES IN GETHSEMANE. 

I. Approach of the Traitor. 2. Jesus Reasons with his Captors. 3. The 
Traitor's Kiss. 4. A Wound Inflicted and Healed. 5. Jesus Sub- 
mits to his Captors. 6. Jesus Expostulates with the People. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxvi. 47 ; Mark xiv. 43 ; Luke xxii. 47 ; John xviii. 2, 3. 
Approach of the Traitor. 

1. 4 And Judas also, which betrayed him, knew the 
place ; for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with his dis- 
ciples. 

2. 2 And immediately, while [Jesus] yet spake, ^o, 
Judas, one of the twelve, 4 having received a band and 
officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, cometh 
thither, with lanterns, and torches, and weapons. 

3. *And with him [came] a great multitude, with 
swords, and staves, from the chief priests, 2 and the 
scribes, and the elders *of the people. 

Sec 2. — John xviii. 4-9. 
Jesus Reasons with his Captors. 

4. Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come 
upon him, went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek 
ye? 

5. They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith 
unto them, I am he. And Judas also, which betrayed 
him, stood with them. 

6. As soon then as he had said unto them, I am he, 
they went backward, and fell to the ground. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 191 

Part Sixth.] Gethsemane. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

7. Then asked he them again, Whom seek ye ? And 
they said, Jesus of Nazareth. 

8. Jesus answered, I have told you that I am he: if 
therefore ye seek me, let these go their way : 

9. That the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, 
Of them which thou gavest me have I lost none. 



Sec. 3. — Matt. xxvi. 48-50 ; Mark xiv. 44, 45 ; Luke xxii. 47, 48. 
The Traitor's Kiss, 

10. Wow he that betrayed him 2 had given them a token, 
saying, Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he ; take 
him, x hold him fast, 2 and lead him away safely. 

11. 3 And he that was called Judas, one of the twelve, 
went before them ; 2 and as soon as he was come, he goeth 
straightway ho Jesus, 3 and drew near unto Jesus to kiss 
him. 

12. And [he] saith, Master, Master, ^ail, Master, and 
kissed him. 

•13. And Jesus said unto him, Friend, wherefore art 
thou come ? 3 Judas ! betrayest thou the Son of man with 
a kiss? 

14. x Then came they and laid 2 their hands on Jesus, and 
took him. 

Sec 4. — Matt. xxvi. 51; Mark xiv. 46, 47; Luke xxii. 49-51; John 

xviii. 10. 

A Wound Inflicted and Healed. 

15. 3 When they which were about him saw what would 
follow, they said unto him, Lord, shall we smite with the 
sword ? 

16. *And behold, 4 Simon Peter, 2 one of them which 



192 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Gethsemane. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

stood by Hvith Jesus, 4 having a sword, Stretched out his 
hand, and drew it, *and smote the high priest's servant, 
and cut off his right ear. The servant's name was 
Malchus. 

17. 3 And Jesus answered and said, Suffer ye thus far. 
And he touched his ear, and healed him. 



Sec. 5. — Matt. xxvi. 52-54; John xviii. 11. 
Jesus Submits to his Captors, 

18. 4 Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up *again thy 
sword into the sheath ; for all they that take the sword 
shall perish with the sword. 

19. Thinkest thou that I cannot now pray to my Father, 
and he shall presently give me more than twelve legions 
of angels? 

20. But how then shall the scriptures be fulfilled, that 
thus it must be ? 

21. 4 The cup which my Father hath given me, shall I 
not drink it? 

Sec 6. — Matt. xxvi. 55, 56 ; Mark xiv. 48-52 ; Luke xxii. 52, 53. 
Jesus Expostulates with the People. 

22. 2 In that same hour 2 Jesus answered and said to J the 
multitudes, 3 the chief priests, and captains of the Temple, 
and the elders, which were come to him, \Are ye come 
out as against a thief, with swords and staves, for to take 
me? 

23. 3 When I *sat daily with you teaching in the Temple, 
3 ye stretched forth no hands against me, 2 and ye took me 
not. 

24. 3 But this is your hour, and the power of darkness. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 193 

Part Sixth.] Palace of the High Priest. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

25. ^ut all this was done, that the scriptures of the 
prophets might be fulfilled. 

26. Then all the disciples forsook him, and fled. 

27. 2 And there followed him a certain young man, 
having a linen cloth cast about his naked body ; and the 
young men laid hold on him ; and he left the linen cloth, 
and fled from them naked. 



CHAPTER III. 

SCENES AT THE PALACE OF THE HIGH PRIEST. 

I. Jesus Bound and Taken to the High Priest. 2. Peter Follows Afar 
Off. 3. Jesus Questioned by the High Priest. 4. Jesus Maltreated 
by an Officer. 5. Testimony of False Witnesses. 6. Jesus Con- 
demned for Blasphemy. 7. Jesus Abused by his Keepers. 

Sec. 1. — Matt. xxvi. 57; Mark xiv. 53; Luke xxii. 54; John xviii. 

12-14, 24. 

yesus Bound and Taken to the High Priest. 

1. 4 Then the band, and the captain, and officers of the 
Jews, took Jesus, and bound him ; and led him away to 
Annas first. 

2. For he was father-in-law to Caiaphas, which was the 
high priest that same year. 

3. Now Caiaphas was he which gave counsel to the 
Jews, that it was expedient that one man should die for 
the people. 

4. *And they that had laid hold on Jesus, 3 then took 
him, and led him *away to Caiaphas, the high priest, 3 and 
brought him into the high priest's house. 

17 I 



194 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Palace of the High Priest. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

5. 2 And with him were assembled all the chief priests, 
and the elders, and the scribes. 

6. 4 Now Annas had sent him bound unto Caiaphas, the 
high priest. 

Sec. 2. — Matt. xxvi. 58 ; Mark xiv. 54 ; Luke xxii. 54, 55 ; John xviii. 

15, 16, 18. 

Peter Follows Afar Off. 

7. 4 And Simon Peter followed Jesus 3 afar off, 2 even 
Hinto the high priest's palace ; 4 and so did another dis- 
ciple. 

8. That disciple was known unto the high priest, and 
went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest. 

9. But Peter stood at the door without. Then went 
out the other disciple, which was known unto the high 
priest, and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought 
in Peter. 

10. 4 And the servants and officers stood there, who had 
made a fire of coals, 3 in the midst of the hall ; 4 for it was 
cold ; and they warmed themselves ; and Peter stood with 
them, and warmed himself. 

1 1 . 3 And when they were set down together, Peter sat 
down among 2 the servants, *to see the end, 2 and warmed 
himself at the fire. 

Sec 3. — John xviii. 19-21. 
Jesus Questioned by the High Priest. 

12. The high priest then asked Jesus of his disciples, 
and of his doctrine. 

13. Jesus answered him, I spake openly to the world ; 
I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the Temple, whither 
the Jews always resort ; and in secret have I said nothing. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1 95 

Part Sixth.] Palace of the High Priest. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

14. Why askest thou me? ask them which heard me, 
what I have said unto them : behold, they know what I 
said. 

Sec. 4. — John xviii. 22, 23. 
Jesus Abused by an Officer. 

15. And when he had thus spoken, one of the officers 
which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand, 
saying, Answerest thou the high priest so ? 

16. Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear 
witness 'of the evil : but if well, why smitest thou 
me? 

Sec 5. — Matt. xxvi. 59-61 ; Mark xiv. 55-59. 
Testimony of False Witnesses. 

17. x Now the chief priests and elders, and all the coun- 
cil, sought false witness against Jesus, to put him to 
death ; but found none. 

18. Yea, though many false witnesses came, j/^/ found 
they none ; 2 for many bare false witness against him ; but 
their witness agreed not together. 

19. *At the last came two false witnesses, and 2 arose, 
and bare false witness against him ; [one] saying, 

20. We heard him say, I will destroy this Temple that 
is made with hands ; and within three days I will build 
another, made without hands. 

21. *And [the other] said, This fellow said, I am able 
to destroy the Temple of God, and to build it in three 
days. # 

22. 2 But neither so did their witness agree together. 



196 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Palace of the High Priest. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

Sec. 6. — Matt. xxvi. 62-66 ; Mark xiv. 60-64. 
yesus Condemned for Blasphemy, 

23. 1 And the high priest arose, 2 and stood up in the 
midst, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? 
What is it which these witness against thee ? 

24. x But Jesus held his peace, 2 and answered nothing. 

25. *And 2 again the high priest asked him, and said 
unto him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed? 

26. T adjure thee by the living God, that thou tell us 
whether thou be the Christ, the Son of God. 

27. 2 And Jesus said *unto him, Thou hast said ; 2 I am. 

28. Nevertheless, I say unto you, Hereafter shall ye 
see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of Power, 
and coming in the clouds of heaven. 

29. Then the high priest rent his clothes, saying, He 
hath spoken blasphemy ; what further need have we of 
witnesses ? 

30. Behold, now ye have heard his blasphemy ; what 
think ye? 

31. They ^answered and said, He is guilty of death 
2 And they all condemned him to be guilty of death. 

Sec 7. — Matt. xxvi. 67, 68 ; Mark xiv. 65 ; Luke xxii. 63, 65. 
yesus Abused by his Keepers, 

32. 3 And the men that held Jesus mocked him, and 
smote him; 2 and some began to spit *in his face, 2 and to 
cover his face, and to buffet him. 

33. 3 And when they had blindfolded him, 2 the servants 
did strike him 3 on the face 2 with the palms of their hands, 
laying 2 unto him, Prophesy^ prophesy unto us, thou 
Christ, who is he that smote thee ? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 197 

Part Sixth.] Palace of the High Priest. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

34. 3 And many other things blasphemously spake they 
against him. 



CHAPTER IV. 



SCENES AT THE PALACE OF THE HIGH PRIEST. 

I. Peter's First Denial of Christ. 2. Peter's Second Denial. 3. Peter's 
Third Denial. 

Sec. I. — Matt. xxvi. 69, 70; Mark xiv. 66-68; Luke xxii. 56, 57; John 

xviii. 17. 

I. Peter's First Denial of Christ. 

1. x Now Peter sat without in the palace. 2 And as 
Peter was beneath in the palace, there cometh unto him 
one of the maids of the high priest ; 

2. And when she saw Peter warming himself, 3 as he 
sat by the fire, 2 she looked upon him Earnestly, and said, 
And thou also wast with Jesus of Nazareth, *of Galilee. 
3 This man was also with him. 

3. 2 But he denied 3 him before all, saying, Woman, I 
know him not ; 2 neither understand I what thou sayest. 

4. 4 Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, 
Art not thou also one of this man's disciples? 

5. He saith, I am not. 2 And he went out into the 
porch ; and the cock crew. 

Sec 2. — Matt. xxvi. 71, 72; Mark xiv. 69. 70; Luke xxii. 58. 
II. Peter's Second Denial. 

6. *And when he was gone out into the porch, another 
17* 



I9 8 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Palace of the High Priest. [Thurs. night, March 25. 

2 maid saw him again, and began to say to them that stood 
by, This is one of them ; ^his fellow was also with Jesus 
of Nazareth. 

7. 3 And after a little while, another [person] saw him, 
and said, Thou art also one of them. 

8. *And again he denied it with an oath, 3 and said, 
Man, I am not ; T do not know the man. 

Sec. 3. — Matt. xxvi. 73-75 ; Mark xiv. 70-72 ; Luke xxii. 59-62 ; John 
xviii. 25, 27. 

III. Peter's Third Denial. 

9. 3 And about the space of one hour after, [as] 4 Simon 
Peter stood and warmed himself, 3 another confidently 
affirmed, saying, Of a truth this fellow was also with 
hirn ; for he is a Galilean. 

10. *And after a 2 little Hvhile, came unto him they that 
stood by, and said 2 again to Peter, Surely, thou also *art 
one of them ; 2 for thou art a Galilean, and thy speech 
agreeth thereto. 

11. 4 One of the servants of the high priest (being his 
kinsman whose ear Peter cut off) saith, Did not I see 
thee in the garden with him ? 

12. Peter then denied again; 3 and 2 he began to curse, 
and to swear, saying, 3 Man, I know not what thou sayest ; 
2 I know not this man of whom ye speak. 

13. 3 And immediately, while he yet spake, the cock 
crew 2 the second time. 

14. 3 And the Lord turned, and looked upon Peter. 

15. 2 And Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said 
unto him ; 3 and Peter remembered the word of the Lord, 
how he had said unto him, Before the cock crow 2 twice, 
thou shalt deny me thrice. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST, 1 99 

Part Sixth.] Council Room. [Daybreak, Friday, March 26. 

16. And when he thought thereon, 2 he went out, and 
wept bitterly. 



CHAPTER V. 



SCENES AT THE JEWISH AND ROMAN TRIBUNALS. 

Jesus Formally Condemned by the Sanhedrim. 2. Jesus Delivered 
to Pilate. 3. The Accusation Demanded. 4. The Accusation Ren- 
dered. 5. Jesus Acquitted by Pilate. 6. Jesus Silent before his 
Accusers. 7. Jesus Sent to Herod. 8. Jesus Silent before Herod. 
9. Mocked, and Sent back to Pilate. 10. Remorse and Death of 
Judas. 11. Purchase of the Potter's Field. 



Sec. 1. — Matt, xxvii. 1 ; Mark xv. 1 ; Luke xxii. 66-71. 
Jesus formally Condemned by the Sanhedrim. 

1. 2 And straightway in the morning, 3 as soon as it was 
day, the elders of the people, and the chief priests, and 
the scribes came together, and led him into their council, 
saying, Art thou the Christ? tell us. 

2. And he said unto them, If I tell you, ye will not be- 
lieve ; and if I also ask you, ye will not answer me, nor 
let me go. 

3. Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand 
of the power of God. 

4. Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? 

5. And he said unto them, Ye say that I am. 

6. And they said, What need we any further witness ? 
for we ourselves have heard of his own mouth. 



200 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Judgment Hall. [Friday morn., March 26. 

Sec. 2. — Matt, xxvii. 1, 2 ; Mark xv. 1 ; Luke xxiii. 1 ; John xviii. 28. 
yesus Delivered to Pilate. 

7. 2 And 1 all the chief priests, 2 held a consultation with 
the elders and scribes, and the whole council, [and] Hook 
counsel against Jesus, to put him to death. 

8. 3 And the whole multitude of them arose, *and when 
they had bound 2 Jesus, Hhey led him away 4 from Caiaphas 
unto the hall of judgment, x and delivered him to Pontius 
Pilate the governor ; 4 and it was early. 

9. And they themselves went not into the judgment 
hall, lest they should be defiled ; but that they might eat 
the passover. 

Sec 3. — John xviii. 29-32. 
The Accusation Demanded. 

10. Pilate then went out unto them, and said, What 
accusation bring ye against this man ? 

11. They answered and said unto him, If he were not 
a malefactor, we would not have delivered him up unto 
thee. 

12. Then said Pilate unto them, Take ye him, and 
judge him according to your law. 

13. The Jews therefore said unto him, It is not lawful 
for us to put any man to death : 

14. That the saying of Jesus might be fulfilled, which 
he spake, signifying what death he should die. 

Sec 4. — Matt, xxvii. 11 ; Mark xv. 2 ; Luke xxiii. 2, 3 ; John xviii. 33-36. 
The Accusation Rendered. 

15. 2 And they began to accuse him, saying, We found 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 201 

Part Sixth.] Pilate's Judgment Hall. [Friday morn., March 26. 

this fellow perverting the nation, and forbidding to give 
tribute to Cassar, saying that he himself is Christ, a 
king. 

16. 4 Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, 
and called Jesus. 

17. *And Jesus stood before the governor; and the 
governor asked him, saying, Art thou the king of the 
Jews ? 

i& 4 Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this thing of thy- 
self, or did others tell it thee of me ? 

19. Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own nation, 
and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me. What 
hast thou done ? 

20. Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world. 

21. If my kingdom were of this world, then would my 
servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews. 
But now is my kingdom not from hence. 

Sec. 5. — Matt, xxvii. 11 ; Mark xv. 2 ; John xviii. 37, 38, 
Jesus Acquitted by Pilate. 

22. 4 Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou a king, 
then ? 

23. x And Jesus 2 answering, said unto him, 4 Thou sayest 
that I am a king. 

24. To this end was I born ; and for this cause came I 
into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. 

25. Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice. 

26. Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? 

27. And when he had said this, he went out again unto 
the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault. 

I* 



202 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] Pilate's Judgment Hall. [Friday morn., March 26. 

Sec. 6. — Matt, xxvii. 12-14; Mark xv. 3-5. 
Jesus Silent Before his Accusers. 

28. *And when he was accused of the chief priests and 
elders, he answered nothing. 

29. Then said Pilate unto him, Hearest thou not how 
many things they witness against thee ? 

30. And he answered him to never a word ; insomuch 
that the governor marveled greatly. 

31. 2 And the chief priests accused him of many things ; 
but he answered nothing. 

32. And Pilate asked him again, saying, Answerest thou 
nothing? Behold, how many things they witness against 
thee. 

33. But Jesus yet answered nothing ; so that Pilate 
marveled. 



Sec. 7. — Luke xxiii. 4-7. 
Jesus Sent to Herod. 

34. Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the peo- 
ple, I find no fault in this man. 

35. And they were the more fierce, saying, He stirreth 
up the people, teaching throughout all Jewry, beginning 
from Galilee to this place. 

36. When Pilate heard of Galilee, he asked whether 
the man were a Galilean. 

37. And as soon as he knew that he belonged unto 
Herod's jurisdiction, he sent him to Herod, who himself 
also was at Jerusalem at that time. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 203 

Part Sixth.] Pilate's Judgment Hall. [Friday morn., March 26. 

Sec. 8. — Luke xxiii. 8-10. 
yesus Silent Before Herod. 

38. And when Herod saw Jesus, he was exceeding 
glad : for he was desirous to see him of a long season, 
because he had heard many things of him ; and he hoped 
to have seen some miracle done by him. 

39. Then he questioned with him in many w r ords ; but 
he answered him nothing. 

40. And the chief priests and scribes stood and vehe- 
mently accused him. 

Sec 9. — Luke xxiii. 11, 12. 
Jesus Mocked, and sent back to Pilate, 

41. And Herod with his men of war set him at naught, 
and mocked him, and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe, 
and sent him again to Pilate. 

42. And the same day Pilate and Herod were made 
friends together ; for before they were at enmity between 
themselves. 

Sec 10. — Matt, xxvii. 3-5. 
Re?norse and Death of Judas. 

43. Then Judas, which had betrayed him, when he saw 
that he was condemned, repented himself, and brought 
again the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and 
elders, 

44. Saying, I have sinned in that I have betrayed the 
innocent blood. And they said, What is that to us? see 
thou to that. 



204 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] The Council Room. [Friday morn., March 26. 

45. And he cast down the pieces of silver in the Tem- 
ple, and departed, and went and hanged himself. 

Sec. 11. — Matt, xxvii. 6-10. 
Purchase of the Potter's -Field. 

46. And the chief priests took the silver pieces, and 
said, It is not lawful for to put them into the treasury, be- 
cause it is the price of blood. 

47. And they took counsel, and bought with them the 
potter's field, to bury strangers in. 

48. Wherefore that field was called, The field of blood, 
unto this day. 

49. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by 
Jeremy the prophet, saying, And they took the thirty 
pieces of silver, the price of him that was valued, whom 
they of the children of Israel did value ; 

50. And gave them for the potter's field, as the Lord 
appointed me. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 205 

Part Sixth.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 



CHAPTER VI. 

scenes at pilate's judgment-seat. 

1. Proposal to Release Jesus. 2. Barabbas or Jesus. 3. The Governor 
Admonished by his Wife. 4. Barabbas Preferred to Jesus. 5. The 
Crucifixion of Jesus Demanded. 6. Pilate's Vain Expostulation. 
7. Jesus Delivered to his Enemies. 

Sec. i. — Luke xxiii. 13-17. 
Proposal to Release yes us. 

1. And Pilate, when he had called together the chief 
priests and the rulers and the people, 

2. Said unto them, Ye have brought this man unto me, 
as one that perverteth the people ; and, behold, I, having 
examined him before you, have found no fault in this 
man touching those things whereof ye accuse him : 

3. No, nor yet Herod : for I sent you to him ; and, lo> 
nothing worthy of death is done unto him. 

4. I will therefore chastise him, and release him. 

5. (For of necessity he must release one unto them at 
the feast.) 

Sec 2. — Matt, xxvii. 15-18; Mark xv. 6-10 ; Luke xxiii. 19; John 

xviii. 39. 

Barabbas or "Jesus* 

6. *Now at that feast the governor was wont to release 
unto the people 2 one prisoner, whomsoever they desired. 

7. *And they had then a notable prisoner, called Barab- 
bas, 3 who, for a certain sedition made in the city, and for 
murder, Committed in the insurrection, 3 was cast into 

18 



206 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 

prison, 2 bound with them that had made insurrection with 
him. 

8. And the multitude crying aloud, began to desire him 
to do as he had ever done unto them. 

9. ^Therefore, when they were gathered together, 
2 Pilate answered them, saying, 1 Whom will ye that I re- 
lease unto you ? Barabbas, or Jesus which is called Christ, 
2 the King of the Jews ? 

10. 4 Ye have a custom, that I should release unto you 
one at the passover : Will ye therefore that I release unto 
you the King of the Jews? 

11. 2 For he knew that the chief priests had delivered 
him for envy. 

Sec 3. — Matt, xxvii. 19. 
The Governor Admonished by his Wife. 

12. When he was set down on the judgment-seat, his 
wife sent unto him, saying : 

13. Have thou nothing to do with that just man ; for I 
have suffered many things this day in a dream, because 
of him. 

Sec 4. — Matt, xxvii. 20, 21 ; Mark xv. 11 ; Luke xxiii. 18 ; John xviii. 40. 
Barabbas Preferred to "fesus. 

14. *But the chief priests and elders persuaded the 
multitude that they should ask 2 that he should rather re- 
lease Barabbas unto them, *and destroy Jesus. 

15. 3 And they cried out all at once, saying, Away with 
this man, and release unto us Barabbas. 

16. ^he governor answered and said unto them, 
Whether of the twain will ye that I release unto you ? 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 207 

Part Sixth.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 

17. 4 Then cried they all again, saying, barabbas; 4 not 
this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber. 

Sec. 5. — Matt, xxvii. 22; Mark xv. 12, 13 ; Luke xxiii. 20, 21. 
Christ's Crucifixion Required. 

18. 3 Pilate therefore, willing to release Jesus, 2 answered 
and said again unto them, What will ye then that I shall 
do Hvith Jesus, which is called Christ, 2 whom ye call the 
King of the Jews ? 

19. And they *all 2 cried out again, 3 saying ! unto him, 
3 Crucify him ; crucify him ; *let him be crucified. 

Sec 6. — Matt, xxvii. 23 ; Mark xv. 14 ; Luke xxiii. 22, 23. 
Pilate's Vain Expostulation. 

20. 2 Then Pilate Hhe governor said 3 unto them the third 
time, Why, what evil hath he done? I have found no 
cause of death in him ; I will therefore chastise him, and 
let him go. 

2i. And they were instant with loud voices, requiring 
that he might be crucified. 

22. 2 And they cried out the more exceedingly, Crucify 
him ; *Let him be crucified. 

23. 3 And the voices of them, and of the chief priests, 
prevailed. 

Sec 7. — Matt, xxvii. 24-26; Mark xv. 15; Luke xxiii. 24, 25. 
Pilate Delivers Jesus to his Enemies. 

24. 1 When Pilate saw that he could prevail nothing, 
but that rather a tumult was made, he took water, and 
washed his hands before the multitude, saying, I am in- 
nocent of the blood of this just person : see ye to it. 



2o8 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Sixth.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 

25. Then answered all the people, and said, His blood 
be on us, and on our children ! 

26. 2 And Pilate, willing to content the people, 3 gave 
sentence that it should be as they required. 

27. And 2 then released he Barabbas unto them ; 3 him 
that for sedition and murder was cast into prison, whom 
they desired. 

28. But he delivered Jesus to their will, 2 to be crucified. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 209 

Part Seventh.] Summary. [Friday, March 26. 



PART SEVENTH. 



SUMMARY. 

Time : Friday, March 26 ; from just before 9 A. M. to evening. 

Principal Places : The Pretorium, Way to Calvary, Calvary. 

Principal Persons : Jesus, Pilate, Simon of Cyrene, Women of Jerusa- 
lem, Roman Executioners, Chief Priests and Rulers, Jewish Popu- 
lace, Roman Soldiers, Two Thieves, Three Maries and John, The 
Centurion, Women of Galilee, Joseph of Arimathea, Nicodemus, 
Roman Guard. 

Principal Events : 

Chap. I. — Scenes at the Close of the Trial, i. Jesus Scourged 
and Mocked. 2. Jesus Exhibited in Mock Royalty. 3. Final Ef- 
fort to Release him. 4. Final Sentence of Crucifixion. 

Chap. II. — Scenes Associated with the Crucifixion, i. The 
Cross Borne for Jesus. 2. Daughters of Jerusalem Admonished. 
3. The Stupefying Drink Refused. 4. Jesus Crucified, Prays for 
his Executioners. 5. Distribution of his Raiment. 6. Superscrip- 
tion on the Cross. 

Chap. III. — Scenes about Calvary, i. Jesus Insulted on the 
Cross. 2. The Penitent Thief. 3. Jesus Provides for his Mother. 

Chap. IV. — Scenes Associated with the Death of Christ. 
I. Darkness and Despair. 2. The Cry of Thirst. 3. Dying Ut- 
terances. 4. The Veil Rent and the Graves Opened. 5. Centurion 
Convinced. 6. Friendly Spectators. 7. Hastening Death. 8. The 
Water and Blood. 
18* 



2IO THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Summary. [Friday, March 26. 

Chap. V. — Scenes Associated with the Burial of Christ. 
1. The Body Sought for Burial. 2. The Body Obtained for Burial. 
3. The Body Embalmed. 4. The Body Buried. 5. Witnesses of 
the Burial. 6. The Sepulchre Secured. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 21 1 

Part Seventh.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 

CHAPTER I. 

SCENES AT THE CLOSE OF THE TRIAL. 

I. Jesus Scourged and Mocked. 2. Jesus Exhibited in Mock Royalty. 
3. Final Effort to Release him. 4. The Final Sentence of Cruci- 
fixion. 



Sec. I. — Matt, xxvii. 26-30; Mark xv. 15-19; John xix. 1-3. 
Jesus Scourged and Mocked. 

1. 4 Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him. 
*And when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be 
crucified. 

2. Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus, 2 and 
led him away into the common hall, called Pretorium, 
*and gathered together kinto him the whole band ; and 
they stripped him, and put on him a scarlet robe. 

3. And when 4 the soldiers x had platted a crown of 
thorns, they put it upon his head, and a reed in his right 
hand. 

4. And they bowed the knee before him, 2 and wor- 
shiped, *and mocked him, 2 and began to salute him, lay- 
ing, Hail, King of the Jews ! 

5. 4 And they smote him with their hands ; *and they 
spit upon him ; and took the reed and smote him on the 
head. 

Sec 2.— John xix. 4-7. 
Jesus Exhibited in Mock Royalty. 

6. Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto 



212 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 

them, Behold, I bring him forth to you, that ye may know 
that I find no fault in him. 

7. Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, 
and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Be- 
hold the man ! 

8. When the chief priests therefore and officers saw 
him, they cried out, saying, Crucify him, crucify him. 
Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him : 
for I find no fault in him. 

9. The Jews answered him, We have a law, and by 
our law he ought to die, because he made himself the 
Son of God. 

Sec 3. — John xix. 8-12. 
Final Effort to Release yesus. 

10. When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was 
the more afraid ; 

11. And went again into the judgment hall, and saith 
unto Jesus, Whence art thou? But Jesus gave him no 
answer. 

12. Then saith Pilate unto him, Speakest thou not unto 
me? knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, 
and have power to release thee ? 

13. Jesus answered, Thou couldest have no power at 
all against me, except it were given thee from above : 
therefore he that delivered me unto thee hath the greater 
sin. 

14. And from thenceforth Pilate sought to release him : 
but the Jews cried out, saying, If thou let this man go, 
thou art not Caesar's friend : whosoever maketh himself a 
king speaketh against Caesar. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 213 



Part Seventh.] The Pretorium. [Friday morn., March 26. 

Sec. 4. — John xix. 13-16. 
Final Sentence of Crucifixion, 

15. When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he brought 
Jesus forth, and sat down in the judgment-seat in a place 
that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Gab- 
batha. 

16. And it was the preparation of the passover, and 
about the sixth hour : and he saith unto the Jews, Be- 
hold your king ! 

17. But they cried out, Away with him, away with 
him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Shall I crucify 
your king? 

18. The chief priests answered, We have no king but 
Caesar. 

19. Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be 
crucified. And they took Jesus, and led him away. 



214 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Way to Calvary. [Friday, 9 A. M., March 26. 

CHAPTER II. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CRUCIFIXION. 

I. The Cross Borne for Jesus. 2. The Daughters of Jerusalem Admon- 
ished. 3. The Stupefying Drink Refused. 4. Jesus Crucified, 
Prays for his Executioners. 5. Distribution of his Raiment. 6. 
The Superscription on the Cross. 

Sec. 1. — Matt, xxvii. 31, 32; Mark xv. 20, 21 ; Luke xxiii. 26; John 

xix. 17. 

The Cross Borne for Jesus. 

1. x And after they had mocked [Jesus], they took the 
2 purple *robe off from him, and put his own raiment on 
him, and led him 2 out to crucify him. 

2. *And as they came out, 3 as they led him away, 4 he 
bearing his cross, Hhey found a man of Cyrene, Simon by 
name — 2 the father of Alexander and Rufus — who passed 
by, coming out of the country. 

3. 3 And they laid hold upon Simon, and on him they 
laid the cross ; 2 and compelled him to bear his cross 3 after 
Jesus. 

Sec 2. — Luke xxiii. 27-32. 
The Daughters of Jerusalem Admonished. 

4. And there followed him a great company of people, 
and of women, which also bewailed and lamented him. 

5. But Jesus turning unto them said, Daughters of 
Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and 
for your children. 

6. For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 215 

Part Seventh.] Way to Calvary. [Friday, 9 A. M., March 26. 

shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that 
never bare, and the paps which never gave suck. 

7. Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall 
on us ; and to the hills, Cover us. 

8. For if they do these things in a green tree, what 
shall be done in the dry? 

9. And there were also two others, malefactors, led 
with him to be put to death. 

10. And when they were come to the place, which is 
called Calvary, there they crucified him, and the male- 
factors, one on the right hand, and the other on the left. 

Sec. 3. — Matt, xxvii. 33, 34 ; Mark xv. 22, 23 ; Luke xxiii. 33 ; John 

xix. 17. 

The Stupefying Drink Refused. 

1 1 . 3 And when they were come to the place which is 
called Calvary, Svhich is called in the Hebrew, Golgotha, 
^Hvhich is, being interpreted, the place* of a skull : 

12. lr rhey gave him vinegar to drink, mingled with 
gall ; [which was] wine mingled with myrrh.* 

13. *And when he had tasted it, 2 he received it not; 
x he would not drink. 

Sec 4. — Matt, xxvii. 38 ; Mark xv. 25, 27, 28 ; Luke xxiii. 33, 34 ; John 

xix. 18. 

Jesus Crucified, Prays for his Executioners. 

14. 2 And it was the third hour ; and they crucified him. 

15. And 3 then were 3 the Hwo 3 malefactors, [who were] 
x two thieves, crucified with him ; 2 the one on his right 
hand, and the other on his left, 4 and Jesus in the midst. 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 



2l6 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday forenoon, March 26. 

16. 2 And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, And 
he was numbered with the transgressors. 

17. 3 Then said Jesus, Father, forgive them; for they 
know not what they do. 



Sec. 5. — Matt, xxvii. 35, 36 ; Mark xv. 24 ; Luke xxiii. 34 ; John xix. 

23, 24. 

Distribution of His Raiment. 

18. 4 Then the soldiers, when they had crucified Jesus, 
took his garments, and made four parts ; to every soldier 
a part ; and also his coat. 

19. *And they parted his garments, 2 casting lots upon 
them, what every man should take. 

20.. 4 Now the coat was without seam, woven from the 
top throughout. 

21. They said therefore among themselves, Let us not 
rend it, but cast lots for it whose it shall be. 

22. That the scripture might be fulfilled, ! which was 
spoken by the prophet, 4 which saith, They parted my rai- 
ment among them, and for my vesture did they cast lots. 

23. These things therefore the soldiers did ; *and sit- 
ting down they watched him there. 

Sec. 6. — Matt, xxvii. 37 ; Mark xv. 26 ; Luke xxiii. 38 ; John xix. 19-22. 
The Superscription upon the Cross. 

24. 4 And Pilate wrote 2 the superscription of his accu- 
sation, *and set it up 4 on the cross, *over his head. 

25. *And the writing 3 written over him 4 was, x This is 
Jesus 4 of Nazareth, the King of the Jews. 

26. This title then read many of the Jews ; for the 
place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 217 

Tart Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday forenoon, March 26. 

27. And it was written Hn letters of Greek, and Latin, 
and Hebrew. [See Note 2.] 

28. 'Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate, 
Write not, The King of the Jews ; but that he said, I am 
King of the Jews. 

29. Pilate answered, What I have written, I have 
written. 

Note i. — In Matthew, the original words, rendered, " Vinegar mingled 
with gall," might just as well have been translated, " acid mingled with 
bitter ;" for vinegar is sour, and gall is bitter. Matthew, then, describes 
the narcotic mixture according to its nature and taste. But in Mark we 
have the proper names of the two principal ingredients — " wine" and 
" myrrh." The myrrh was intensely bitter — bitter as gall; the wine was 
sour, and hence, describing it according to its properties, it is called 
vinegar ; from vin, wine, and aigre, sour. Literally, it was sour wine, 
with a bitter, narcotic ingredient, stupefying in its effects, from some 
species of myrrh, perhaps not very dissimilar to the gum myrrh in use in 
this country. Thus, in the two narratives, instead of a contradiction, we 
have the proper names of the two substances, with the description of 
their qualities. 

Note 2. — " In Hebrew, that is, the Palestinian dialect, which went 
vaguely by that name, as being the language of the populace ; Greek, as 
a prevalent language in Judea, and among the foreign Jews who were 
present at the passover at Jerusalem ; and Latin, as the language of the 
conquerors of the country. The inscription which excluded Gentiles 
from the inner court of the temple was written in those three languages. 
The evangelists give the sense of the inscription, rather than the exact 
words, and hence the variation which appears in their account." — R. 
Watson. 

And, besides, it is by no means certain that the superscription was 
precisely the same in the three languages. One evangelist may have 
copied from one form of it, and the others may have copied from others. 
The substance is essentially the same in all. 
19 K 



218 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday forenoon, March 26. 



CHAPTER III. 

SCENES ABOUT CALVARY. 

I. Jesus Insulted on the Cross. 2. The Penitent Thief. 3. Jesus Pro- 
vides for his Mother. 

Sec. I. — Matt, xxvii. 39-44 ; Mark xv. 29-32 ; Luke xxiii. 35-37. 

yesus Insulted on the Cross. 

[I. By the Jewish Populace^ 

i . 3 And the people stood beholding ; 2 and they that 
passed by railed on him, [and] deviled him, wagging 
their heads, and saying : 

2. 2 Ah, thou that destroyest the Temple, and buildest it 
in three days, save thyself. x If thou be the Son of God, 
come down from the cross. 

[II. By the Chief Priests, Scribes and Rulers."\ 

3. 3 And the rulers also with them derided him, saying, 
He saved others ; let him save himself, if he be Christ, 
the chosen of God. 

4. likewise also the chief priests, mocking, 2 said among 
themselves, with the scribes, ] and elders, He saved others ; 
himself he cannot save. 

5. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down 
from the cross, and we will believe on him. 

6. 2 Let Christ, the King of Israel, descend now from 
the cross, that we may see, and believe. 

7. J He trusted in God ; let him deliver him now, if he 
will have him ; for he said, I am the Son of God. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 219 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday forenoon, March 26. 

[III. By the Roman Soldiers.'] 

8. 3 And the soldiers also mocked him, coming to him, 
and offering him vinegar,* and saying, If thou be the 
King of the Jews, save thyself. 

[IV. By the Two Thieves.] 

9. lr The thieves also, which were crucified with him, 
cast the same in his teeth, [and] 2 reviled him. 

Sec. 2. — Luke xxiii. 39-43. 
The Penite7tt Thief. 

10. And one of the malefactors which were hanged 
railed on him, saying, If thou be Christ, save thyself 
and us. 

11. But the other answering rebuked him, saying, Dost 
not thou fear God, seeing thou art in the same condem- 
nation ? 

12. And we indeed justly; for we receive the due re- 
ward of our deeds : but this man hath done nothing 
amiss. 

13. And he said unto Jesus, Lord, remember me when 
thou comest into thy kingdom. 

14. And Jesus said unto him, Verily, I say unto thee, 
To-day shalt thou be with me in paradise.f 

Sec 3. — John xix. 25-27. 
Jesus Provides for his Mother. 

15. Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, 
and his mother's sister, Mary the wife of Cleophas, and 
Mary Magdalene. 

* Note I, end of chapter. f Note 2, end of chapter. 



220 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday forenoon, March 26. 

16. When Jesus therefore saw his mother, and the dis- 
ciple standing by, whom he loved, he saith unto his mo- 
ther, Woman, behold thy son ! 

17. Then saith he to the clisciple, Behold thy mother! 
And from that hour that disciple took her unto his own 
home. 

Note i. — This was not probably the narcotic drink which had been 
offered to him in compassion, at the beginning of his crucifixion, to alle- 
viate his sufferings, but the common sour wine or vinegar which was the 
usual drink of the Roman soldiers, and which was afterward given to him 
by means of a sponge put on hyssop. It was now offered to him, as the 
narrative indicates, to tantalize and insult him. For, with his arms ex- 
tended and fastened back, and his head against the upper part of the 
cross, he had no power to take the cup when it was offered to him. It 
w r as probably repeatedly put up near his lips, and then snatched away. 
This seems to have been the nature of the sport. 

Note 2. — From Matthew and Mark we are obliged to suppose that 
both the thieves began to revile him ; while from Luke we learn that 
one of them immediately repented. It is admitted by all that the con- 
version of the dying thief was a miracle of grace. What is gained then 
to the glory of this grace, by assuming that this sinner was not quite so 
bad as the other, and was, therefore, more easily inclined to repent ? Or 
what is lost from the glory of this grace, by supposing that he was mirac- 
ulously arrested in the very midst of his daring impiety? Have not 
other instances occurred where sinners, as in the case of Saul of Tarsus, 
have been made astonishing trophies of saving grace ? Luke does not 
disagree with Matthew and Mark : he only adds what they both omitted ; 
to wit, that one of the thieves added this prayer to his insulting rail- 
lery : " If thou be the Christ, save thyself and us.'"' This was rebuked 
by the other, who was, it would seem, already beginning to feel the in- 
fluence of the saving grace, and was shocked to hear his fellow-culprit 
blasphemously associate himself with one whom he regarded as entirely 
innocent, and who was being revealed to him as his Lord and Saviour. 
The one who became penitent may have been shocked at first by his 
own impiety, as other sinners have been ; and then he was additionally 
shocked at the wickedness of his companion in guilt and death, as 
would be quite natural. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 221 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday noon, March 26. 

So, proceeding step by step — first, as we may suppose, reproved by 
the Holy Spirit for his own sins ; then, as the narrative seems to indi- 
cate, discountenancing and rebuking the sin of his associate ; then con- 
fessing his own sins and the justness of his punishment ; next, taking 
the part of Christ, from a conviction of his innocence and goodness ; 
thus proving the illumination of the Divine Spirit, who has thus revealed 
unto him the true character and relation of the Lord Jesus Christ. 
Finally, faith springs up in his heart, and he turns to the Saviour with 
unfeigned penitence and trust, and meekly prays for the salvation of his 
own guilty, perishing soul ; " a brand plucked from the burning." 



CHAPTER IV. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEATH OF CHRIST. 

I. Darkness and Despair. 2. The Cry of Thirst. 3. Dying Utter- 
ances. 4. The Veil Rent ; The Graves Opened. 5. The Centurion 
Convinced. 6. Friendly Spectators. 7. Hastening Death. 8. The 
Water and Blood. 

Sec. 1. — Matt, xxvii. 45-47 ; Mark xv. 33-35 ; Luke xxiii. 44. 
Darkness and Despair. 

1 . 3 And it was about the sixth hour. 2 And when the 
sixth hour was come, there was darkness over the whole 
land, Yrom the sixth hour unto the ninth hour. 

2. And about the ninth hour, Jesus cried with a loud 
voice, saying, Eli ! Eli ! lama sabachthani ? 

3. 2 Which is, being interpreted, My God ! my God ! 

WHY HAST THOU FORSAKEN ME ? 

4. And some of them that stood by, when they heard 
zV, said, Behold, he calleth Elias. 

19* 



222 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday, 3 P. M. March 26. 

Sec. 2. — Matt, xxvii. 48, 49 ; Mark xv. 36 ; John xix. 28, 29. 
The Cry of Thirst, 

5. * After this, Jesus knowing that all things were now 
accomplished, that the Scripture might be fulfilled, saith, 
I thirst ! 

6. Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar. *And 
straightway one of them ran, and took a sponge, and 
filled it 2 full of vinegar, 4 and put it upon hyssop, ] on a 
reed, 4 and put it to his mouth, ] and gave him to drink. 

7. The rest said, Let be ; let us see whether Elias wi-11 
come 2 to take him down, 2 to save him. 



Sec 3. — Matt, xxvii. 50 ; Mark xv. 37 ; Luke xxiii. 46 ; John xix. 30. 
Dying Utterances. 

8. 4 When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, he 
said, It is finished ! 

9. 3 And when Jesus had [so] cried ] again, with a loud 
voice, 3 he said, Father, into thy hands I commend 

my SPIRIT. 

10. And having said thus, 4 he bowed his head, and 
gave up the ghost. 

Sec 4. — Matt, xxvii. 51-53 ; Mark xv. 38; Luke xxiii. 45. 
The Veil Rent ; The Graves Opened. 

11. 3 And the sun was darkened. *And behold, the 
veil of the Temple was rent in twain, 3 in the midst, Yrom 
the top to the bottom. 

12. And the earth did quake, and the rocks rent, and 
the graves were opened. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 223 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday, 3 P. M., March 26. 

13. And many bodies of the saints which slept, arose, 
and came out of the graves, after his resurrection, and 
went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. 



Sec 5. — Matt, xxvii. 54 ; Mark xv. 39 ; Luke xxiii. 47, 48. 
The Centurion Convinced. 

14. Wow when the centurion, and they that were with 
him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those 
things that were done ; they feared greatly, sayings Truly 
this was the Son of God. 

15. 2 And when the centurion, which stood over against 
him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, 3 he. 
glorified God, saying, Certainly this was a righteous man ; 
2 truly this man was the Son of God. 

16. 3 And all the people that came together to that sight, 
beholding the things which were done, smote their breasts, 
and returned. 

Sec 6. — Matt, xxvii. 55, 56 ; Mark xv. 40, 41 ; Luke xxiii. 49. 
Friendly Spectators. 

17. 3 And all his acquaintance, *and many women 2 also 
Hvere there, booking on, [who] 8 stood afar off, beholding 
these things : 

18. 2 Among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the 
mother of James the Less, and of Joses, and Salome, Hhe 
mother of Zebedee's children : 

19. 2 Who also, when he was in Galilee, followed him, 
and ministered unto him ; Hvhich followed Jesus [also] 
from Galilee, ministering unto him ; 2 and many other 
women which came up with him unto Jerusalem. 



224 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday afternoon, March 26. 

Sec. 7. — John xix. 31-33. 
Hastening Death. 

20. The Jews therefore, because it was the preparation, 
that the bodies should not remain upon the cross on the 
Sabbath day (for that Sabbath day was a high day), be- 
sought Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that 
they might be taken away. 

21. Then came the soldiers, and brake the legs of the 
first, and of the other which was crucified with him. 

22. But when they came to Jesus, and saw that he was 
dead already, they brake not his legs. 

Sec 8. — John xix. 34-37. 
The Water and Blood. 

23. But one of" the soldiers with a spear pierced his 
side, and forthwith came there out blood and water. 

24. And he that saw it bare record, and his record is 
true ; and he knoweth that he saith true, that ye might 
believe. 

25. For these things were done, that the Scripture 
should be fulfilled, A bone of him shall not be broken. 

26. And again another Scripture saith, They shall look 
on him whom they pierced. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 225 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday, near sunset, March 26. 

CHAPTER V. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH THE BURIAL OF CHRIST. 

I. The Body Sought for Burial. 2. The Body Obtained for Burial. 
3. The Body Embalmed. 4. The Body Buried. 5. Witnesses of 
the Burial. 6. The Sepulchre Secured. 

Sec. 1. — Matt, xxvii. 57, 58; Mark xv. 42, 43; Luke xxiii. 50-52, 54; 
John xix. 38. 

The Body Sought for Burial. 

1. 4 And after this, 2 when the even was come, because 
it was the preparation, that is, the day before the Sabbath, 
3 and the Sabbath drew on : 

2. Behold, Hhere came a rich man, named Joseph, of 
Arimathea, 3 a city of the Jews ; 2 an honorable counselor ; 
3 a good man, and a just : 

3. Who also himself waited for the kingdom of God ; 
4 being a disciple of Jesus, but secretly, for fear of the Jews. 

4. ( 3 The same had not consented to the counsel and 
deed of them.) 

5. *He 2 came, and went in boldly unto Pilate, and 
craved the body of Jesus, 4 and besought Pilate that he 
might take away the body of Jesus. 

Sec 2. — Matt, xxvii. 58, 59 ; Mark xv. 44-46 ; Luke xxiii. 53 ; Jolm 

xix. 38. 

The Body Obtained for Burial. 

6. 2 And Pilate marveled if he were already dead, and 
calling the centurion, he asked him whether he had been 
any while dead. 

K* 



226 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Seventh.] Calvary. [Friday ev'g, March 26. 

7. And when he knew it of the centurion, he gave 
4 leave. ^hen Pilate commanded the body to be deliv- 
ered 2 to Joseph. 

8. And he brought fine linen ; [and] 4 he came there- 
fore, and took the body of Jesus Mown* 

9. *And when Joseph had taken the body Mown, 'he 
wrapped it in a clean linen cloth. 



Sec. 3. — John xix. 39, 40. 
The Body Embalmed. 

10. And there came also Nicodemus (which at the first 
came to Jesus by night), and brought a mixture of myrrh 
and aloes, about a hundred pound weight. 

11. Then took they the body of Jesus, and wound it in 
linen clothes with the spices, as the manner of the Jews 
is to bury. 

Sec 4. — Matt, xxvii. 60 ; Mark xv. 46 ; Luke xxiii. 53 ; John xix. 41, 42. 
The Body Buried. 

12. 4 Now in the place where he was crucified there was 
a garden, and in the garden a new sepulchre, wherein was 
never man yet laid. 

13. There laid they Jesus therefore, because of the Jews' 
preparation day ; for the sepulchre was nigh at hand. 

14. [It was Joseph's] 'own new tomb, which he had 
hewn out in the rock. 

15. And he rolled a great stone to the door of the 
sepulchre, and departed. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 227 

Part Seventh.] The Sepulchre. [Friday ev'g, March 26. 

Sec. 5. — Matt, xxvii. 61 ; Mark xv. 47 ; Luke xxiii. 55, 56. 
Witnesses of the Burial. 

16. l A\\d there was Mary Magdalene, and the other 
Mary ( 2 the ??iother of Joses), fitting over against the 
sepulchre ; [and they] 2 beheld where he was laid. 

17. 3 And the women also which came with him from 
Galilee, followed after, and beheld the sepulchre, and how 
his body was laid. 

iS. And they returned, and prepared spices and oint- 
ments ; and rested the Sabbath day, according to the com- 
mandment. 

Sec 6. — Matt, xxvii. 62-66. 
The Sepulchre Secured. 

19. Now the next day, that followed the day of the pre- 
paration, the chief priests and Pharisees came together 
unto Pilate, 

20. Saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said, 
while he was yet alive, After three days I will rise again. 

21. Command therefore that the sepulchre be made 
sure until the third day, lest his disciples come by night, 
and steal him away, and say unto the people, He is risen 
from the dead : so the last error shall be worse than the 
first. * 

22. Pilate said unto them, Ye have a watch : go your 
way, make it as sure as ye can. 

23. So they went, and made the sepulchre sure, sealing 
the stone, and setting a watch. 



228 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Summary. [From the Resurrection to the Ascension. 



PART EIGHTH. 



SUMMARY. 

Time: Forty days — from the Resurrection to the Ascension. 
Principal Places : The Sepulchre, Emmaus, Jerusalem, Sea of Galilee, 

Mountain in Galilee, Mount of Olives. 
Principal Persons : Jesus, Mary Magdalene, Salome, Peter, John, Angels, 

Roman Guard, Apostles, Cleopas, Thomas. 
Principal Scenes and Subjects : 

Chap. I. — Scenes Associated with Christ's Resurrection. 
I. The Sepulchre Opened by an Angel. 2. The Sepulchre Visited, 
and found Empty. 3. The Tidings Carried to the Apostles. 4. The 
Resurrection Announced by an Angel. 5. The Tidings Confirmed 
by two Angels. 6. Flight from the Sepulchre. 7. Jesus Appears 
to the Women. 8. Report of the Guard. 9. Report of the Women. 

Chap. II. — Scenes Associated with Christ's Resurrection. 
1. Peter and John Visit the Sepulchre. 2. Jesus Appears to Mary 
Magdnlene. 3. Mary's Report to the Apostles. 

Chap. III. — Christ's Appearances to his Disciples, i. To 
Cleopas and his Friend. 2. Conversation by the Way. 3. Jesus 
Reveals Himself and Vanishes. 4. The Two Report to the Apostles. 

Chap. IV. — Christ's Appearances to the Apostles, i. First 
Appearance. 2. Their Understanding Opened. 3. Promise and 
Gift of the Spirit. 4. Apostolic Commission and Endowment. 
5. Incredulity of Thomas. 6. Conviction of Thomas. 7. Jesus 
Appears on a Mountain. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 229 

Part Eighth.] Summary. [From the Resurrection to the Ascension. 

Chap. V. — Third Appearance to the Apostles, i. The Apostles 
Fishing without Success. 2. Jesus Appears, and gives Success. 
3. The Loaded Net. 4. Dining with the Lord. 5. Peter Admon- 
ished of Duty and Death. 6. Mistake Concerning the Destiny of 
John. 7. Later Appearances of Christ. 

Chap. VI. — Last Appearance and Ascension, i. Jesus Meets 
the Apostles at Jerusalem. 2. Promise of Apostolic Endowment. 
3. The Final Apostolic Commission. 4. The Ascension. 5. The 
Promise of his Return. 6. Joy and Success of the Apostles. 7. John's 
Concluding Testimony. 

20 



230 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

CHAPTER I. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH CHRIST'S RESURRECTION. 

I. The Sepulchre Opened by an Angel. 2. The Sepulchre Visited, and 
found Empty. 3. The Tidings Carried to Peter and John. 4. The 
Resurrection Announced by an Angel. 5. The Tidings Confirmed 
by two Angels. 6. Flight from the Sepulchre. 7. Jesus Appears 
to the Women. 8. Report of the Guard. 9. Report of the Women. 

Sec. 1. — Matt, xxviii. 2-4; Mark xvi. 1. 
The Sepulchre Opened by an Angel. 

1. 2 And when the Sabbath was past, Mary Magdalene, 
and Mary the mother of James, and Salome, had bought 
sweet spices, that they might come and anoint [Jesus]. 

2. *And behold, there was a great earthquake ; for the 
angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and 
rolled back the stone from the door [of the sepulchre,] 
and sat upon it. 

3. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment 
white as snow ; and for fear of him the keepers did shake, 
and became as dead men. 

Sec 2. — Matt, xxviii. I ; Mark xvi. 2-4 ; Luke xxiv. 1-3 ; John xx. 1, 2. 
The Sepulchre Visited, and found Empty. 

4. 3 Now, a in the end of the Sabbath, 3 very early in the 
morning, *as it began to dawn toward the first day of the 
week, Vhen it was yet dark, ] came Mary Magdalene, and 
the other Mary, to see the sepulchre : 

5. 3 Bringing the spices which they had prepared, and 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 231 

Tart Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

certain others with them ; ''and they came unto the sepul- 
chre at the rising of the sun.* 

6. And they said among themselves, Who shall roll us 
away the stone from the door of the sepulchre? for it was 
very great. 

7. And when they looked, they saw that the stone was 
rolled away 3 from the sepulchre. 

8. And they entered in, and found not the body of the 
Lord Jesus. 

Sec. 3. — John xx. 2. 
The Tidings Carried to Peter and yohn. 

9. Then [Mary Magdalene] runneth, and cometh to 
Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, 
and saith unto them : 

10. They have taken away the Lord out of the sepul- 
chre, and we know not w T here they have laid him. 

Sec 4. — Matt, xxviii. 5-7 ; Mark xvi. 5-7. 
The Resurrection Announced by an Angel. 

[i. 2 And [the women] entering into the sepulchre, saw 
a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long 
white garment ; and they were affrighted. 

* " Accordingly, when the Sabbath was past, Mary Magdalene getting 
the other women together, she and they set out very early in the morn- 
ing, to visit the holy sepulchre, and about sun-rising they got to it." — 
Burkitt. This, in few words, appears to be both a scriptural and 
rational statement of the facts in the case. Notwithstanding the appa- 
rent plerplexity of many of the attempted explanations of this part of 
the narrative, there is no occasion for anything labored or far-fetched. 
The arrangement here exhibited is doubtless sufficient for all practical 
purposes. 



232 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

12. *And the angel answered and said unto the women, 
Fear not ye ; for I know that ye seek Jesus 2 of Nazareth, 
which was crucified. 

13. x He is not here ; for he is risen, as he said. Come, 
see the place where the Lord lay. 

14. And go 2 your way Quickly, and tell his disciples, 
2 and Peter, *that he is risen from the dead. 

15. And behold, he goeth before you into Galilee : there 
shall ye see him, 2 as he said unto you. *Lo, I have told 
you. 

Sec. 5. — (Luke's account). Luke xxiv. 4-7. 

The Tidings Confirmed by two Angels. 

16. And it came to pass, as they were much perplexed 
thereabout, behold, two men stood by them in shining 
garments : 

17. And as they were afraid, and bowed down their 
faces to the earth, they said unto them, Why seek ye the 
living among the dead? 

18. He is not here, but is risen : remember how he 
spake unto you when he was yet in Galilee, 

19. Saying, the Son of man must be delivered into the 
hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day 
rise again. 

Sec 6. — Matt, xxviii. 8 ; Mark xvi. 8 ; Luke xxiv. 8. 
Flight from the Sepulchre. 

20. 3 And they remembered his words ; 2 and they went 
out quickly, and fled from the sepulchre ; for they trem- 
bled, and were amazed. 

21. Neither said they anything to any man; for they 
were afraid. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 233 

Part Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., Marches. 

22. 1 And they departed quickly from the sepulchre, with 
fear, and great joy ; and did run to bring his disciples 
word. 



Sec 7. — Mark xxviii. 9, 10. 
Jesus Appears to the Wo?7ien. 

23. And as they went to tell his disciples, behold, Jesus 
met them, saying, All hail ! 

24. And they came, and held him by the feet, and 
worshiped him. 

25. Then said Jesus unto them, Be not afraid; go tell 
my brethren, that they go into Galilee, and there shall 
they see me. 

Sec 8. — Matt, xxviii. 11-15. 
Report of the Guard. 

26. Now when they were going, behold, some of the 
watch came into the city, and showed unto the chief 
priests all the things that were done. 

27. And when they were assembled with the elders, 
and had taken counsel, they gave large money unto the 
soldiers, 

28. Saying, Say ye, His disciples came by night, and 
stole him away while we slept. 

29. And if this come to the governor's ears, we will 
persuade him, and secure you. 

30. So they took the money, and did as they were 
taught : and this saying is commonly reported among the 
Jews until this day. 

20* 



234 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Near the Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

Sec. 9. — Luke xxiv. 9-1 1. 
Report of the Women. 

31. And [they] returned from the sepulchre, and told 
all these things unto the Eleven, and to the rest. 

32. It was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of 
James, and others with them, which told these things 
unto the apostles. 

33. And their words seemed to them as idle tales ; and 
they believed them not. 

Note. — Luke does not relate the particulars of Christ's appearing 
either to Mary Magdalene or to the other women ; but, without giving 
the particulars, he supplies a general statement of the fact, that it was 
Mary Magdalene and the other women who were usually associated with 
her, who reported these things to the Apostles. 

But John, writing subsequently, relates the particulars of the appear- 
ance to Mary, as Matthew gives the particulars of the appearance to the 
other women. Such facts as these show the use and importance of such 
a harmony as is here attempted, where we may conveniently read and 
remember, in their appropriate order, all that Inspiration has caused to 
be put upon record. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 235 

Part Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

CHAPTER II. 

SCENES ASSOCIATED WITH CHRIST'S RESURRECTION. 

I. Peter and John Visit the Sepulchre. 2. Jesus Appears to Mary Mag- 
dalene. 3. Mary's Report to the Apostles. 

Sec. 1. — Luke xxiv. 12 ; John xx. 3-10. 
Peter and John Visit the Sepulchre. 

1. Then arose Peter, therefore, and went forth, and 
that other disciple, 3 and ran, 4 and came to the sepul- 
chre. 

2. So they ran both together ; and the other disciple 
did outrun Peter, and came first to the sepulchre. 

3. And he, stooping down, saw the linen clothes lying ; 
yet went he not in. 

4. Then cometh Simon Peter, following him 3 unto the 
sepulchre, and stooping down, Hvent into the sepulchre, 
and 3 beheld the linen clothes laid by themselves : 

5. 4 And the napkin that was about his head, not lying 
with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place 
by itself. 

6. Then went in also that other disciple, which came 
first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and believed. 

7. For as yet they knew not the Scripture, that he must 
rise again from the dead. 

8. Then the disciples went away again unto their own 
home. 

9. 3 And [Peter] departed, wondering in himself at that 
which was come to pass. 



236 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

Sec. 2. — John xx. n-17. 
Jesus Appears to Mary Magdalene. 

10. But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping : 
and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the 
sepulchre, 

11. And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at 
the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus 
had lain. 

12. And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou ? 

13. She saith unto them, Because they have taken away 
my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him. 

14. And when she had thus said, she turned herself back, 
and saw Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus. 

15. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? 
whom seekest thou? 

16. She, supposing him to be the gardener, saith unto 
him, Sir, if thou have borne him hence, tell me where 
thou hast laid him, and I will take him away. 

17. Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned herself, 
and saith unto him, Rabboni ; which is to say, Master. 

18. Jesus saith unto her, Touch me not; for I am not 
yet ascended to my Father : 

19. But go to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend 
unto my Father, and your Father ; and to my God, and 
your God. 

Sec 3. — Mark xvi. 9-1 1 ; John xx. 18. 
Mary's Report to the Apostles. 

20. 2 Now when Jesus was risen early, the first day of 
the week, he [thus] appeared first to Mary Magdalene, 
out of whom he had cast seven devils.* 

* Note, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 237 



Part Eighth.] The Sepulchre. [Sunday morn., March 28. 

21. And she went and told 'the disciples 2 that had been 
with him, as they mourned and wept, 4 that she had seen 
the Lord, and that he had spoken these things unto her. 

22. And they, when they had heard that he was alive, 
and had been seen of her, believed not. 

Note. — The statement of Mark, that Jesus appeared first to Mary 
Magdalene, has occasioned much embarrassment in the harmony of this 
portion of the history. Various methods have been adopted to harmon- 
ize this statement with the narrative of Matthew, which seems to make 
it certain that the first appearance was to the other women, as they were 
returning in haste from the sepulchre. But, after all, it may not be ne- 
cessary to understand Mark as affirming that the first of all the appear- 
ances was to Mary Magdalene ; for Mark does not refer at all to the ap- 
pearance to the other women, and mentions only three of the nine 
successive appearances. Omitting six of the nine, of the three which 
he does mention the first was to Mary Magdalene. Perhaps this is all 
that his words were intended to affirm ; and, if so, the whole occasion 
of the embarrassment is removed. Or it may be that he intended to 
include both of the first manifestations in one ; for they must have oc- 
curred almost simultaneously; and as Mary Magdalene was the most 
prominent and the foremost person of the company, her name alone is 
given, not to the exclusion of the other persons of the company, who 
were at first and at last associated with her, but rather to identify the 
occurrence by giving the name of the representative person. 



238 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Way to Emmaus. [Sunday afternoon, March 28. 

CHAPTER III. 
Christ's appearances to his disciples. 

1. Jesus Appears to Cleopas and his Friend. 2. Conversation by the 
Way. 3. Jesus Reveals Himself and Vanishes. 4. The Appear- 
ance Reported to the Apostles. 

Sec. 1. — Mark xvi. 12; Luke xxiv. 13-16. 
Jesus Appears to Cleopas* and his Friend. 

1. 2 After that, he appeared in another form unto two 
of them, as they walked, and went into the country [on 
this wise] : 

2. 3 And behold, two of them went that same day to a 
village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem three- 
score furlongs. 

3. And they talked together of all these things which 
had happened. 

4. And it came to pass, that, while they communed 
together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near, and 
went with them. 

5. But their eyes were holden that they should not 
know him. 

Sec 2. — Luke xxiv. 17-27. 
Conversation by the Way. 

6. And he said unto them, What manner of communi- 
cations are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, 
and are sad? 

7. And one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answer- 

* Note 1, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 239 

Part Eighth.] Way to Emmaus. [Sunday afternoon. March 28. 

ing said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, 
and hast not known the things which are come to pass 
there in these days? 

8. And he said unto them, What things? And they 
said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was 
a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all 
the people : 

9. And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered 
him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. 

10. But we trusted that it had been he which should 
have redeemed Israel : and beside all this, to-day is the 
third day since these things were done. 

11. Yea, and certain women also of our company made 
us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre ; 

12. And when they found not his body, they came, 
saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which 
said that he was alive. 

13. And certain of them which were with us went to 
the sepulchre, and found it even so as the woman had 
said : but him they saw not. 

14. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart, 
to believe all that the prophets have spoken : 

15. Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and 
to enter into his glory? 

16. And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he 
expounded unto them in all the Scriptures the things con- 
cerning himself. 

Sec. 3. — Luke xxiv. 28-32. 

Jesus Reveals himself and Vanishes. 

17. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they 
went : and he made as though he would have gone 
further. 



240 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Sunday ev'g, March 28. 

18. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us; 
for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And 
he went in to tarry with them. 

19. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, 
he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to 
them. 

20. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him ; 
and he vanished out of their sight. 

21. And they said one to another, Did not our heart 
burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and 
while he opened to us the Scriptures? 

Sec. 4. — Mark xvi. 13 ; Luke xxiv. 33-35. 
The Appearance Reported to the Apostles. 

22. 3 And they rose up the same hour, and returned to 
Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and 
them that were with them, 

23. Saying, The Lord is risen indeed, and hath ap- 
peared to Simon. [See Note 2.] 

24. And they told what things were done in the way, 
and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. 
2 Neither believed they them. 

Note i. — Dr. Robinson supposes that the " Cleopas" here mentioned 
is not the same person that is mentioned in John xix. 25. He says of 
the latter, " The marginal reading of the English version is the proper - 
one, viz., Clopas, instead of Cleophas. It is strictly a Greek form of a 
Hebrew name, which is elsewhere represented by Alpheus. The Clopas 
of Luke xxiv. 18 is a different name, of regular Greek derivation, and 
belongs to another person." — Eng. Har. 

Note 2. — Precisely when our Lord appeared to Simon Peter, and in 
what circumstances, the Holy Spirit has not seen it proper to reveal. 
It was, of course, sometime during the Sunday on which he rose, and 
was, without doubt, after the two disciples had left Jerusalem to go to 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 241 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Sunday ev'g, March 28. 

Emmaus. If it had been before, they would undoubtedly have heard of 
it. The Shepherd had been smitten, and the sheep had been scattered. 
" Tell his disciples and Peter," would seem to imply that he was not 
with the rest. Indeed, the company appears to have been broken up, 
and scattered about among their friends, wherever they could find a 
place to mourn and weep. The startling news of the resurrection, 
whether believed or not, would naturally induce them to come together. 
So, now, for the first time since their dispersion, they are represented as 
having generally met in the evening. Perhaps the report of the appear- 
ance to Peter had just been made known, and the Eleven were just con- 
versing about it for the first time when the two disciples from Emmaus 
entered, and found them thus engaged. 



CHAPTER IV. 
Christ's appearances to the apostles. 

I. First Appearance. 2. Their Understanding Opened. 3. Promise 
and Gift of the Spirit. 4. Apostolic Commission and Endowment. 
5. Incredulity of Thomas. 6. Conviction of Thomas. 7. Jesus 
Appears on a Mountain. 

Sec. i. — Mark xvi. 14 ; Xuke xxiv. 36-40 ; John xx. 19, 20. 
First Appearance, 

1. 2 Afterward, 4 the same day at evening, being the 
first day of the week, when the doors were shut where 
the disciples were assembled, for fear of the Jews : 

2. 3 As they thus spake,* Jesus himself stood in the 
midst of them, 2 and appeared unto the Eleven, as they sat 
at meat, 3 and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. 

* As they "are represented in the closing section of the preceding 
chapter. 

21 L 



242 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Sunday ev'g, March 28. 

3. But they were terrified and affrighted, and supposed 
that they had seen a spirit. 

4. And he said unto them, Why are ye troubled? and 
why do thoughts arise in your hearts ? 

5. Behold my hands and my feet, that it is I myself. 
Handle me and see ; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, 
as ye see me have. 

6. And when he had thus spoken, he showed them his 
hands, and his feet, 4 and his side. 

7. Then were the disciples glad when they saw the 
Lord. 

8. And 2 he upbraided them with their unbelief and 
hardness of heart, because they believed not them which 
had seen him after he was risen. 

Sec 2. — Luke xxiv. 41-48. 
Their Understanding Opened. 

9. And while they yet believed not for joy, and won- 
dered, he said unto them, Have ye here any meat? 

10. And they gave him a piece of a broiled fish, and of 
a honeycomb. 

11. And he took zV, and did eat before them. 

12. And he said unto them, These are the words which 
I spake unto you, while I was yet w r ith you, that all things 
must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of 
Moses, and in the prophets, and in the psalms, concern- 
ing me. 

13. Then opened he their understanding, that they 
might understand the Scriptures, 

14. And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it 
behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the 
third day : 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 243 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Sunday ev*g, March 28. 

15. And that repentance and remission of sins should 
be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at 
Jerusalem. 

16. And ye are witnesses of these things. 



Sec. 3. — Luke xxiv. 49 ; John xx. 21-23. 
Promise and Gift of the Spirit. 

17. 3 And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon 
you : but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be en- 
dued with power from on high. 

18. *Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you : 
as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you. 

19. And when he had said this, he breathed on them, 
and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost : 

20. Whosesoever sins ye remit, they are remitted 
unto them ; and whosesoever sins ye retain, they are re- 
tained. 

Sec 4. — Mark xvi. 15-18. 
Apostolic Commission and Endowment. 

21. And he said unto them, Go ye into all the world, 
and preach the gospel to every creature. 

22. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved ; 
but he that believeth not shall be damned. 

23. And these signs shall follow them that believe ; In 
my name shall they cast out devils ; they shall speak with 
new tongues ; 

24. They shall take up serpents ; and if they drink any 
deadly thing, it shall not hurt them ; they shall lay hands 
on the sick, and they shall recover. 



244 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Sunday ev'g, March 28. 

Sec. 5. — John xx. 24, 25. 
Incredulity of Thomas. 

25. But Thomas, one of the Twelve, called Didymus, 
was not with them when Jesus came. 

26. The other disciples therefore said unto him, We 
have seen the Lord. 

27. But he said unto them, Except I shall see in his 
hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the 
print of the nails, and thrust my hand into his side, I will 
not believe. 

Sec 6. — John xx. 26-29. 

Conviction of Thomas. [Sunday, April 4.] 

28. And after eight days again his disciples were within, 
and Thomas with them : 

29. Then came Jesus, the doors being shut, and stood 
in the midst, and said, Peace be unto you. 

30. Then saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy finger, 
and behold my hands ; reach hither thy hand, and thrust 
it into my side ; and be not faithless, but believing. 

31. And Thomas answered and said unto him, My 
Lord and my God !* 

32. Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast 
seen me, thou hast believed : blessed are they that have 
not seen, and yet have believed. 

Sec 7. — Matt, xxviii. 16, 17. 
Jesus Appears on a Mountain. 

33. Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, 
into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. 

* Note, end of chapter. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 245 

Part Eighth.] Sea of Galilee. [Early in April. 

34. And when they saw him, they worshiped him : but 
some doubted. 

Note. — " What a strange declaration Thomas makes of his obstinate 
unbelief ! — ' Except I see the print of the nails, and put my finger into 
the print of the nails, and thrust my hand into his side, I will not be- 
lieve.' Where note, How strangely rooted unbelief is in the hearts of 
holy men ; insomuch, that they desire that the objects of faith should 
fall under the view of their senses. Thomas carries his faith at his 
finger's end ; he will believe no more than he can see or feel ; whereas 
faith is the evidence of things not seen. O Thomas, how deplorable had 
been thy case, if Christ had never given thee that proof, which was very 
unreasonable for thee to expect ! . . . . How mercifully Christ 
overruled Thomas' unbelief for the confirmation of our faith ! There- 
fore saith Gregory well, ' Had not Thomas doubted, we had not been so 
well assured that it was the same Christ that was crucified who rose 
again.' " — Burkitt. 



CHAPTER V. 

THIRD APPEARANCE TO THE APOSTLES. 

I. The Apostles Fishing without Success. 2. Jesus Appears andjgives 
Success. 3. The Loaded Net. 4. Dining with the Lord. 5. Peter 
Admonished of Duty and Death. 6. Mistake Concerning the Des- 
tiny of John. 7. Later Appearances of Christ. 

Sec. 1. — John xxi. 1-3. 
The Apostles Fish without Success. 

1. After these things Jesus showed himself again to 
the disciples at the sea of Tiberias ; and on this wise 
showed he himself. 

2. There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas 

21* 



246 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Sea of Galilee. [Early in April. 

called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee, and 
the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples. 

3. Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a-fishing. They 
say unto him, We also go with thee. 

4. They went forth, and entered into a ship immedi- 
ately ; and that night they caught nothing. 



Sec. 2. — John xxi. 4-6. 
Jesus Appears and gives Success. 

5. But when the morning was now come, Jesus stood 
on the shore ; but the disciples knew not that it was 
Jesus. 

6. Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any 
meat? They answered him, No. 

7. And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right 
side of the ship, and ye shall find. 

8. They cast therefore, and now they were not able to 
draw it for the multitude of fishes. 

Sec 3. — John xxi. 7-1 1. 
The Loaded Net. 

9. Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto 
Peter, It is the Lord. 

10. Now when Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, 
he girt his fisher's coat unto him (for he was naked), and 
did cast himself into the sea. 

11. And the other disciples came in a little ship (for 
they were not far from land, but as it were two hundred 
cubits), dragging the net with fishes. 

12. As soon then as they were come to land, they saw 
a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bread. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 247 

. 9 

Part Eighth.] Sea of Galilee. [ Marly in April. 

13. Jesus saith unto them. Bring of the fish which ye 
have now caught. 

14. Simon Peter w r ent up, and drew the net to land full 
of great fishes, a hundred and fifty and three : and for all 
there were so many, yet was not the net broken. 

Sec. 4. — John xxi. 12, 14. 
Dining with the Lord. 

15. Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine. 

16. And none of the disciples durst ask him, Who art 
thou? knowing that it was the Lord. 

17. Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and giveth 
them, and fish likewise. 

iS. This is now the third time that Jesus showed him- 
self to his disciples, after that he was risen from the dead. 

Sec 5. — John xxi. 15719. 
Peter Admonished of Duty and Death. 

19. So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon 
Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than 
these ? 

20. He saith unto him, Yea, Lord ; thou knowest that 
I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my lambs. 

21. He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son 
of Jonas, lovest thou me ? 

22. He saith unto him, Yea, Lord ; thou knowest that 
I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep. 

23. He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of 
Jonas, lovest thou me ? 

24. Peter was grieved because he said unto him the 
third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, 



248 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

9 _ 

Part Eighth.] Sea of Galilee. [Early in April. 

Lord, thou knowest all things ; thou knowest that I love 
thee. Jesus saith unto him, Feed my sheep. 

25. Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast 
young, thou girdedst thyself, and walkedst whither thou 
wouldest : 

26. But when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth 
thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee 
whither thou wouldest not. 

27. This spake he, signifying by what death he should 
glorify God. And when he had spoken this, he saith 
unto him, Follow me. 

Sec. 6. — John xxi. 20-24. 
Mistake Concerning the Destiny of yohn. 

28. Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom 
Jesus loved following ; which also leaned on his breast 
at supper, and said, Lord, which is he that betrayeth 
thee ? 

29. Peter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what 
shall this man do? 

30. Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I 
come, what is that to thee ? follow thou me. 

31. Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, 
that that disciple should not die : yet Jesus said not unto 
him, He shall not die ; but, If I will that he tarry till I 
come, what is that to thee ? 

32. This is the disciple which testifieth of these things, 
and wrote these things : and we know that his testimony 
is true. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 249 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Thursday, May 6. 

Sec. 7. — 1 Cor. xv. 6, 7 ; Acts i. 3 
Later Appearances. [Late in April.] 

33. After that he was seen of above five hundred breth- 
ren at once ; of whom the greater part remain unto this 
present ; but some are fallen asleep. After that he was 
seen of James ; then of all the apostles: [1 Cor.] 

34. To whom also he showed himself alive, after his 
passion, by many infallible proofs ; being seen of them 
forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the 
kingdom of God. [Acts.] 



CHAPTER VI. 

LAST APPEARANCE AND ASCENSION. 

I. Jesus meets the Apostles at Jerusalem. 2. Promise of Apostolic En- 
dowment. 3. The Final Apostolic Commission. 4. The Ascension. 
5. The Promise of his Return. 6. Joy and Success of the Apostles. 
7. John's Concluding Testimony. 

Sec. 1. — Acts i. 4, 5. 
yesus Meets the Apostles at Jerusalem. 

1. And being assembled together with them, com- 
manded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, 
but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, 
ye have heard of me. 

2. For John truly baptized with water ; but ye shall be 
baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence. 

L* 



250 THE CLOSING SCENES OF 

Part Eighth.] Jerusalem. [Thursday, May 6. 

Sec. 2. — Acts i. 6-8. 
Promise of Apostolic Endowment. 

3. When they therefore were come together, they asked 
of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again 
the kingdom to Israel? 

4. And he said unto them, It is not for you to know 
the times or the seasons which the Father hath put in his 
own power. 

5. But ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost 
is come upon you : 

6. And ye shall be witnesses unto me, both in Jerusa- 
lem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the utter- 
most part of the earth. 

Sec 3. — Matt, xxviii. 18-20. 
. The Final Apostolic Commission. 

7. And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All 
power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. 

8. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing 
them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of 
the Holy Ghost : 

9. Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I 
have commanded you : and, lo, I am with you alway, 
even unto the end of the world. Amen. 

Sec 4. — Mark xvi. 19 ; Luke xxiv. 50, 51 ; Acts i. 9.* 
The Ascension. 

10. 2 So then, after the Lord had spo*ken unto them 

* Acts is No. 5. 



THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 251 

Part Eighth.] Mount Olivet. [Thursday, May 6. 

5 these things, 3 he led them out as far as to Bethany ; and 
he lifted up his hands, and blessed them. 

11. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was 
parted from them. 

12. 5 And while they beheld, he was taken up; and a 
cloud received him out of their sight. 

13. 3 And 2 he was 'carried up, 2 [and] received up into 
heaven ; and sat on the right hand of God. 

Sec. 5. — Acts i. 10, 11. 
Promise of his Return. 

14. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven 
as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white 
apparel ; 

15. Which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye 
gazing up into heaven ? 

16. This same Jesus which is taken up from you into 
heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him 
go into heaven. 

Sec 6. — Mark xvi. 20; Luke xxiv. 52, 53 ; Acts i. 12. 
Joy and Success of the Apostles. 

17. 3 And they worshiped him, and 5 then returned they 
unto Jerusalem, 3 with great joy, 5 from the mount called 
Olivet, which is from Jerusalem a Sabbath-day's journey : 

18. 3 And were continually in the Temple, praising and 
blessing God. 

19. 2 And they went forth, and preached everywhere, 
the Lord working with them, and confirming the word 
with signs following. Amen. 



252 THE CLOSING SCENES. 

Part Eighth.] Mount Olivet. [Thursday, May 6. 

Sec. 7. — John xx. 30, 31 ; and xxi. 25. 
John's Concludiitg Testimony. 

20. And many other signs truly did Jesus in the pre- 
sence of his disciples, which are not written in this book : 

21. But these are written, that ye might believe that 
Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God ; and that believing 
ye might have life through his name. 

22. And there are also many other things which Jesus 
did, the which, if they should be written every one, I sup- 
pose that even the world itself could not contain the books 
that should be written. Amen. 



APPENDIX. 



OBSERVATIONS ON THE TRIAL OF CHRIST. 

I. Special Observations on the Trial of Christ: 

In which the apparent discrepancies of the four Gospel narratives are 
harmonized ; and showing that Christ was twice arraigned before 
the Jewish council. 
Some of the Harmonies of this portion of the Gospels exhibit much 

confusion and inconsistency, in respect to the order of the successive 

events in the judicial proceedings against Christ. Some arrange the 

events as follows : 

1. A trial before the ex-high priest Annas ; thus applying John xviii. 
19-24 ; and, in connection with this trial, they bring in Peter's denial of 
his Lord, which of course is assumed to have been at the house of 
Annas. 

2. A trial before Caiaphas ; thus applying Matt. xxvi. 59-68, Mark 
xiv. 55-65, Luke xxii. 63-71. And, succeeding this, the personal abuse 
which Christ suffered from his keepers. 

3. A consultation of the whole Sanhedrim about putting Christ to 
death, followed by his being delivered to Pilate. 

Now this arrangement of the several events is objectionable, for the 
following reasons : 1. It is neither in harmony with itself, nor with the 
sacred history : for the supposition that a trial was had before Annas, as 
above noticed, is not only without Scripture proof, but palpably at vari- 
ance with the Scripture narrative. For Matt. xxvi. 57-66 states dis- 
tinctly, that the trial associated with Peter's apostasy was at the palace 
of Caiaphas the high priest (v. 57, 58). Now, inasmuch as there is no 
Scripture account in conflict with this, those who assume that it was not 
22 253 



254 APPENDIX. 

General Observations on the Trial of Christ. 

before Caiaphas, but before Annas, have manifestly fallen into a grave 
mistake, amounting to nothing less than a palpable contradiction of the 
inspired history. 

2. Such an arrangement of these events is evidently inconsistent with 
itself : for it maintains that the trial before Caiaphas, instead of being in 
the night, was after daylight in the morning, being subsequent to the 
time of Luke xxii. 66, which says, " And as soon as it was day," etc. ; 
thus making the whole of the proceedings recorded in Matt, xxvi 59-68, 
Mark xiv. 55-65, Luke xxii. 67-71, to have been in the council, which 
did not assemble until "it was day." And then, still subsequent to this, 
the proceedings narrated in Matt, xxvii. 1, Mark xv. 1 ; notwithstanding 
the manner in which Matthew introduces this part of the proceedings : 
" When the morning was come," etc. 

And finally, this arrangement of the events makes it necessary to sup- 
pose that Annas was the person called "the high priest" by John, chap, 
xviii. 19, which is not only without Scripture authority, but plainly at 
variance with Matthew, who says it was Caiaphas, chap. xxvi. 57 ; and 
also at variance with John himself, who says, in the same connection, 
" Now Annas had sent him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest." 
Chap, xviii. 24. 

Now it is perfectly plain from Matt. xxvi. 57 that the high priest was 
Caiaphas. And it is just as plain that the trial before the high priest, 
with which Peter's denial was associated, was this same high priest, 
Caiaphas. And it is not the less certain that this occurred in the night, 
" before the cock crew" for morning. Hence there was another council 
called by Caiaphas, which assembled as soon "as it was day.'''' 

2. General Observations on the Trial of Christ : 

In which a consecutive narration of the different proceedings is given ; 

showing why he was twice examined before the Jewish council ; 

and why the case was then carried before the Roman governor ; 

and why the original complaint was dropped, on which he had been 

convicted and condemned to die, and a new complaint instituted. 
Among harmonists and expositors generally, considerable embarrass- 
ment has been occasioned by the apparent discrepancies which the four 
Gospels exhibit in the several accounts of the judicial proceedings 
against our Lord before Caiaphas and the Sanhedrim. Without assum- 
ing the office of the expositor, it may be expedient, nevertheless, to sug- 



APPENDIX. 255 

General Observations on the Trial of Christ. 

gest an easy and harmonious method of reconciling the several Gospel 
narratives. 

The Jewish rulers desired to apprehend Jesus, but " not on the feast- 
day, lest there should be an uproar among the people." Matt. xxvi. 5. 

This they doubtless communicated to Judas when the bargain was 
made with him to betray his Master unto them ; for " he sought oppor- 
tunity how he might conveniently betray him unto them, in the absence 
of the multitude." Mark xiv. n, Luke xxii. 6. 

But, after all, Judas came to apprehend Jesus, not only with the band 
of soldiers and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, with lanterns 
and torches and weapons, but also with " a great multitude." John xviii. 
3, Matt. xxvi. 47. 

All this indicates an anticipation of resistance and tumult. Besides, 
it was done only the night previous to the passover, when we may rea- 
sonably suppose Jerusalem and the vicinity were thronged with people, 
many of w T hom would be friendly to Jesus. John xii. 19. 

The consummation of the treason of Judas, in arresting Jesus under 
these circumstances, appears to have been precipitate, and perhaps con- 
trary to the wishes of the more prudent of the Jewish rulers. And it is 
not unlikely that they were somewhat unprepared for the complete suc- 
cess of their unholy conspiracy. 

But Judas was doubtless eager to obtain the money which " they cove- 
nanted to give him," and which, as it seems, they did give him the very 
night of the arrest. Matt, xxvii. 3. And, furthermore, Judas, and the 
rulers likewise, might have feared that Jesus would leave Jerusalem as 
soon as the feast was over, and deprive them of the opportunity of ar- 
resting him for a long time. 

So, after waiting for several days, watching for a chance when he 
might " conveniently betray him" " in the absence of the multitude," 
and fearing that no better opportunity would offer, the traitor leads out 
his army, who were undoubtedly instructed to be in readiness at a mo- 
ment's notice, and conducts them to the sacred retreat where " Jesus 
often resorted," and, with unexpected good-fortune, perhaps, finds Jesus 
comparatively alone ; and thus he makes the arrest, and puts the prisoner 
in bonds. His cruel work is now completed, according to his contract 
with his employers, and he now receives and pockets his coveted re- 
ward, and is for a little, as we may suppose, happy in having finished 
his labor, and in having obtained his wages. Most miserable man ! we 
shall hear from thee again in the morning. Matt, xxvii. 1-5. 



256 APPENDIX. 



General Observations on the Trial of Christ. 



The prisoner is now in custody ; but what shall be done with him ? 
This is the thing to be decided. It is the midnight hour : it is not 
usual, perhaps not even legal, for the great council to assemble at that 
unseasonable hour. Many of the members would be at their homes in 
the city, widely separated, and some at their residences in the villages 
about. They are not expecting to be called together then, and it must 
have been impracticable at such an hour to assemble the entire San- 
hedrim. 

So the captors of Jesus, after securing him with bonds, " led him away 
to Annas first ;" not because he was the high priest, but because " he 
was father-in-law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year." 
John xviii. 13. Annas perhaps lived near at hand, and the prisoner 
might be safely secured there ; and, at all events, the aged ex-high priest 
was a man of influence and authority in the nation, and might direct how 
to proceed in the case, and what disposition might be made of the 
prisoner. 

Those who suppose that Jesus was conducted to Annas first, in order 
to have a judicial examination, or that any part of the recorded judicial 
proceedings took place before Annas, have never been able to show any 
satisfactory proofs from the Scripture history. The language of the 
record is manifestly unfavorable to such a conclusion. Perhaps nothing 
more was sought to be accomplished, by conducting the prisoner first to 
the ex-high priest, than to give to the high priest Caiaphas a little time 
to collect together as many as practicable of the great council, in order 
to have an informal, perhaps a merely preparatory, court, and thus pro- 
vide for a more regular and legal investigation at a more appropriate 
time, and in the proper place in the Temple, and in this way to conduct 
the proceedings more in accordance with the law and common usage. 

So, as we may suppose, as soon as this unusual and hastily summoned, 
informal court was ready to receive the prisoner, he was sent by Annas 
bound to Caiaphas the high priest. John xviii. 24. For the high priest 
was the president of the Sanhedrim, and was of course the proper per- 
son to preside over the judicial proceedings. 

This brings us to the first trial before the high priest, which was in 
his own house and at the dead hour of the night. Of this preliminary, 
and, as we have suggested, rather informal, procedure, we have the com- 
bined records in Part VI., Chap. III. 

From the record we learn the following particulars : 

1. That the high priest sought, by questioning Jesus about his dis- 



APPENDIX. -257 



Genera] < Observations on the Trial of Christ 



ciples and his doctrines, to find something, as we may suppose, that 
might be used as a matter of complaint.* 

2. Having tailed. to lead Jesus to criminate himself, or to say anything 
of which advantage might be taken, they then sought for false witnesses 
to prove something against him ; and in this also they failed to succeed. 

3. Then the high priest stood up in his place, and strenuously sought 
to provoke Jesus to make some reply to the false witnesses. But Jesus 
refused to answer, and so this effort also failed. 

4. Then the high priest solemnly adjured Jesus to declare whether he 
was indeed the Christ. To this direct adjuration Jesus gave an affirma- 
tive answer. • 

5. This confession of his Messiahship was judged by the court to be 
blasphemy, punishable by death. And so, for confessing the truth, they 
judged him to be "guilty of death." Matt. xxvi. 66. 

This issue of the proceedings was not perhaps anticipated by them, 
and they were probably quite unprepared to meet it. They had, as it 
appears, found the prisoner liable to capital punishment by the decision 
of an informal, and perhaps strictly illegal, court. To put a man upon 
trial for his life, to find him guilty 7 , and pass the sentence of death upon 
him at a court thus convened, would have appeared too unprecedented, 
and too manifestly irregular and severe, to satisfy the convictions of the 
multitudes, who excited more or less the fears of the chief priests and 
rulers, and before whom the priests and rulers wished to have at least 
the appearance of proceeding legally and justly. 

So the court adjourned to meet " as soon as it was day" the next 
morning, at the usual place of judicial proceedings in such cases, in the 
Temple, leaving the prisoner during the interval in the custody of his 
military guard, who took that opportunity to inflict upon him the out- 
rageous personal abuse which is described in Matt. xxvi. 67, 68, Mark 
xiv. 65. 

In the morning, " as soon as it was day," the council assembled at 
their usual place in the Temple, where Judas found them at the close of 
the session, as w r e learn from Matt, xxvii. 3-6. There they had Jesus 
brought into the council by his keepers, and proceeded to procure from 
him the same confession that they had obtained from him at the previous 
session. This may have been done to satisfy those who w 7 ere not present 
to hear it before ; or it may have been deemed necessary to have it re- 
peated before a full and regular court, in order to make the condemna- 

* As we may suppose, a kind of Grand Jury investigation. 
22* 



258 APPENDIX. 



General Observations. on the Trial of Christ. 

tion appear more strictly legal and regular. So Jesus again bore witness 
to the truth, for which purpose he had come into the world (John xviii. 
37), and the council agreed to confirm the sentence of death. 

But this brings them into a strange dilemma : they had convicted their 
prisoner of a capital offence, and had passed upon him the sentence of 
death, according to Jewish law. But their Roman masters had taken 
from them the power to inflict capital punishment (John xviii. 31). And, 
what was quite as embarrassing, the Roman magistrate could take cog- 
nizance only of crimes against Roman law ; and the crime alleged against 
Jesus did not come within Pilate's jurisdiction as a Roman magistrate. 
For to claim to be a prophet, or to be the Jewish M^siah, could not be 
deemed a crime according to the Roman laws. 

And that early-morning consultation among the members of the great 
Sanhedrim, in regular council, was to devise how to put Jesus to death. 
Matt, xxvii. 1. As the result of their deliberations, they appear to have 
agreed together to drop the charge of blasphemy, on which they had 
already convicted and condemned their prisoner, and frame an accusa- 
tion that would bring the case within the jurisdiction of the Roman gov- 
ernor. Matt, xxvii. 2, Mark xv. 1. 

The accusation they fixed upon was substantially a charge of treaso7i 
against the Roman government, consisting of three counts : 1, Pervert- 
ing the nation ; 2, Forbidding to give tribute to Caesar ; 3, Claiming to 
be a king himself. John xviii. 28, Luke xxiii. 1. 

This brings the history of this remarkable case down to the time of 
carrying it before Pilate, and shows a sufficient reason for all the appa- 
rently discrepant statements ; and it exhibits the true method of harmo- 
nizing all the Gospel narratives together, until Christ was arraigned 
before Pilate on an entirely new complaint. And until some more 
rational and consistent explanation can be given of these otherwise con- 
flicting Gospel narratives, why may not this solution of the matter be 
deemed worthy of acceptance ? 



APPENDIX. 259 



Harmonized Narrative, etc. 



II. 

HARMONIZED NARRATIVE OF THE APPEARANCES OF CHRIST 

AFTER HIS RESURRECTION. 

1. Early in the morning of the first day of the week, commonly called 
Sunday, Jesus rises from the dead. In connection with this event, an 
earthquake occurs, an angel descends from heaven, rolls away the stone 
from the door of the sepulchre, and takes his seat upon it, and over- 
whelms the guard with surprise and terror. Matt, xxviii. 2-4. 

2. The neighboring tombs having been opened by the earthquake at 
the death of Christ, now the bodies of many saints are restored to life, 
and come out of their graves, after his resurrection, and appear unto 
many in Jerusalem. Matt, xxvii. 52, 53. 

3. Mary Magdalene and several other women, having prepared spices 
to embalm the body of Jesus, come very early in the morning to the 
sepulchre. Mark xvi. 1, Luke xxiv. 1, John xx. 1. 

4. As the women are coming to the sepulchre (not yet informed of the 
descent of the angel, and the resurrection of Christ), they inquire among 
themselves who should remove the stone from the door of the sepulchre. 
As they arrive, however, much to their surprise, they find the sepulchre 
open, and the body removed from it. Mark xvi. 3-5, Luke xxiv. 2, 3, 
John xx. 1. 

5. Mary Magdalene instantly hurries back to the city, and reports to 
Peter and John that the body of Jesus has been taken away from the 
sepulchre. John xx. 2. 

6. The other women remain a little while at the sepulchre, and have 
a vision of two angels ; one of them bids them to return and inform the 
disciples, especially Peter, that Jesus had risen from the dead, and they 
immediately hastened back from the sepulchre, to carry the tidings to 
the disciples. Matt. 28. 5-7, Mark xvi. 4-7, Luke xxiv. 4-8. 

7. Hurrying back to the city in great excitement, Jesus meets them, 
and they fall at his feet to worship him. He bids them go and tell his 
disciples to go into Galilee, and that they should see him there. Matt, 
xxviii. 9, 10. 

8. Peter and John, having heard the report of Mary, set out and run 
to the sepulchre, and find the body missing, as Mary had reported. 
After looking about a little, wondering at what had come to pass, they 



260 APPENDIX. 



Harmonized Narrative, etc. 



return to the city, leaving Mary, who had followed them to the sepul- 
chre, still lingering there. Luke xxiv. 12, John xx. 3-10. 

9. Mary, while there alone, has a vision of two angels, who speak to 
her. She, not yet having heard of the Lord's resurrection, and having 
her attention attracted in some way to something behind her, turned 
about and saw Jesus ; but for some reason she did not recognize him, 
until he had spoken to her and pronounced her name. John xx. 14-16. 

10. She then immediately returns to the city, and informs the apostles 
that she had seen the Lord Jesus, and that he had spoken with her. 
But still they remain incredulous respecting the reported resurrection. 
Mark xvi. 9-1 1, John xx. 11-18. 

11. About this time, or not long after, probably, the Lord appears to 
Peter alone. But the particulars of the time and place are not related. 
Luke xxiv. 34, 1 Cor. xv. 5. 

12. In the afternoon of the same day he appears unto two disciples on 
their way to Emmaus. But he is not made known to them until even- 
ing, as they were preparing to partake their evening meal. Luke xxiv. 
13-16, Mark xvi. 12, 13. 

13. That same evening Jesus appears unto ten of the apostles as they 
were eating. Mark xvi. 14-18, Luke xxiv. 36-49, John xx. 19-23. 

14. Eight days after — that is, on the following Sunday — Jesus appears 
unto all the apostles. John xx. 24-29. 

15. Some time afterward he appears unto seven of the apostles, by 
the Sea of Tiberias. John xxi. 1-24. 

16. Next he appears to all the apostles on a mountain in Galilee. 
Matt, xxviii. 16. 

1 7. Then he is seen by more than five hundred disciples at one time ; 
but where is not known. 1 Cor. xv. 6. 

18. After this he is seen by the apostle James ; but where and when 
are not recorded. 1 Cor. xv. 7. 

19. Finally, at the time of his ascension to heaven, he is seen by all 
the apostles, and gives them his parting instructions and blessing. 
Mark xvi. 19, 20, Luke xxiv. 50-53, Acts i. 3-12, 1 Cor. xv. 7. 

20. After his ascension to heaven, he was manifested visibly to 
Stephen, Acts vii. 56; to Saul of Tarsus, Acts ix. 3, 7, 17, 27, etc., 1 
Cor. xv. 8 ; and to Saul, after he became Paul the Apostle, Acts xviii. 
9, 10 and 23 ; xi., and 1 Cor. ix. 1 and 2 ; Cor. xii. 1 ; to John in Pat- 
mos, Rev. i. 10-18. 



APPENDIX. 



261 



Harmonized Narrative, etc. 



III. 

SCHEME OF THE OCCURRENCES CONNECTED WITH THE RE- 
SURRECTION OF CHRIST, AND HIS APPEARANCE TO MARY 
MAGDALENE AND THE OTHER WOMEN. SUBSTANTIALLY 
ACCORDING TO DR. STIER, AND PREFERRED BY SOME COM- 
MENTATORS. 



SUNDAY TO SUNDAY. 

Order of Events. 


Matt, 
xxviii. 


Mark 
xvi. 


Luke 
xx iv. 


John 

XX. 




2-4 

I 
5-8 














2-8 


1-9 
12 

10, 11 

34 
13-35 
13-35 
36-40 
36-40 


1 


4. Peter and John at the sepulchre 


3-io 
11-17 
11-17 


5. Maedalene at the sepulchre 




9 
9 

10, 11 






6. The other Women returning to the city 


9, 10 
9, 10 


7. Magdalene and the other women report 


18 




11-15 




III. Appearance to Peter alone 




9. Cleopas and his friend going to Emmaus 




12, 13 

12, 13 

14 

14 










10. The apostles assembled privately 




19, 20 

19, 20 
26-29 
26-29 






11. The second meeting of the apostles 




VI. Appearance to them, eight days from the first. . . . 








12. The subsequent appearances were at intervals 
during the thirty-two days that elapsed be- 
tween the sixth appearance and the ascension. 









Note i. — To maintain this order of the first two appearances, it is necessary to sup- 
pose that Salome and her associates returned from the sepulchre, and made their report 
to the apostles, and then immediately revisited the sepulchre, and met with Christ on 
their second return to the city. But as there is no authority for this assumption, it 
should be deemed an insuperable objection to this theory. 

Note 2. — In the following "Summary," relating to the same events, instead of 
Christ appearing "first to Mary Magdalene," according to Mark, he is made to appear 
first to the other women. For the explanation of this apparent discrepancy, let the 
reader examine the Note, VIII. ii., Sec. 3. 



262 



APPENDIX. 



Summary of Christ's Post-Resurrection Appearances. 



IV. 

SUMMARY OF CHRIST'S POST-RESURRECTION APPEARANCES, 
ACCORDING TO CLOSING SCENES, PART EIGHTH. 





PERSONS. 


PLACES. 


TIME. 


I 


Salome and others. 


Jerusalem. 


Resurrection morning. 




Matt, xxviii. 9, 10. 




ch. i., sec. 7. 


2 


Mary Magdalene alone. 


The Sepulchre. 


Resurrection morning. 




John xx. 11-17. 




ch. ii., sec. 2. 


3 


Cleopas and his Friend. 


Way to Emmaus. 


Resurrection afternoon. 




Luke xxiv. 13-32. 




ch. iii., sees, 1, 2, 3. 


4 


Simon Peter alone. 


Jerusalem? 


Resurrection day. 




Luke xxiv. 34 ; 1 Cor. xv. 5. 




ch. iii., sec. 4. 


■i 


Ten Apostles. 


Jerusalem. 


Resurrection evening. 




Mark xvi. 14, etc. 




ch. iv., sec. 1. 


6 


All the Apostles. 


Jerusalem. 


Eight days after. 




John xx. 24-29. 




ch. iv., sec. 6. 


7 


All the Apostles. 


Galilee. 


Unknown. 




Matt, xxviii. 16, 17. 




ch. iv., sec 7. 


8 


Seven Apostles. 


Sea of Galilee. 


Unknown. 




John xxi. 1-24. 




ch. v., sees. 1, 2, 3, 4. 


Q 


Five hundred Disciples. 


Galilee. 


Unknown. 




1 Cor. xv. 6. 




ch. v., sec. 7. 


10 


James alone. 


Unknown. 


Unknown. 




1 Cor. xv. 7. 




ch. v., sec. 7. 


11 


All the Apostles. 


Olivet. 


Ascension day. 




1 Cor. xv. 7 ; Luke xxiv. 50, 51. 




chap, vi., sees, i, 2, 3. 



After the Ascejtsion. 





PERSONS. 




PLACES. 


TIME. 


I 


Stephen in the Council. 
Acts vii. 56. 




Jerusalem. 


Three weeks after. 
Appendix. 


2 


Saul at his Conversion. 




Damascus. 


A. D. 35. 




1 Cor. xv. 8 ; Acts ix. 3, 7, 17, 


etc. 




Appendix. 


3 


Saul, or Paul the Apostle. 
Acts xviii. 9, etc. ; 1 Cor. ix. 1 
Cor. xii. 1. 


, etc. ; 2 


Various. 


Various. 
Appendix. ■ 


4 


John in exile. 
Rev. i. 10-18. 




Patmos. 


A. D. 96. 

Appendix. 



APPENDIX. 



263 



Occurrences of Resurrection Week. 



V. 

OCCURRENCES OF RESURRECTION WEEK, AS EXHIBITED IN 
CLOSING SCENES, PART EIGHTH. 



1. Spices prepared to embalm the Body of Jesus 

2. Descent of the Angel — The Earthquake — Sepulchre 

opened 

3. Resurrection of Jesus — not described, but implied 

4. Women visit the Sepulchre, bringing the spices 

5. Inquiring about the Sepulchre, they find it open 

6. Magdalene returns to inform Peter and John* 

7. The other Women remain and enter the Sepulchre. . . . 

8. Vision of an Angel, who announces the Resurrection . . 

9. The tidings confirmed by two Angels 

10. Flight of the Women from the Sepulchre 

11. Jesus meets them on their return to the City 

12. Report of the Guards to the Chief Priests 

13. Report of the W T omen to the Apostles 

14. Peter and John run to the Sepulchre 

15. After examining the Sepulchre, they return 

16. Magdalene remaining at the Sepulchre, sees two Angels 

17. Jesus appears to her, but is not recognized 

18. Jesus makes himself known to her, and bids her return 

19. Magdalene's Report to the Apostles 

20. Jesus appears to Cleopas on the way to Emmaus 

21. Jesus makes himself known to them at Emmaus 

22. Cleopas returns to Jerusalem, and reports to the Apostles 

23. Jesus first appears to the Apostles at evening! 

24. Jesus opens their Understanding, and teaches them. . . . 

25. Jesus promises and imparts the Holy Spirit 

26. Jesus gives the Apostolic Commission 

2J. Second Appearance to the Apostles — Thomas convinced 



II. 



III. 



IV. 



* And then, as the narrative implies, she returned to the Sepulchre again. 

t He had already appeared to Peter on that day, but the circumstances are not 



recorded. 



264 



APPENDIX. 



Days and Occurrences of Passion Week. 



VI. 

SCHEDULE OF DAYS AND OCCURRENCES OF PASSION WEEK, 
AS EXHIBITED IN CLOSING SCENES.* 

Note. — Jesus came to Bethany on Friday, toward evening, " six days 
before the Passover," and spent the Jewish Sabbath (Saturday), begin- 
ning, as they computed time, at sunset. [See Note 1, Part III.] 

On Saturday evening (the Sabbath ending at sundown) they made 
him the Feast, and he then and there received the Anointing. 

" On the next day" — Sunday — he prepared for his public entry into 
Jerusalem, and entered the city in kingly triumph. [See note above 
referred to.] 

Days and Occurrences. 



I. SUNDAY — Beginning of Passion Week, March 21. 

1. Arrival at Olivet ; Disciples sent to procure a 

Colt for Jesus to ride into the city 

2. The Lord's approach being expected, the multi- 

tude go out to meet him, with palm branches, 
and with acclamations of joy and welcome 

3. The Colt being brought to Jesus, they cast their 

garments on the Colt, and set Jesus thereon, 
and then they begin the triumphal march toward 
the city 

4. The multitude from the city, meeting the company 

with, and that followed Jesus, began the exult- 
ing acclamations, and the shouts were re-echoed 
by the multitude that they met with Jesus 

5. They carpeted the way before Jesus with gar- 

ments, and with small branches cut from the 
trees 

6. The Pharisees, disturbed by the exultation of the 

disciples, desire Jesus to rebuke them 

7. Coming near the city, as they ascended Mount 

Olivet, where Jesus could see it, he wept over 
it, and lamented its coming desolations 

8. The procession enters the city ; the city in com- 

motion ; Jesus goes to the Temple ; works mira- 
cles in the Temple 

9. The Chief Priests and others still more alarmed 

and displeased at the exultation of the people. 

10. After looking about and observing all things, 

the evening being near, Jesus retired with his 

twelve Disciples to spend the night at Bethany. 

* Days according to our mode of reckoning. 



III. 



II. 



APPENDIX. 



265 



Days and Occurrences of Passion Week. 



III. 



III. 



II. Monday — Second Day of Passion Week, March 22. 

1. Jesus, returning to the city, sees and approaches 

the barren Fig Tree, and curses it for its un- 
rruitfulness 

2. Jesus goes to the Temple ; finds it profaned by 

the Buyers and Sellers ; drives them from the 
Temple 

3. Teaches in the Temple, and justifies his conduct 

4. The Rulers and Chief Priests conspire to destroy 

Jesus, but are restrained by fear of the people. 

5. Jesus retires to Mount Olivet to spend the night. 



III. TUESDAY— Third Day of Passion Week, March 23. 

1. In the morning, returning to the city, they dis- 

cover the Fig Tree withered and dead 

2. Jesus discourses about the miracle and Faith.. . 

3. Comes to the City, and proceeds to the Temple. 

4. Teaching in the Temple, the Jews demand his 

authority 

5. Jesus replies by the dilemma about John the 

Baptist 

6. Parable of the Two Sons 

7. Parable of the Wicked Husbandmen 

8. The Parable applied ; Rejected Corner-stone. . . 

9. Displeasure and Enmity of the Chief Priests and 

others 

10. Parable of the Royal Marriage 

11. Snare of the Pharisees to entrap and destroy 

Jesus 

12. Jesus escapes by referring to the Tribute-money 

13. Snare of the Sadducees 

14. Jesus escapes by proving the Resurrection 

15. Snare of the Lawyer 

16. Jesus escapes by expounding the Law 

17. Jesus confounds the Pharisees by asking them to 

explain how Christ could be David's Son and 
Lord 

18. The Scribes and Pharisees exposed 

19. Warnings against Ostentation and Ambition. . . . 

20. Denunciations against the Scribes and Pharisees 

21. Jerusalem's Wickedness and Doom announced. . 

22. Discourse about the Widow's Mite 

23. The Greeks seek an interview with Jesus 

24. The Voice from Heaven 

25. Jesus hides himself from the people 

26. Jesus explains himself to his Disciples 

27. Takes his final departure from the Temple 

28. The Disciples call his attention to the Temple. . 

29. Jesus briefly announces its utter destruction .... 



IV. 



V. 



VI. 



VII. 



VIII. 



IV. 



2 

3 

1 
2 

3 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
1 
1 
1 



23 



M 



266 



APPENDIX. 



Days and Occurrences of Passion Week. 



30. Pausing on Mount Olivet, four of the Disciples 

come to him privately, and inquire about his 
Coming, etc 

31. Seated upon the mountain, where he had recently 

wept over the city, Jesus uttered his Great 
Prophecy. [Occupying chaps. I., II., III.]... . 

IV. Wednesday — Fourth Day of Passion Week, 
March 24. 

1. Official Conspiracy against Jesus 

2. Jesus announces the nearness of the Passover. . 

3. The Treason of Judas 

[See note, at the end of this exhibit.] 

V. Thursday — Fifth Day of Passion Week, March 25. 

The day of Unleavened Bread arrives 

Two Disciples sent to the City to make ready 
for the Feast 

Jesus and the Twelve in the evening at the Feast 

Strife among the Twelve about who should be 
greatest 

Jesus Washes the Disciples' Feet 

Corrects Peter's Misapprehension 

The Betrayer at the Table ; made known ; de- 
nounced 

The Betrayer being exposed retires 

Jesus, in his absence, gives a New Command- 
ment 

Peter's threefold Profession of Constancy 

His threefold Denial foreshown 

Institution of the Lord's Supper 

Jesus Discourses about the Heavenly Mansions, 
etc 



10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 



23- 
24. 



Jesus Discourses about the Vine and its Branches, 

etc 

Jesus Discourses about his Departure, etc 

Jesus utters his Eucharistic Prayer 

Closing Services of the Paschal and the Lord's 

Suppers 

The last Visit to Gethsemane. Thursday night. 

Jesus begins to feel the Mortal Anguish 

Retires further into the Garden for Prayer 

Praying in agony, he is strengthened by an 

Angel 

After Prayer, returns to the Disciples ; finds 

them asleep 

Second season of Agony and Prayer 

Third season of Agony and Prayer 



PART. CHAP. SEC. 



IV. 



II. 



III. 



IV. 

V. 
VI. 
VII. 



VI. I. 



APPEXDIX. 



267 



Days and Occurrences of Passion Week. 



25. Approach of Judas and the Multitude 

26. Jesus goes to meet his Captors 

27. Judas betrays his Master with a kiss 

28. Malchus maimed by Peter ; healed by Christ. . . 

29. Jesus Submits to his Enemies 

30. Expostulates with the People 

31. Jesus bound, and led away to Annas 

32. Peter follows afar off 

33. Jesus sent by Annas to Caiaphas 

34. Peter admitted to the Palace, and stands by the 

fire 

35. Jesus questioned by the High Priest ; his Reply 

36. Abused by an Officer ; his Expostulation 

37. False Witnesses testify against him 

38. Jesus adjured by the High Priest 

39. Jesus Condemned on his own Confession 

40. Blindfolded and maltreated by his keepers 

Peter's first Denial of his Master 

Peter's second Denial 

Peter's third Denial 

Peter's Repentance and Weeping.' 



4i. 
42. 

43- 
44- 



VI. FRIDAY — Sixth Bay of Passion Week, March 26. 

1. Meeting of the Council at Daybreak 

2. Jesus arraigned before the Council the second 

time 

3. Condemned formally the second time 

4. Jesus led away and delivered to Pijate 

5. Pilate demands the Accusation 

6. The Accusation duly rendered 

7. Jesus examined and acquitted by Pilate 

8. Jesus silent before his Accusers 

9. Pilate sends him to Herod 

10. Jesus silent before Herod 

11. Jesus mocked, and sent back to Pilate 

12. Remorse and Suicide of Judas 

13. Purchase of the Potter's Field 

14. Jesus arraigned before Pilate the second time.. . 

15. The Accusers summoned to appear again 

16. Pilate proposes to chastise and release Jesus. . . . 

17. The Accusers asked to decide which of the two 

they preferred to be released — Jesus, or Bar- 
abbas 

18. Pilate admonished by his W T ife 

19. The Jews prefer the release of Barabbas 

20. They demand the Crucifixion of Jesus 

21. Pilate vainly expostulates with the Jews 

22. Pilate sentences Jesus to death, as the Jews re- 

quired 



PART. CHAP. SEC. 



VI. 



II. 



III. 



IV. 



V. 



VI. 



I 
I 

2 

3 

4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 
10 
11 
1 
1 
1 



268 



APPENDIX. 



Davs and Occurrences of Passion Week. 



The release of Barabbas 

Jesus Scourged, delivered to the Guard, and 

Mocked 

Jesus exhibited in mock royalty 

Pilate makes a final effort to save Jesus 

The final Sentence of Crucifixion 

Jesus led through the City, bearing his Cross.. . 

The Cross laid upon Simon of Cyrene 

The Women of Jerusalem follow weeping and 

wailing 

Having come to Calvary, a stupefying Drink was 

offered to Jesus, and refused by him 

Jesus and two Malefactors crucified together. . . . 

Jesus offers a Prayer for his Enemies 

Casting lots and distributing Jesus' raiment .... 

The Superscription put on the Cross 

Jesus derided and insulted on the Cross 

The Penitent Thief rebukes the other, and prays 

to Jesus 

The Adoption of John . 

The Supernatural Darkness 

The Cry of Agony and Despair 

The Cry of Thirst ; the Drink offered to Jesus. 

Jesus Commends his Spirit to the Father 

Jesus dies on the Cross, at the Ninth Hour 

The Veil of the Temple rent 

The Graves opened by an Earthquake 

The Centurion Convinced 

The Death-Scene Witnessed by the Friends of 

Jesus 



23- 

24. 

25- 

26. 

27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 

3i- 

32. 

33- 
34- 
35- 
36. 
37- 

38. 
39. 
40. 

4i. 
42. 

43- 
44. 

45. 
46. 

47. 

48. 
49. 
5o. 
5i- 

52. 

53. 
54. 
55- 
56. 

57- 

VII. Saturday — The Jewish Sabbath, March 27. 

Jesus remains in the Tomb during the Jewish Sab- 
bath, beginning on Friday evening at Sunset 

VIII. Sunday— The Christian Sabbath, March 28. 
Jesus rises from the dead, and appears from time to 

time to different persons during the day 



The Legs of the Malefactors broken 

The Side of Jesus pierced with a Spear. ....... 

Joseph goes to Pilate to obtain the body of Je^us 
Pilate inquires of the Centurion about his Death 
Joseph obtains the Body and wraps it in fine 

linen 

Nicodemus assists in embalming the Body 

The Body buried in Joseph's Tomb 

The Burial Witnessed by the Friends of Jesus. . 
The Jews apply to Pilate to secure the Sepulchre 
The Sepulchre sealed and guarded 



PART. CHAP. SEC. 



VI. 
VII. 



VI. 

I. 



VIII. 



VIII. 'I-IV. 



II. 



III. 



IV. 



V. 



APPENDIX. 269 



Observations on Passion Week. 



Note. — The other days of Passion Week being crowded so full of the doings and 
sayings of our Lord, it may be inquired, Why is there nothing on record of his pro- 
ceedings on Wednesday? The explanation is very easily given : 

1. He purposely closed his public teachings and doings, and retired finally from the 
Temple, on Tuesday, at the close of the day. 

2. We learn from John xii. 36, that Jesus then "departed, and did hide himself from 
them." On the following days he was necessarily brought into notice again. 



OBSERVATIONS ON PASSION WEEK. 

In the introduction of this volume, prepared by Dr. Wilson, a man 
of great learning and research, the utility of directing the mind at stated 
periods to particular portions of our Saviour's affecting history is very 
forcibly and beautifully set forth. And the last few days of his earthly 
life (more strictly the " Closing Scenes") are crowded with such intrin- 
sically interesting and such relatively important events that there is 
manifest wisdom in the attempt to group and present tfiem all together, 
as has been done in this exhibit of the " Days and Occurrences of Pas- 
sion Week." 

The Christian Church from the earliest times has signified her in- 
terest in this part of our Lord's history by directing attention to these 
most affecting occurrences at that season of the year when they originally 
transpired. And if Passion Week were more generally observed — if 
this remarkable portion of the Scripture history were more thoroughly 
studied and understood — if the mind and heart could be systematically 
brought under the direct influence of these affecting scenes, there would 
undoubtedly be witnessed much greater and much more permanent 
effects in the conviction, conversion, upbuilding and sanctification of 
the people. And these results would be legitimate and healthful, and 
would never occasion reaction in any intelligent mind. 
23* 



270 



APPENDIX. 



Devices and Attempts to Injure and to Destroy Christ. 



VII. 

DEVICES AND ATTEMPTS TO INJURE AND TO DESTROY CHRIST. 



PERSONS AND OCCASIONS. 

1. King Herod, when he heard of the Birth of Jesus, and 

slew all the Children about Bethlehem. Matt. ii. 16. 

2. The Devil, when he tried to induce Christ to cast him- 

self down from the pinnacle. Matt. iv. 5 ; Mark 
iv. 9 

3. The Nazarenes, when they tried to hurl him down 

from a precipice. Luke iv. 28 

4. The Jews, when they sought to kill him for healing 

the impotent man on the Sabbath. John v. 16 

5. The Jews, because Jesus called God his Father, in 

connection with healing on the Sabbath. John v. 18 

6. The Pharisees and Herodians, because Jesus healed on 

the Sabbath. Matt. xii. 14 ; Mark iii. 6 ; Luke vi. 11. 

7. The Scribes and Pharisees, when they tried to provoke 

him to speak unadvisedly. Luke xi. 53 

8. 77ie Jews, when they sought to kill him because he 

healed on the Sabbath. John vii. n 

9. The Chief Priests a?td Pharisees /being angry at Jesus 

because he taught the people. John vii. 30 

10. The Jews, when they tried to stone him for saying he 

was before Abraham. John viii. 59 

11. The Jews, when they tried to stone him for claiming 

to be one with the Father. John x. 30 

12. The Jews, when they accused him of blasphemy, for 

claiming to be the Son of God. John x. 39 

13. The Jews, when the High Priest prophesied that one 

should die for the nation. John xi. 47-53 

14. The Jews, on the same occasion, after holding a con- 

sultation together. John xi. 56 

15. Herod the Tetrarch, supposing Jesus to be John the 

Baptist, whom he had killed. Matt. xiv. 1 ; Luke 
xiii. 31 . 

16. The Jews, because Jesus drove the profane traffickers 

out of the Temple. Mark xi. 15 ; Luke xix. 45. . . . 

17. The Jews, enraged at Jesus because he exposed their 

wicked conduct by his parables. Matt. xxi. 45 ; 
Mark xii. 12 ; Luke xx. 19 

18. The Pharisees and Herodians, when they sent spies to 

entangle him in his talk. Matt. xxii. 15 ; Mark xii. 
13 ; Luke xx. 20 

19. The Jewish Riders, consulting about apprehending 

Jesus, to put him to death. Matt. xxvi. 3 ; Mark 
xiv. 1 : Luke xxii. 2 v . 



Bethlehem. 

Jerusalem. 
Nazareth. 
Jerusalem. 

Capernaum. 

Jerusalem. 



Perea. 
Jerusalem. 



APPENDIX. 



271 



Devices and Attempts to Injure and to Destroy Christ. 



PERSONS AND OCCASIONS. 

20. The Jewish Rulers, when they bribed Judas to betray 

Jesus unto them. Matt xxvi. 14 ; Mark xiv. 10 ; 
Luke xxii. 3 

21. Judas the Traitor, when he covenanted for money to 

deliver Jesus to them. Matt. xxvi. 16 ; Luke xxii. 6. 

22. Judas the Traitor, in guiding those who were sent to 

apprehend Jesus. Matt. xxvi. 47 ; Mark xiv. 43 ; 
Luke xxii. 47 

23. Judas the Traitor, in betraying Jesus to his enemies 

by a deceitful kiss. Matt. xxvi. 49 ; Mark xiv. 44 ; 
Luke xxii. 48 

24. The Jeiuish Rulers and People, when they arrested 

Jesus and bound him. Matt. xxvi. 50 ; Mark xiv. 
46 ; John xviii. 12 

25. Annas the ex-High Priest, when he sent Jesus bound 

to the High Priest Caiaphas. John xviii. 24. 

26. The Jezaish Council, when they employed false wit- 

nesses to testify against Jesus. Matt. xxvi. 59 ; 
Mark xiv. 55 

27. The High Priest and Council,, when they condemned 

Jesus for blasphemy. Matt. xxvi. 65 ; Mark xiv. 63. 

28. The Jewish Council, at a special meeting to consult 

how to put Jesus to death. Matt, xxvii. 1 ; Mark 
xv. 1 

29. Herod the Tetrarch, in returning Jesus to Pilate, after 

finding nothing against him. Luke xxiii. 6 

30. The Priests and Riders, in demanding his death, with- 

out legal condemnation. Matt, xxvii. 20 ; Mark xv. 
11 ; Luke xxiii. 18 ; John xviii. 40 

31. The Rulers and People, when they hindered Pilate 

from releasing Jesus. Matt, xxvii. 24 ; John xix. 14. 

32. Pilate the Roman Governor, in sentencing Jesus to die, 

after acquitting him. Matt, xxvii. 26 ; Mark xv. 15 ; 
Luke xxiii. 24 ; John xix. 10 

33. The Rulers and People, in requiring the Crucifixion of 

Jesus. Matt, xxvii. 35 ; Mark xv. 24 ; Luke xxiii. 
33 ; John xix. 15 



Jerusalem. 



Gethsemane. 



Jerusalem. 



Temple. 
Jerusalem. 

Pretorium. 



Calvary. 



Note. — What an appalling exhibition of human blindness and depravity ! And who 
was this person against whom the heathen raged, and the people imagined a vain 
thing? Who was he against whom the kings of the earth set themselves, and the 
rulers took counsel together? He was the " Only begotten Son of God." He was the 
" Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world." Of him it may be said, " Who 
did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth." He was " holy, harmless, undefiled, 
separate from sinners." He made the greatest sacrifices for man ; endured the greatest 
sufferings for man ; procured the greatest blessings for man ; secured for man (pro- 
visionally) deliverance from the greatest evils ; loved man ; labored for him ; prayed 
for him ; wept for him ; died for him. Truly might he say, then, " They hated me 
without a cause." 



272 



APPENDIX. 



Words Uttered by Christ on the Cross. 



VIII. 

WORDS UTTERED BY CHRIST ON THE CROSS. 

The Original and the Translation. 



I. Luke xxiii. 34 Udrepj acpeg clvtoIq' bv yap bi- 

daot, ti ttolovgl 

In English Letters . . Pater, aphes antois ; ou gar 
oidasi ti poiousi. 

Translation Father, forgive them ; for they 

know not what they do 

II. Luke xxiii. 43 ' 'Afiijv teyo gol, GT/juepov just' 

kjUOV £G?J EV TG) TTapaSetGG)... 

In English Letters... .A men lego soi, seiner on me? 
emou ese en to paradeiso . . . 

Translation Verily, I say unto thee, To- 
day shalt thou be with me 
in paradise 

III. John xix. 26 Tvvai, ISov 6 vloq gov 

In English Letters .... Gunai, idou ho uJiios sou 

Translation Woman, behold thy son 

IV. John xix. 27 *\Svb fj fiyryp gov 

In English Letters .... Idou he meter sou 

Translation Behold thy mother 



V. Matt, xxvii. 46 'H?i/ 'H^U / ?iafia GaflaxOavi;* 

In English Letters .... Eli I Eli! lama sabachthani ? 
Greek^Original Qs£ [J-ov / Gee fiov / ivari ue 

h/Kare?UTT£c ; 

In English Letters Theemou ! Theemou ! hinati 

me enkatelipes ? 

Mark xv. 34 'Waco'l ! 'EAwi 4 / Adja/na Gaj3ax- 

Oavi; 

In English Letters .... Eloi ! Eloit lamma sabach- 
thani ? 

Greek Original r Gedc jllov ! r o Qeog uov / keg 

rl /ue 8yKare?UTrec ' 

In English Letters .... Ho Theos mou I ho Theos 

mou I eis ti me enkatelipes ? 
Translation My God ! my God ! why hast 

thou forsaken me ? 

* See note at the end. 



PART VII. 


chap. 


sec. 


II. 


4 


a 


4 


a 


4 


III. 


2 


u 


2 



III. 



III. 



IV. 



APPENDIX. 



2 73 



Words Uttered by Christ on the Cross. 



VI. John xix. 2S \ 

In English Letters. . .Dipso 
Translation I thirst ! 



(Exclamation.) . 



VII. John xix. 30 TertAeorcu / (Exclamation.). 

In English Letters .... Tetelestai ! 

Translation It is finished ! 

VIII. Luke xxiii. 46 Tlarep, kig X ei P^C gov Trapa- 

dijGOfiai to ttvIv^cl jilOV 

In English Letters. . . .Pater, eis cheiras sou parathe- 
somai to pneuma mou 

Translation Father, into thy hands I com- 
mend my spirit 



chap. 



IV. 



IV. 



IV. 



* Matthew, though writing in Greek, gives the exact words that our Saviour uttered 
in Sy^o-Chaldalc, in order to explain, as we conclude, why he was understood to call 
for Ellas. Then the Evangelist gives the meaning in Greek. Mark varies a little from 
Matthew, in order, probably, to adapt his language to the dialect in use where his Gos- 
pel was written. 



Analysis and Classification. 



I. Composition. 

1. One Prayer : blended with a Reaso7i for Meixy. i. 

2. One Answer to Prayer : with a coniforti7ig Assurance, ii. 

3. One Address : commending John to his Mother, iii. 

4. One Address : commending his Mother to John. iv. 

5. One Complaint of Sorrow : from mental Anguish, v. 

6. One Exclamation of Agony : from physical Tortitre. vi. 

7. One Shout of Triumph : on completing his sufferings, vii. 

8. One Expression of Trust: on dismissing his Spirit, viii. 

II. Address. 

1. Three were addressed to his Heavenly Father, i., v., viii. 

2. Three were addressed to Individual Persons, ii., iii., iv. 

3. Two were undirected Exclamations, vi., vii. 

III. Period. 

1. Four at the beginning of his mortal Sufferings, i., ii., iii., iv. 

2. Four at the conclusion of his dying Agonies, v., vi., vii., viii. 

M* 



274 APPENDIX. 

Words Uttered by Christ on the Cross. 

IV. Purpose. 

i. The Prayer : for Mercy in behalf of his Enemies, i. 

2. The Addresses: for Protection in behalf of his Friends, iii., iv. 

3. The Assurance : for the Comfort of a Penitent, ii. 

4. The Complaint: in behalf of Himself, v. 

5. The Exclamation proves the reality of his Sufferings, vi. 

6. The Shout determines the completion of his Sacrifice, vii. 

7. The Dismission secures a heavenly Intercessor, viii. 

V. Character. 

1. Was an exhibition of forgiving Philanthropy. Luke xxiii. 34. 

2. Was an exhibition of redee?ni?tg Mercy. Luke xxiii. 43. 

3. Was an exhibition of filial Affection. John xix. 26. 

4. Was an exhibition of fraternal Confidence. John xix. 26. 

5. Was an exhibition of despai7'ing Anguish. Mark xv. 34. 

6. Was an exhibition of mortal Agony. John xix. 28. 

7. Was an exhibition of holy Extilta'tion. John xix. 30. 

8. Was an exhibition of divine Reliance. Luke xxiii. 46. 

The whole was an astonishing exhibition of Submission, Meekness, 
Forbearance, Forgiveness, Patience, Compassion, Anguish, Despair, 
Exultation, Devotion, Trust, Hope, Resignation and Affection. 

" O Lamb of God ! was ever pain, 
Was ever love, like thine ? 

Note. — The attempt to represent the original Greek by English characters is, of 
course, for the benefit of the merely English reader. To such it may be a matter of 
some interest to ascertain, as nearly as practicable, just what words our Saviour uttered 
on the cross, and how they sounded in the language which he used. But, except the 
example as first given in Matt, xxvii. 46 (No. V.), we are not certain that we have any 
exact exhibition of his language ; for it is not probable that he used the Greek language, 
though our common original records are in the Greek. He probably spoke in what is 
now usually called Syro-Chaldaic, which was modernized and more or less corrupted 
Hebrew. To the English reader, then, it may be interesting to know, to some extent, 
just how those utterances of Christ were represented in the language which Inspiration 
chose for this purpose. In rendering the original by English characters, we meet with 
these two difficulties : 1. There is not a perfect correspondency between the sounds and 
uses of Greek and English characters ; 2, Authorities differ in Anglicizing the Greek 
alphabet. 



APPENDIX. 275 

Words Referring to Christ on the Cross. 



IX. 

WORDS REFERRING TO CHRIST, OR ADDRESSED TO HIM, WHILE 
SUSPENDED ON THE CROSS. 

I. The Title of Accusation.* Part VII. ii. 6. 

1. According to Matthew, chap, xxvii. 37 : 

Greek Original : '0TT02 ESTIN IH20Y2 

f BA2IAEY2 TfiN IOYAAIftN. 
English Letters : Houtos estin Jesous 

ho Basileus ton Joudaion. 
Translation : This is Jesus, 

the King of the Jews. 

2. According to Mark, chap. xv. 26 : 

Greek Original : f BA2IAET2 

TftX IOYAAIftN. 
English Letters : Ho Basileus, 

ton Joudaion. 
Translation : The King 

of the Jews. 

3. According to Luke, chap, xxiii. 38 : 

Greek Original : '0YT02 ESTIN f BA2IAET2 

TUN I0YAAK2N. 
English Letters : Houtos estin ho Basileus 

ton Joudaion. 
Translation : This is the King 

of the Jews. 

4. According to John, chap. xix. 19 : 

Greek Original : 'IH20Y2 <0 NAZI2PAI02, 

r BA2IAET2 T$N IOYAAiaiSr. 
English Letters : Jesous ho Nazoraios, 

ho Basileus ton Joudaion. 
Translation : Jesus of Nazareth, 

the King of the Jews. 

* We learn from Scripture that this Title was written in three languages, viz., He- 
brew, Greek and Latin. It is not certainly known which of these forms of the Title 
was copied from the Hebrew original, or which from the Greek or Latin ; but it is con- 
jectured that Matthew copied from the Hebrew, Mark from the Latin, and John from 
the Greek. 



276 APPENDIX. 



Words Referring to Christ on the Cross. 



NOTES. 

1. This Title set forth the Accusation against the criminal, for which 
he was arraigned, tried, condemned and executed. This was the Roman 
custom. Christ claimed to be the King of the Jews, as he truly was, but 
not in the political sense of the Accusation. This Pilate himself seems 
to have understood, for he had acquitted Christ of this very charge on 
which he afterward sentenced him to die. John xviii. 33. 

2. This Title was prepared, or caused to be prepared, by Pilate him- 
self, who had the judicial responsibility in the matter, in order that the 
public might know for what crime the person was crucified. It is quite 
certain that the two malefactors had appropriate Titles also affixed to 
their crosses, setting forth the reason of their crucifixion. The specta- 
tors probably read in substance about this : Over the head of the male- 
factor on the left of Jesus, " This is a Thief ;" over the one on the 
right of Jesus, " This is a Thief ;" over the head of Jesus, " This is 
the King of the Jews." The King of the Jews crucified between 
two Thieves ! " He was numbered with the Transgressors." 

3. The Accusation of Jesus, and so we conclude of the other two, was 
written in the three languages in common use in that country — Latin 
being the language of the conquerors ; Greek, the language of the for- 
eigners, who were present in large numbers at the great festivals ; and 
Hebrew, the vernacular language of Judea.* Some might prefer to call 
these three languages thus : Latin, the language of the Court ; Greek, 
the language of Literature ; and Hebrew, the language of the Populace. 
Between the court of the Gentiles and the more interior courts of the 
Temple there was a lattice partition with columns, on which were in- 
scriptions, warning the Gentiles not to proceed any farther toward the 
inner courts of the Temple. And these inscriptions were also written 
in Hebrew, Greek and Latin. The evident intention, in both of these 
instances of using these three languages, was to give the widest publicity 
to the information. ♦ 

4. The place of crucifixion being near the city, the Superscription 
upon the Cross was read by many of the Jews, and it was not pleasing 
to them ; it associated their king with criminals. So the Chief Priests 
went to the Governor, expressed their dislike to the wording of the 
superscription on the cross of Jesus, and requested that it might be 

* It was not pure Hebrew, but a Palestinian dialect, called by some " Syro-Chaldaic." 



APPENDIX. 277 



Words Referring to Christ on the Cross. 



changed. " Write not," said they, " ' The King of the Jews ;' but that 
he said, ' I am the King of the Jews.' " But Pilate, who seems to have 
been (and with good reasons) dissatisfied both with himself and with 
the Jews, answered them in an abrupt manner with these words : 
11 What I have written, I have written." This short reply was probably 
as displeasing to the Jews as the Title upon the Cross. 

5. Concerning the variations in the words of the Title, it may be said : 
First, that it is quite probable that it was equally various in the several 
languages in which it was originally written. Secondly, that one of the 
Evangelists may have copied from the Hebrew, another from the Greek, 
another from the Latin, and another may have given just the chief im- 
port of the inscription, which was, "This is the King of the Jews." 

6. " In all this, Divine Providence acted gloriously and wonderfully 
in overruling the heart and hand of Pilate contrary to his own inclina- 
tions. I doubt not but Pilate himself was far enough from intending 
what the wisdom of Providence designed in this matter. He was a 
wicked man, and had no love to Christ. He had given sentence of 
death against him ; yet this is he that proclaimed him to be Jesus, the 
King of the Jews. His pen w r as so overruled that he did not write what 
was in his own heart, but quite the contrary ; even a fair and public 
testimony to the kingly office of the Son of God : This is the King of the 
Jews." — Flavel, Fountain of Life, p. 329. 

7. Flavel also speaks of this Title as, I. "Extraordinary — varying 
from all examples of that kind, and directly crossing the main design 
and end of their own customs," etc. 2. " It was a public Title, both 
written and published with the greatest advantage of being known far 
and near among all people," etc. 3. " It was an honorable Title. Such 
was the nature of it," says Bucer, " that in the midst of death Christ 
began to triumph by it," etc. 4. " It was a vindicating Title. It cleared 
up the honor, dignity and innocency of Christ against all the false im- 
putations, calumnies and blasphemies which were cast upon him by the 
wicked tongues, both of Jews and Gentiles," etc. 5. " Moreover, it was 
a predicting and presaging Title ; evidently foreshowing the propagation 
of Christ's kingdom, and the spread of his name and glory among all 
kindreds, nations, tongues and languages," etc. 6. "And lastly, It was 
an immutable Title. The Jews endeavored, but could not persuade 
Pilate to alter it," etc. — Fountain of Life, p. 328. 

24 



278 APPENDIX. 



Words Referring to Christ on the Cross. 



II. The Scene of Raillery and Insult. Part VII., iii. 1. 

1. The Multitude passing by the cross, in a kind of disorderly proces- 
sion, said directly to Christ, as they passed before him, "Ah, thou that 
destroy est the Temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself." "If thou 
be the Son of God, come down from the cross." 

2. Next the Chief Priests, the Rulers, and the Scribes, not addressing 
their raillery directly to Christ, but talking so that he could hear them, 
as they were passing by, and saying among themselves, "He saved others: 
himself he cannot save." "let him save himself, if he be Christ, the chosen 
of God." "If he be the King of Israel, let him noav come down from the 
cross, and we will believe on him." "let Christ, the Ki7tg of Israel, descend 
now from the cross, that we may see and believe." "He trusted in God ; 
let him deliver him now, if he will have him ; for he said, I am the Son 
of God." 

3. This excited the Soldiers to join in the raillery and insult ; so they 
began to mock him, by coming to him and offering to him vinegar (that 
is, the sour wine which they used as their common drink), though he 
was utterly unable to take and drink ; for his hands were fastened back 
to the ends of the transverse beam of the cross, and he could not turn 
back his head so as to sip from the cup, even if they had put it to his 
lips. And they offered him the drink in mockery, not intending that he 
should taste it ; and while doing so, they said to him, looking at the 
Title over his head, "If thou be the King of Israel, save thyself" This 
was probably repeated by several of them, coming up to him one after 
another. 

4. Then the two Thieves began to revile him, and cast the same in his 
teeth, saying, as others had done before, "He saved others ; himself he 
cannot save." "let him save himself, if he be Christ, the chosen of God." 
"let the King of Israel descend now from the cross," etc. Finally one of 
the Thieves added a prayer to his insulting raillery, saying, "If thou be 
Christ, save thyself and us." 

5. This seems to have shocked the other Thief, who rebuked his fel- 
low in crime and suffering, humbly acknowledging their guilt and ill- 
deserving, and saying of Christ, "But this man hath done nothing amiss" 
Then he prayed, "Lord, remember me, when thou comestinto thy kingdom" 



APPENDIX. 279 



Words Referring to Christ on the Cross. 



III. Remarks Occasioned by Christ's Dying Exclamations and 

the Wonders attending his Death. Part VII., iv. 1-4. 

1. Just before Jesus expired, when he uttered the despairing Com- 
plaint, "Eli ! Eli ! lama Sabacthani ?" some of them that stood by 
said, "T/i/s man calletkfor Eli as." "Behold, he calleth for Ellas." 

2. Soon after this Jesus exclaimed, " I thirst." Then one of the 
spectators, probably one of the soldiers, ran and got a sponge, and 
dipped it in the vinegar which they used as a drink, and put the sponge 
upon a stalk, that he might reach it up to the lips of Jesus. The others, 
seeing what he was intending to do, and supposing that Jesus had cried 
to Elias, said, "Let be" " Let alone" " Let us see whether E lias will 
come to save him." 

3. Finally, just as Jesus expired, amidst the astonishing prodigies 
which attended his death, some exclaimed with amazement, " Truly, 
this was the Son of God." And the Centurion who had charge of the 
execution, and was standing over against him, fervently remarked, 
" Certainly this was a righteous ?nan." " Truly this man was the Son of 
God." 

IV. General Observations on the Words Referring or Ad- 

dressed to Christ at the time of his Death. 

1. Undoubtedly there was the usual variety of remark, raillery, jest, 
censure and commiseration, as well as the common official and business 
directions and remarks. But the foregoing are all that the sacred his- 
tory has preserved for our information. 

2. How different the character and import of these utterances of sinful 
men, when compared with those which fell from the lips of Jesus during 
the same time ! And how unlike those utterances of sorrow and com- 
passion which his personal friends undoubtedly gave, as they thought 
upon his calamities or witnessed his mortal agonies ! But these ex- 
pressions of love, sorrow and compassion have not been recorded. It is 
not likely that the " great company of people and of women" that fol- 
lowed him through the streets of Jerusalem, as he went forth bearing 
his cross to the place of execution — it is not likely that they ceased their 
wailings and lamentations when they witnessed the awful tragedy. And 
the particular friends of Christ were not without speech at such a time. 

3. We may analyze more particularly these recorded words of men. 
I. Here is the official Title of Accusation, on which Christ was ar- 



280 APPENDIX. 



Various Sufferings of Christ. 



raigned, tried, condemned and executed as a criminal. It was written 
by the Roman judge by whom he was tried and sentenced. And yet the 
Accusation affirms the very truth which Christ himself asserted, and for 
which he was adjudged to be guilty of a capital offence, and was con- 
demned to die as a criminal, at the hands of the common executioner ! 
2. Here we witness shameful, cruel and public insult and derision by the 
common people, and by their Priests and Rulers. 3. Here also we wit- 
ness the tantalizing mockery and insults by the heathen executioners, 
who took up the systematic insults and abuse, in imitation of the Jewish 
people. 4. Here too is the heartless, abandoned raillery of the Thieves, 
who were suffering the same torture of crucifixion ! 5. Here, as a little 
mitigation, we witness the remorse and penitence of one of the Thieves, 
resulting in the salvation of his soul. " Is not this a brand plucked 
from the burning ?" 6. Here is a little reluctant pity for the expiring 
victim, when a little sour wine was put to his lips with a sponge. 7. 
Finally, here is the manifested conviction of the righteousness and 
divine Sonship of the crucified Jesus, when the multitude and the cen- 
turion, who are witnesses of his death, give honest utterance to their 
final impressions, and go away filled with remorse and terror, and 
smiting upon their breasts. 



X. 

VARIOUS SUFFERINGS OF CHRIST. 

I. Previous to the Closing Scenes. 

. 1. Born in a Stable ; Cradled in a Manger. Luke ii. 4-7. 

2. Flight into Egypt and Return. Matt. ii. 13-15. 

3. Conflict with the Devil and Fasting forty days. Matt. iv. 1-11. 

4. Unbelief and Hatred of his Neighbors. Luke iv. 16. 

5. Grief at the hardness of men's Hearts. Mark iii. 5. 

6. Accused of Drunkenness and Gluttony. Luke vii. 34. 

7. Inconveniences and Privations of Poverty. Luke ix. 58. 

8. Accused of being in league with the Devil. Matt. ix. 34. 

9. Accused of being Insane. Mark iii. 21. 

10. Accused of being in league with the Devil. Mark iii. 22. 

11. Desertion of many of his Disciples. John vi. 66. 

12. Accused of being a Hypocrite. John vii. 12. 



APPENDIX. 



28l 



Various Sufferings of Christ. 



II. 
I. 

2. 

3- 
4- 
5- 

6. 

7- 
8. 

9- 
10. 
II. 
12. 

13- 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17- 

18. 

19- 
20. 
21. 

22. 

23- 
24. 

25- 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
3°- 
3i. 
32. 
33- 



During the Closing Scenes, 

Accused of being possessed by the Devil 

Accused of being possessed by the Devil 

Accused of being a Blasphemer 

Sorrow for the Death of Lazarus 

Betrayed bv an intimate Associate 

Apprehended and bound as a Thief 

Led about in bonds as a dangerous Culprit 

Forsaken by most of the Disciples 

Cruelly abused by an Officer 

Falsely and slanderously accused 

Unjustly required to criminate himself (legally). . 

Condemned as a Blasphemer, for telling the truth. 

Indecent and savage abuse by his keepers 

Improperly questioned, instead of being tried, 
by Herod 

Vehemently accused before Herod - 

Insulted and mocked by Herod and his Soldiers 

Reconducted to Pilate, and unjustly detained. . . 

A murderer preferred before him 

Cruelly scourged and mocked 

Exhibited publicly in mock royalty 

Condemned to die as a criminal, after being ac- 
quitted 

Led away to Crucifixion, bearing his Cross 

Distressed by the Lamentations of his Friends . . 

The narcotic Drink refused, that he might be 
sensible 

The terrible sufferings of being crucified 

Numbered with infamous Transgressors 

Exposed naked on the Cross 

Insulted on the Cross by four classes of people. . 

Distressed for his heart-broken Mother 

Deeming himself abandoned by God 

The Torture of mortal Thirst 

The Anguish of Spirit, departing in despair. . . . 

The Agony of Body in the death suffering 



PART. I CHAP. SEC. 



II. 

V. 
VI. 



VII. 



VIII. 
IX. 
XI. 

I. 

I. 

III. 

ill 

in. 



V. 



VI. 



II. 



III. 
IV. 



9 
9 
1 

4 

1 
2 

4 

1 
2 

3 

4 
4 
5 

1 

3 

1 
2 
3 
3 



XI. 

OBSERVATIONS ON THE SUFFERINGS AND DEATH OF CHRIST. 

Observe : 1. To all this must be added, w 7 hat no finite being can com- 
prehend, the awful anguish of his soul on the evening of his arrest in 
the garden. In the words of a great theologian, " In that flesh he suf- 
fered — how much we cannot tell ; but no sorrow was like unto his sor- 
row. It was mental pain, for it was the hiding of God's face. It was 
24* 



282 APPENDIX. 



Observations on the Sufferings and Death of Christ. 

the array of demons ; it was blackness and darkness The spirit 

trembled, and the body died. This was the redemption price." — R. 
Watson. 

2. That the mental sufferings of Christ hastened his death, so that he 
died much sooner than usually occurred in crucifixion, and much sooner 
thaii. was expected, is sufficiently manifested by the gospel narrative. 
These mental sufferings, to produce this result, must of course have 
affected in some way his physical system. If there could have been a 
scientific investigation of the immediate physical cause of his sudden 
death, it would undoubtedly have been demonstrated that he died of a 
ruptured heart. This would account scientifically for all the otherwise 
inexplicable peculiarities of his death. He died, then, of a Broken 
Heart! i. In the usual sense, of mental anguish; 2, in the unusual 
sense, of physical agony, producing mortal lesion. 

3. The common tortures of crucifixion, though terrible in the extreme, 
were comparatively endurable. But the mental anguish of our Saviour 
at the time of his death was absolutely intolerable and overwhelming. 
" It was not of the cruel tortures he felt in his body, nor of the scoffs 
and reproaches of his name ; they were all swallowed up in the suffer- 
ings within, as the river is swallowed up in the sea, or the lesser flame 
in the greater. He seems to neglect all these, and only complains of 
what was more burdensome than ten thousand crosses — even his Father's 
deserting him : ' My God ! my God ! why hast thou forsaken me ?' It is 
a more inward trouble that burdens him and darkens his spirit — the 
hidings of God's face, an affliction to which he was a total stranger 
until now." 

4. " Why hast thou forsaken me ? It is as if he were surprised by the 
strangeness of this affliction ; and rousing himself up with an unusual 
vehemence, turns himself to the Father, and cries, Why so, my Father ? 
Oh what dost thou mean by this ? What ! hide that face from me that 
was never hid before ! What ! hide it from me now, in the depth of my 
other torments and sorrows ! Oh what new, what strange things are 
these !" 

5. " It was a real, not a fictitious desertion. He doth not personate a 
deserted soul, and speak as if God had withdrawn the comfortable sense 
and influence of his love from him ; but the thing was so indeed. The 
Godhead restrained and kept back, for this time, all its joys, comforts, 
and sense of love from the manhood. This bitter, doleful outcry of 
Christ gives evidence enough of its reality." 



APPENDIX. 2 S3 



Observations on the Sufferings and Death of Christ. 

6. " This desertion took place in the time of Christ's greatest need. 
His Father forsook him at that time, when all earthly comforts had for- 
saken him, and all outward evils had broken in together upon him ; 
when men, yea, the best of men, stood afar off, and none but barbarous 
enemies were about him. When pain and shame, and all miseries 
weighed him down, then, to complete and fill up his sufferings, God 
stands afar off too." — FlaveVs Fountain of Life. 

7. " He was a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief." " It 
pleased the Lord to bruise him : he hath put him to grief." He made 
" his soul an offering for sin." " He poured out his soul unto death." 
" Surely he hath borne our griefs and carried our sorrows ; yet we did 
[truly] esteem him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted." " But he 
was wounded for our transgressions ; bruised for our iniquities ; the 
chastisement of our peace was upon him ; and with his stripes we are 
healed." " He himself bare our sins in his own body on the tree." 
His mortal anguish began with the " travail of his soul," when his " soul 
was exceeding sorrowful, even unto death," when he " being in an agony 
prayed the more earnestly ; and his sweat was as it were great drops of 
blood falling down to the ground." 

Thus was " the Captain of our salvation" made " perfect through suf- 
ferings," that he might be successful " in bringing many sons unto 
glory." " Salvation to our God who sitteth upon the throne, and unto the 
Lamb, for ever and ever !" Amen. 



284 



APPENDIX. 



Textual Index. 



XII. 



TEXTUAL INDEX. 
MATTHEW. 



SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING 


SCENES. 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap.' 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


xvi. 


13-16 


II. 


i. 


1 


25 


xxiv. 


19-22 


IV. 


i. 


9 


143 




17-20 






2 


26 




23-28 






10 


143 




21-23 






3 


26 




29 




ii. 


1 


146 




24-26 






4 


27 




30,31 






2 


146 




27,28 






5 


27 




32-35 






3 


147 


xvii. 


1, 2 




ii. 


1 


28 




36-41 






4 


147 




3, 4 






2 


29 




42-44 






6 


148 




5-9 






3 


29 




45-51 






7 


149 




10-13 






4 


30 


XXV. 


1-13 




iii. 


1 


151 




14-16 




iii. 


1 


31 




14-30 






2 


152 




17,18 






2 


32 




31-46 






3 


154 




19-21 






3 


33 


xxvi. 


i-<; 


V. 


i. 


1 


158 




22, 23 




iv. 


1 


34 




6,7 


III. 




2 


108 




24-27 






2 


34 




8,9 






3 


109 


xviii. 


i-5 






4 


35 




10-13 






4 


no 










5 


36 




14-16 


V. 




2 


158 




7-9 






6 


37 




17-19 






3 


159 




10-14 






7 


38 




20 






4 


160 




15-20 




v. 


1 


38 




21, 22 




ii. 


5 


164 




2i-35 






2 


39 




23,24 






6 


164 


xix. 


I3-I5 


ii. 


vi. 


2 


9i 




25 






7 


165 




16-22 






3 


92 




26-29 




iii. 


4 


170 




23-26 






4 


93 




30,36 


vi. 


i. 


1 


187 




27-30 






5 


94 




3i-33 


V. 


iii. 


1 


168 


XX. 


1-16 




vii. 


1 


95 




34,35 






2 


169 




17-19 






2 


96 




37-39 


vi. 


i. 


2 


187 




20, 21 






4 


97 




40,41 






3 


188 




22, 23 






5 


98 




42,43 






4 


188 




24-28 






6 


98 




44-46 






5 


189 




29-34 




viii. 


1 


100 




47 




ii. 


1 


190 


xxi. 


1-7 


in. 


ii. 


1 


112 




48-50 






3 


191 




8,9 






2 


113 




5i 






4 


191 




10-17 






5 


115 




52-54 






5 


192 




12, 13 




iii. 


2 


117 




55,56 






6 


192 




18, 19 






1 


116 




57 




iii. 


1 


193 




20-22 






4 


118 




58 






2 


194 




23-27 




iv. 


1 


119 




59-61 






5 


i95 




28-32 






2 


120 




62-66 






6 


196 




33-46 






3 


121 




67,68 






7 


196 


xxii. 


1-14 




v. 


1 


123 




69, 70 




iv. 


1 


197 




15-22 






2 


124 




71,72 






2 


197 




23-33 






3 


125 




73-75 






3 


198 




34-4° 




vi. 


1 


127 


xxvii. 


1 




v. 


1 


199 




41-46 






2 


128 




1, 2 






2 


200 


xxiii. 


1-12 




vii. 


1 


130 




3-5 






10 


203 




13-33 




2 


131 




6-10 






H 


204 




34-39 




3 


133 




11 






4 


200 


xxiv. 


1, 2 


IV. 


i. 


1 


J 39 




11 






5 


201 




3-5 






2 


140 




12-14 






6 


202 




6-8 






3 


140 




15-18 




vi. 


2 


205 




9 






4 


140 




19 






3 


206 


.. 


9, 10 






6 


141 




20, 21 






4 


206 




11-14 






7 


142 




22 






5 


207 


•• 


15-18 




.. 


8 


142 




23 






6 


207 



APPENDIX. 



285 



Textual Index. 



MATTHEW— Continued. 



SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES. 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING 


SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


xxvu. 


24-26 


VI. 


VI. 


7 


207 


XXVll. 


57,58 


VII. 


v. 


I 


225 




26-30 


VII. 


1. 


1 


211 




58,59 






2 


225 






31,32 




ii. 


i 


214 




60 






4 


226 






33, 34 






3 


215 




61 






5 


227 






35, 36 






5 


216 




62-66 






6 


227 






37 






6 


216 


xxviii. 


1 


VIII. 


1. 


2 


230 






38 






4 


215 




2-4 






1 


230 






39-44 




111. 


1 


218 




5-7 






4 


231 






45-47 




IV. 


1 


221 




8 






6 


232 






48,49 






2 


222 




9, i° 






7 


233 






50 






3 


222 




11-15 






8 


233 






51-53 






4 


222 




16, 17 




IV. 


7 


244 






54 






5 


223 




18-20 




VI. 


3 


250 






55, 56 






6 


223 















MARK. 



SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES. 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


viii. 


27-29 

30 
31-33 


I. 


i. 


1 
2 
3 


25 
26 
26 


X 


1. 


28-34 
35-37 
38-40 


III. 


vi. 


1 
2 
3 


127 
128 
129 




34-37 






4 


27 






41-44 




viii. 


X 


134 




38 






5 


27 


XI 


ii. 


1, 2 


iv. 


i. 


1 


139 


ix. 


1 






5 


27 






3-6 






2 


140 




2,3 




ii. 


1 


28 






7,8 






3 


140 




4-6 






2 


29 






9 






4 


140 




7-10 






3 


29 






10, 13 






7 


142 




11-13 






4 


30 






11 






5 


141 




14-18 




iii. 


1 


3i 






12, 13 






6 


141 




19-27 






2 


32 






14-16 






8 


142 




28,29 






3 


33 






17-20 






9 


143 




30-32 




iv. 


1 


34 






21-23 






10 


143 




33 






2 


34 






24,25 




ii. 


1 


146 




33-35 






3 


35 






26, 27 






2 


146 




36,37 






4 


35 






28-31 






3 


147 




38-42 






5 


36 






32 






4 


147 




43-50 






6 


37 






33-37 






5 


148 


X. 


13-16 


ii. 


vi. 


2 


9 1 


X 


IV. 


1, 2 


v. 


i. 


1 


158 




17-22 






3 


92 






3 


in. 


i. 


2 


108 




23-27 






4 


93 






4,5 






3 


109 




28-31 






5 


94 






6-9 






4 


no 




32-34 




vii. 


2 


96 






10, 11 


v. 


i. 


2 


158 




35-37 






3 


97 






12-16 






3 


159 




38-40 






5 


98 






17 






4 


160 




41-45 






6 


98 






18, 19 




ii. 


5 


164 




46-52 




viii. 


2 


101 






20, 21 






6 


164 


xi. 


1-7 


in. 


ii. 


1 


112 






22-25 




iii. 


4 


170 




8-10 






2 


ii3 






26,32 


VI. 


i. 


1 


187 




11 






5 


ii5 






27-29 


v. 


iii. 


1 


168 




12-14 




iii. 


1 


116 






30,31 






2 


169 




15-17 






2 


117 






33-36 


vi. 


i. 


2 


187 




18, 19 
20-26 






3 
4 


117 
118 






37,38 
39,40 






3 

4 


188 
188 




27-33 




iv. 


1 


119 






41,42 






5 


189 


xii. 


1 
1-12 






2 
3 


120 
121 






43 
44,45 




ii. 


1 
3 


190 
191 




13-17 




v. 


2 


124 






46,47 






4 


191 


•• 


18-27 






3 


125 






48-52 






6 


193 



286 



APPENDIX. 



Textual Index. 



MARK— Continued. 



SCRIPTURE. | CLOSING 


SCENES. 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING 


SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


XIV. 


53 


VI. 


111. 


I 


193 


XV. 


26 


VII. 


11. 


6 


216 




54 






2 


194 




29-32 




111. 


1 


218 




55-59 






5 


195 




33-35 




IV. 


1 


221 




60-64 - 






6 


196 




36 






2 


222 




65 






7 


196 




37 






3 


222 




66-68 




iv. 


1 


197 




38 






4 


222 




69, 70 






2 


197 




39 






5 


223 




70-72 






3 


198 




40,41 






6 


224 


XV. 


1 




v. 


1 


199 




42,43 




v. 


1 


225 




1 






2 


200 




44-46 






2 


225 




2 






4 


200 




46 






4 


226 




2 






5 


201 


.-. 


47 






5 


227 




3-5 






6 


202 


XVI. 




vii i. 


1. 


1 


230 




6-10 




vi. 


2 


205 




2-4 






2 


230 




11 






4 


206 




5-7 






4 


231 




12, 13 






5 


207 




8 






6 


232 




14 






6 


207 




9-11 




11. 


3 


236 




i5 






7 


207 




12 




m. 


1 


238 




15-19 


vii. 


1. 


1 


211 




13 






4 


240 




20, 21 




11. 


2 


214 




14 




iv. 


1 


241 




22, 23 






3 


215 




15-18 






4 


243 




24 






5 


216 




19 




VI. 


4 


250 




25, 27, 28 






4 


215 




20 






6 


251 



LUKE. 



SCRIPTURE. 1 CLOSINC 


SCENES. 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES 




Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


ix. 


18-20 


I. 


1. 


1 


25 


XIV. 


15-24 


11. 


11. 


3 


77 




21 








2 


26 




25-35 






4 


78 






22 








3 


26 


XV, 


1-7 




111. 


1 


80 






23-25 








4 


27 




8-10 






2 


80 






26, 27 








5 


27 




11-32 






3 


81 






28, 29 






11. 


1 


28 


xvi. 


1-8 




IV. 


1 


83 






3o-33 








2 


29 




9-i3 






2 


84 


.. 




34-36 








3 


29 




14-18 






3 


84 






37-40 






111 


1 


31 




19-31 






4 


85 






41-43* 








2 


32 


XVll. 


i-4 




V. 


1 


87 






43-45 






IV. 


1 


34 




5-io 






2 


87 






46 








3 


35 




11-19 


1. 


vii. 


3 


45 






47>48 








4 


35 




20-37 


II. 


v. 


3 


88 






49,50 








5 


36 


XV111. 


1-8 






4 


90 






51-56 






vii. 


2 


45 




9-14 




VI. 


1 


9i 


X 




1-16 
17-20 
21-24 






VI. 


1 
2 
3 


41 
42 

43 




15-17 
18-23 

24-27 






2 

3 
4 


9i 
92 
93 






25-37 






vii. 


4 


46 




28-30 






5 


94 






38-42 








5 


47 




3i-35 




Vll. 


2 


96 


Xll 


1.* 


10-13 






xii. 


1 


66 




35-43 




Vlll. 


2 


IOI 






14-17 








2 


66 


XIX. 


1-10 






3 


102 






22-30 








3 


67 




11-28 






4 


103 






31-35 








4 


68 




29-35 


III. 


11. 


1 


112 


XIV. 


1-6 


U 




11. 


1 


76 




36-38 






2 


113 




7-14 






2 


76 




39,40 






3 


114 



* Luke, chaps, xi. and xii. evidently belong to an earlier period than is embraced in 
this work. So verses 18-21. 



APPENDIX. 



2S7 



Textual Index. 



LUKE— Continued. 



SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSINC 




SCRIPTUREC: 


CLOSING SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Pae:e. 


xix. 


41-44 


III. 


ii. 


4 


114 


xxii. 


59-62 


VI. 


iv. 


3 


198 




45,4° 




iii. 


2 


117 




63-65 




iii. 


7 


196 




47,48 






3 


117 




66-71 




v. 


1 


199 


XX. 


1-8 




iv. 


1 


119 


xxiii. 


1 






2 


200 




9-19 






3 


121 




2,3 






4 


200 




20-26 




v. 


2 


124 




4-7 






7 


202 




27-40 






3 


125 




8-10 






8 


203 




41-44 




vi. 


2 


128 




11, 12 






9 


203 




45-47 






3 


129 




13-16, 17 




vi. 


1 


205 


xxi. 


i-4 




viii. 


1 


134 




18 






4 


206 




5,6 


IV. 


i. 


1 


139 




19 






2 


205 




7,8 






2 


I40 




20, 21 






5 


207 




9-1 1 






3 


I4O 




22, 23 






6 


207 




12, 13 






4 


I40 




24,25 






7 


207 




14,15 






5 


I4I 




26 


VII. 


ii. 


1 


214 




16-19 






6 


141 




27-32 






2 


214 




20, 21 






8 


142 




33 






3 


215 




22, 23 






9 


143 




33,34 






4 


215 




24 






10 


143 




34 






5 


216 




25, 26 




ii. 


1 


I46 




35-37 




iii. 


2 


218 




27, 28 






2 


I46 




38 




ii. 


6 


216 




29-33 






3 


147 




39-43 




iii. 


2 


219 




34-36 






8 


149 




44 




iv. 


1 


221 


xxii. 


1, 2 


V. 


i. 


1 


I58 




45 






4 


222 




3-6 






2 


158 




46 






3 


222 




7" x 3 






3 


159 




47,48 






5 


223 




14-18 






4 


l6o 




49 






6 


223 




19, 20 




iii. 


4 


I7O 




50-52, 54 




v. 


i 


225 




21,23 




ii. 


5 


164 




53 






2 


225 




22 






6 


164 




53 






4 


226 




24-30 




i. 


5 


l6o 




55,56 






5 


227 




31-33 




iii. 


1 


168 


xxiv. 


i-3 


viii. 


i. 


2 


230 




34 






2 


169 




4-7 






5 


232 




35-38 






3 


169 




8 






6 


232 




39,40 


vi. 


i. 


1 


l87 




9-1 1 






9 


234 




41-44 






2 


l87 




12 




ii. 


1 


235 




45,46 






3 


l88 




13-16 




iii. 


1 


238 




47 




ii. 


1 


19O 




17-27 






2 


238 




47,48 






3 


191 




28-32 






3 


239 




49-51 






4 


191 




33-35 






4 


240 




52,53 






6 


192 




36-40 




iv. 


1 


241 




54 




iii. 


1 


193 




41-48 






2 


242 




54,55 






2 


194 




49 






3 


243 




56,57 




iv. 


1 


197 




50,51 




vi. 


4 


250 




58 






2 


197 




52,53 






6 


251 



JOHN. 



SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES. 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING 


SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 1 Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Vll. 


1-10 


I. 


Vll. 


i 


44 


Vlll. 


21-24 


I. 


IX. 


3 


54 




11-24 




Vlll. 


1 


48 




25-30 






4 


54 




25-31 






2 


49 




31-36 






5 


55 




32-39 






3 


50 




37-47 






6 


55 




40-44 






4 


50 




48-59 






7 


56 




45-53 






5 


5i 


IX. 


1-7 




X. 


1 


58 


viii. 


i-ii 




IX. 


1 


52 




8-12 






2 


59 




12-20 






2 


53 




13-17 






3 


59 



288 



APPENDIX, 



Textual Index. 



JOHN— Continued. 



SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING SCENES. | 


SCRIPTURE. 


CLOSING 


SCENES. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch. 


Sec. 


Page. 


Chap. 


Verses. 


Part. 


Ch.l 


Sec. 


Page. 


ix. 


18-23 


I. 


X. 


4 


60 


xvii. 


6-19 


V. 


vii. 


2 


182 




24-34 






5 


60 




20-23 






3 


183 




35-4i 






6 


61 




24-26 






4 


184 


X. 


1-6 




xi. 


1 


62 


xviii. 


1 


vi. 


i. 


1 


187 




7-18 






2 


63 




2,3 




ii. 


1 


190 




19-30 






3 


64 




4-9 






2 


190 




3i-4i 






4 


65 




10 






4 


191 


xi. 


1-10 


if. 


i. 


1 


7i 




11 






5 


192 




11-16 






2 


72 




12-14, 24 




iii. 


1 


193 




17-29 






3 


72 




15, 16, 18 






2 


194 




3o-37 






4 


73 




17 




iv. 


1 


197 




38-44 






5 


74 




19-21 




iii. 


3 


194 




45-54 






6 


75 




22,23 






4 


195 




55-57 


in. 


i. 


1 


108 




25-27 




iv. 


3 


198 


xii. 


i-3 






2 


108 




28 




v. 


2 


200 




4-6 






3 


109 




29-32 






3 


200 




7,8 






4 


no 




33-36 






4 


200 




9-1 1 






5 


no 




37,38 






5 


202 




12-16 




ii. 


1 


112 




39 




vi. 


2 


205 




!2, 13 I 
*7, 18 ] 






2 


113 


xix. 


40 
i-3 


VII. 


i. 


4 


206 
211 




19 






3 


114 




4-7 






2 


211 




20-26 




viii. 


2 


134 




8-12 






3 


212 




27-30 






3 


- 135 




13-16 






4 


213 




31-36 






4 


135 




17 




ii. 


1 


214 




37-43 






5 


136 




17 






3 


215 




44-50 






6 


i37 




18 






4 


215 


xiii. 


i-5 


v. 


ii. 


1 


162 




19-22 






6 


216 




6-1 1 






2 


162 




23,24 






5 


216 




12-17 






3 


163 




25-27 




iii. 


3 


219 




18-20 






4 


163 




28, 29 




iv. 


2 


222 




21, 22 






5 


164 




30 






3 


222 




23-30 






7 


165 




31-33 






7 


224 




3i-35 






8 


166 




34-37 






8 


224 




36,37 




iii. 


1 


168 




38 




v. 


1 


225 




38 






2 


169 




38 






2 


225 


xiv. 


i-4 




iv. 


1 


171 




39,40 






3 


226 




5-7 






2 


172 




41,42 






4 


226 




8-14 






3 


172 


XX. 


1, 2 


vii 1. 


i. 


2 


230 




15-17 






4 


173 




2 






3 


231 




18-21 






5 


173 




3-10 




ii. 


1 


235 




22-24 






6 


173 




11-17 






2 


236 




25-27 






7 


174 




18 






3 


236 




28-31 






8 


174 




19, 20 




iv. 


1 


241 


XV. 


1-8 




v. 


1 


175 




21-23 






3 


243 




9-17 






2 


176 




24,25 






5 


244 




18-21 






3 


176 




26-29 






6 


244 




22-25 






4 


177 


xxi. 


i-3 




v. 


1 


245 




26, 27 






5 


177 




4-6 






2 


246 


xvi. 


i-4 




vi. 


1 


178 




7-1 1 






3 


246 




5-i5 






2 


178 




12-14 






4 


247 




16-18 






3 


179 




15-19 






5 


247 




19-28 






4 


180 




20-24 






6 


248 




29-33 






5 


181 


XX. 


30,31 \ 
25 ) 




vi. 


7 


252 


xvii. 


i-5 


vii. 


1 


181 


xxi. 









APPENDIX. 



2S9 



Textual Index. 



OTHER SCRIPTURE PASSAGES. 



SCRIPTURE. 




CLOSING 


SCENES. 




Chapter. 

I COR. XV. 

Acts. i. 


Verses. 

6, 7 

3 


Part. 
VIII. 


Chapter, 
v. 


Section. 
7 
7 


Page. 

249 
249 




4, 5 
6-8 




VI. 


1 
2 


249 

250 




9 






4 


250 




10, 11 
12 






5 
6 


251 
251 



25 



N 



290 APPENDIX. 

Outlines of a New System of Bible-class Instruction. 

XIII. 

OUTLINES OF A NEW SYSTEM OF BIBLE-CLASS INSTRUCTION. 
BY REV. D. D. BUCK, D. D. 

[A sketch of an original course of lessons on Christ was presented 
to the Sunday-school Convention at Lyons, and greatly admired by 
many. Its publication was requested by the convention. We hope Dr. 
Buck will prepare a series of text-books on this plan, and give them to 
the Church.]* 

1. It is intended to be systematic, thorough and exhaustive, in respect 
to the subjects of which it treats. 

2. It proposes to be strictly religious, and entirely suitable to the Sab- 
bath and to the spiritual wants of the people. 

3. It proposes to keep distinctly in view the great Christian axiom, 
that Christ is "All in all," and that he should be the "Alpha and the 
Omega" in all our studies and Christian pursuits. 

4. It assumes that Inspiration has given to us the revelations and 
records concerning Christ in respect to his relations, associations, say- 
ings, doings, sufferings and triumphs, in the most appropriate and in- 
structive manner. 

5. It proposes, therefore, to keep Christ constantly before the mind, 
as we inquire into the relations, associations, and historical incidents 
with which he is connected in the Gospel history. 

6. In order to secure this, the endeavor is to place ourselves in such 
ideal association with the times of Christ as to obtain the highest prac- 
ticable realization of all that has any recorded connection with him. 

7. This renders it expedient to investigate all that Inspiration has 
placed before us relating to Christ and his surroundings. 

8. It is proposed to examine one thing at a time, as far as it may be 
practicable, and to take up the several branches of the general subject 
in consecutive order, and in this manner investigate the whole. 

9. This necessitates a graduated classification, of the studies as they 
are presented or suggested by the Scripture records. 

* From the Sunday-School Journal, Dec. 1867; Rev. Daniel Wise, D.D., 
Editor. 



APPENDIX. 291 



Outlines of a New System of Bible-class Instruction. 

The several grades are as follows : 

I. Pilgrims with Christ. 
II. Companions of Christ. 

III. Pupils of Christ. 

IV. Witnesses for Christ. 
V. Champions for Christ. 

VI. Sympathizers with Christ. 
VII. Victors with Christ. 

So far as practicable, the Scripture records should be divided into 
corresponding portions ; and then applying the plan of this new method, 
which keeps Christ in connection with all the times, seasons, charac- 
ters and events with which he is scripturally associated, we may learn 
all that the Scriptures assist us to know, and understand Christ as he is 
scripturally revealed. Christ, then, is the governing theme ; the Scrip- 
tures, the authoritative text-book. 

Judgment and tastes will differ, but the following suggestions may 
assist in the proposed classification of the progressive studies. 

I. As pilgrims we put ourselves in ideal connection with all the places 
in which Christ appears, and we go with him at all times, witnessing 
and experiencing all that is recorded concerning him. 

1. The countries, places, directions, distances, rivers, seas, pools, 
fountains, wells, brooks, deserts, plains, mountains, valleys, gardens. 

2. Synagogues, temples, inns, ships, etc. 

3. Climates, seasons, storms, productions. 

4. Divisions of time, days,* nights, hours, etc. 

5. Modes of travel, routes, entertainments. 

6. Journeys, objects, results, etc. 

II. As companions we become acquainted with all directly and indi- 
rectly associated with Christ. 

1. The rulers : imperial, provincial, etc. 

2. The hierarchy : supreme, subordinate, etc. 

3. Officers, sects, classes, beliefs, etc. 

4. Festivals : religious, social, etc. 

5. Customs : marriage, funeral, etc. 

6. Enemies : who, why, how, what, etc. 

7. Friends, relations, conduct, etc. 

8. Houses, furniture, servants, customs, etc. 



292 APPENDIX, 

Outlines of a New System of Bible-class Instruction. 

III. As pupils we ideally place ourselves under Christ's public and 
private instructions, seeing, hearing, learning : 

1. Customs and circumstances, places and occasions, audiences and 
results. 

2. General discourses on general themes. 

3. Prophetic discourses on particular themes. 

4. Parables, classifications, interpretations. 

5. Doctrinal discussions and statements. 

IV. As witnesses we particularly notice the doings and sayings in- 
tended or adapted to prove his divine mission, his knowledge, authority, 
power, divine approval, etc. 

1. Miraculous nativity. 

2. Fulfillment of prophecies applied to him. 

3. Divine attestations. 

4. Miracles wrought by himself. 

5. Miracles wrought in his name. 

6. Post-resurrection appearances. 

V. As champions we may examine all the accusations of his enemies, 
and all his escapes from their snares. 

1. Accusations of sensuality, insanity, demoniacal possession, etc. 

2. Triumphs in debate and captious questioning and false reasoning. 

3. Escapes from personal violence. 

VI. As sympathizers we investigate all those passages which present 
Christ as a sufferer in body or mind. 

1. Perils of his childhood. 

2. From the conduct of his friends. 

3. From the conduct of his enemies. 

4. From the temptations of the devil. 

5. Forebodings of the closing scenes. 

6. Mysterious agony in Gethsemane. 

7. Trial and personal abuse. 

8. Sufferings on the cross. 

VII. As victors we notice the nature of his death, burial, resurrec- 
tion, etc. 

1. Christ under the power of death. 

2. Christ overcoming death. 

3. Christ's ascension to heaven. 



APPENDIX. 293 



Outlines of a New System of Bible-class Instruction. 

4. Christ's exaltation in heaven. 

5. Christ's present mediatorial reign. 

6. Christ coming to judgment. 

7. Christ administering judgment. 

8. Christ the universal conqueror. 

9. Christ reigning with his saints. 

Note. — This grade carries us beyond the record of the Gospels, and takes us through 
the Acts, the Epistles and Revelation, and as we pass we examine all that we find 
relating to the subject In this manner we gain complete scriptural knowledge of 
Christ, and also of the places, times, seasons, characters, events, sayings, doings, etc., 
with which Christ is associated in the inspired records. 

In carrying out this plan of Bible-class study, much depends, of course, on the skill, 
study, perseverance, taste and judgment of the instructor. It may be slightly or it may 
be thoroughly applied. The harmonized combination of the several Gospel narratives 
will be found very convenient for the systematic, exhaustive study of the Scripture His- 
tory of Christ which this new system proposes. No text-book can supply the place of 
the Word of God. There may indeed be many useful helps in such a study, but the 
Bible must be the chief reliance. 

It is of great importance that the Bible student should be educated and habituated to 
examine and analyze the Word of God for himself. The habit of searching out and 
arranging for special purposes specific portions of the Divine Word cannot be over- 
estimated. 

The Bible-class Teacher should from time to time select, arrange and announce the 
progressive lessons, as the circumstances may seem to require. And the Pupils should 
be educated to do the same thing. 

Such a study of Christ as is herein contemplated must, of course, require considerable 
time and exertion ; but will it not abundantly repay the diligent Bible student for all the 
time and labor he expends ? 

The Closing Scenes of the Life of Christ will occupy not less than one year. This 
most affecting part of our Lord's history has been selected to begin with. No part of 
his history is more important ; no part, perhaps, is less perfectly understood ; no part 
can have greater influence over the mind and heart. 

Not the Cradle but the Cross of Jesus is the attractive centre of saving faith. The 
Cross implies the Cradle ; and the Cross is the stepping-stone to the Throne. The 
Closing Scenes give the chief interest to all that precedes and to all that follows. 
25 * 



VALUABLE NEW BOOKS 

Published by J. B. LIPPINOOTT & 00., Philadelphia. 

ST. JOHN THE DIVINE. 

The Pupils of St. John the Divine. By Miss C. M. Yonge, 

author of "The Heir of Redclyffe.'' Illustrated. 12mo. 

Superfine paper. Extra cloth, £2.00. Extra cloth, gilt, 

$2.25. Vol. I. of "The Sunday Library." 

"It is a choice book for the family library — one which will be 

prized in every Christian household." — Boston Journal. 

"The book deserves to be read and studied by all believers, and 
many of its details are sufficient to arrest the attention of others. 
* * * This is a daintily printed book, with some beautiful wood 
engravings." — Phila. Press. 

THE HERMITS. 

By Rev. Charles Kingsley. Illustrated. 12mo. Superfine 
paper. Extra cloth, $2.00. Vol. II. of "The Sunday Library." 

"In it the skillful and learned pen of Mr. Kingsley describes the 
rise and progress of monkish life in the Christian church, as exem- 
plified by St. Anthony, Paul the Hermit, Hilanai, Arsenius, Basil, 
Simon Stylites, the Hermits of Asia and Europe, St. Columba, and 
others. The reading is agreeable, and the facts instructive." — 
The Chicago Advance. 

SEEKERS AFTER GOD : 

The Lives of Seneca, Epictetus, and Marcus Aurelius. By Rev. 
F. W. Farrar. M.A. 12mo. Superfine paper. Extra cloth, 
$2 00. Vol. III. of "The Sunday Library." 

CAMEOS OF HISTORY. 

Cameos from English History. From Rollo to Edward II. By 
Miss C. M. Yonge, author of "The Heir of Redclyffe," etc. 
12mo. Tinted paper. Plain cloth, $1 25. Fine cloth, $1.75. 

" Miss Yonge's power of clear and picturesque narration is dis- 
played throughout the volume, and the incidents she reproduces 
are much more interesting than those which are usually found in 
fictions." — Boston Transcript. 

"An excellent design happily executed." — New York Times. 

"History is presented in a very attractive and interesting form 
for young folks in this work." — Pittsburg Gazette. 

THE FOUR GOSPELS. 

The Unconscious Truth of the Four Gospels. By Rev. W. H. 
Furness, D.D. 12mo. Tinted paper. Fine cloth. $1.25. 

TALKS WITH A CHILD ON THE BEATITUDES. 

16mo. Fine cloth. $1.00. 

"A volume written in a sweet, devout, simple, and tender spirit, 
and calculated to edify the old as well as the young."— Boston. Ev. 
Transcript. 

. For sale by booksellers generally, or will be sent by mail, postage 
free, on receipt of price by the Publishers. 



PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO., Phila. 

Will be sent by Mail, post-paid, on receipt of price. 



NEW AMEEIOA. 

. By William Hepworth Dixon, Editor of " The Athenaeum, " 
and author of " The Holy Land," "William Penn," etc. With 
Illustrations from Original Photographs. Third Edition. 
Complete in one volume, Crown Octavo. Printed on tinted 
paper. Extra Cloth. Price $2.75. 
In these graphic volumes Mr. Dixon sketches American men and 
women, sharply, vigorously, and truthfully, under every aspect. 
The smart Yankee, the grave politician, the senate and the stage, 
the pulpit and the prairie, loafers and philanthropists, crowded 
streets and the howling wilderness, the saloon and the boudoir, with 
women everywhere at full length — all passes on before us in some 
of the most vivid and brilliant pages ever writteD. — Dublin Uni- 
versity Magazine. 

ELEMENTS OF AET OEITIOISM. 

A Text-book for Schools and Colleges, and a Hand-book for 
Amateurs and Artists. By G. W. Samson, D.D., President of 
Columbian College, Washington, D. C. Second Edition. Crown 
8vo. Cloth. Price $3.50. Abridged Edition $1.75. 
This work comprises a Treatise on the Principles of Man's 
Nature as addressed by Art, together with a Historic survey of the 
Methods of Art Execution in the departments of Drawing, Sculp- 
ture, Architecture, Painting, Landscape Gardening, and the Dec- 
orative Arts. The Round Table says : " The work is incontestably 
one of great as well as unique value." 

THE HISTOKY OP AET. 

By Professor Wilhelm Lubke. Translated by P. E. Bttnnett, 
translator of Grimm's "Life of Michael Angelo," etc. With 
415 illustrations. Two vols, imperial 8vo. Beautifully 
printed from Old Faced type on toned paper, and hand- 
somely bound in cloth. 

TEEEA MAEIiE ; or, Threads of Maryland Colonial History. 
By Edward D. Neill, one of the Secretaries of the President 
of the United States. 12mo. Extra Cloth. Price $2.00. 

COMING WONDEES, expected between 1867 and 1875. 
By the Rev. M. Baxter, author of " The Coming Battle." One 
vol. 12mo. Cloth. Price $1.00. 



VALUABLE WORKS 

Published by J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO., Philadelphia. 

Will be sent by Hnil, post-paid, an receipt of price. 



OUR CHILDREN IN HEAVEN. 

By Wm. H. Holcombb, M.D. lUmo. Tinted paper. Extra cloth. 
$1.75. 

Contents. — I. Is there no light? II. How are they raised? 
III. What Bodies have they? IV. Where do they go? V. Who 
takes care of them? VI. What are they doing? VII. Can we 
communicate? VIII. Why did not the Lord prevent? IX. Why 
did they die ? X. What good can come of it ? 

HODGSON'S REFORMERS AND MARTYRS. 

The Lives, Sentiments, and Sufferings of some of the Reformers 
and Martyrs before, since, and independent of the Lutheran 
Reformation. By Wm. Hodgson. One vol. 12mo. $2,00. 
11 The work is compiled from various authorities, and brings for- 
ward many facts and incidents that are out of the usual course of 
reading, though of an eminently instructive character." — N. Y. 
Tribune. 

ECCE BE US HOMO; 

Or, The Work and Kingdom of the Christ of Scripture. 12mo. 
Tinted paper. Extra cloth. $1.50. 

. . . " There is not a page of the book that is wearisome, 
tedious, or dry. . . . Amid such terse, short, pithy sentences 
the light must shine, and misconception is quite impossible." — The 
Episcopalian. 

THE DERVISHES. 

History of the Dervishes ; or, Oriental Spiritualism. By John 
P. Brown, Interpreter of the American Legation at Constan- 
tinople. With twenty-four illustrations. One vol. crown 8vo. 
Tinted paper. Cloth. $3.50. 
"In this volume are the fruits of long years of study and inves- 
tigation, with a great deal of personal observation It treats, in 
an exhaustive manner, of the belief and principles of the Dervishes. 
. . . On the whole, this is a thoroughly original work, which 
cannot fail to become a book of reference." — The Phila. Press. 

SCIENCE OF KNOWLEDGE. 

Theoretically and Practically Considered. By J. G. Fichte. 
Translated from the German by A. E. Kroeger. 12mo. Tinted 
paper. Cloth, beveled boards. $2.00 

ME310IRS OF ALEXANDER CAMFBELL. 

Embracing a view of the Origin, Progress, and Principles of the 
Religious Reformation which he advocated. By Robert Rich- 
ardson. Two vols, crown 8vo. 

THE PROGRESS OF FHILOSOFHY, 

In the Past and in the Future. By Samuel Tyler, LL.D. Second 
Edition. Enlarged. 12mo. Tinted paper. Cloth. $1.75. 



VALUABLE WORKS 

Published by J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO., Philadelphia. 

Will be sent by Mail, post-paid, on receipt of price. 



THE AMERICAN BE A VER and Ms WORKS. 

By Lewis H. Morgan, author of " The League of the Iroquois." 

Handsomely illustrated with 23 full-page lithographs and 

numerous wood-cuts. One vol. 8vo. Tinted paper. Cloth 

extra. $5.00. 

"We have read Mr. Morgan's elaborate but most lucidly written 

volume with intense delight and full satisfaction." — Boston Ev. 

Transcript. 

DIXON'S SPIRITUAL WIVES. 

By W. Hepworth Dixon, author of "New America," "William 
Penn," "The Holy Land," etc. Second Edition. Complete 
in one crown 8vo. volume. With Portrait of Author from 
Steel. Tinted paper. Extra cloth. $2.50. 
" The subject of ' SpLitual Wives' is at once sensational, appall- 
ing, and full of deep interest. If we look at it simply as a system, 
it is replete with scenes which cannot be surpassed even in 
fiction." — London Morning Post. 

U. S. CHRISTIAN COMMISSION. 

Annals of the United States Christian Commission. By Rev. 
Lemuel Moss, Home Secretary to the Commission. In one 
vol. 8vo. of 752 pages. Handsomely illustrated. Tinted pa- 
per. Cloth extra. $4.50. 

IE ITEMS FROM THE FRONTIERS. 

Written during a period of Thirty Years' Service in the U. S. 
Army. By Maj.-Gen. George A. McCall, late Commander 
of the Pennsylvania Reserve Corps. One vol. crown 8vo. 
Toned paper. Fine cloth. $2.50. 
"His letters in the volume before us include a period of over 
thirty years of active service in Florida, the West, the Mexican 
War, and New Mexico. They are admirably written — easy, fa- 
miliar, graphic, anecdotal, descriptive, and full of information. 
It seems as if the gallant writer was as much master of the pen as 
of the sword." — Phila. Press. 

BAKER'S ABYSSINIA. 

The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia, and the Sword Hunters of the 
Hamran Arabs. By Sir Samuel White Baker, author of 
"The Albert Nyanza." With Maps and numerous Illustra- 
tions, drawn by E. Griset from Original Sketches by the Au- 
thor. Superfine paper. One vol. crown 8vo. Extra cloth. $2.75. 
" We have rarely met with a descriptive work so well 
conceived and so attractively written as Baker's Abyssinia, and we 
cordially recommend it to public patronage. . . . It is beau- 
tifully illustrated, and contains several well-executed maps of 
great value." — N. O. Times. 



PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO., Pliila. 

Will be sent by Mail, post-paid, on receipt of price. 



THE LAST DAYS OF OUE SAVIOUR. 

For Passion Week. The Life of our Lord, from the Supper in 
Bethany to His Ascension into Heaven, in Chronological Or- 
der, and in the Words of the Evangelists. Arranged by 
Charles D. Cooper, Rector of St. Philip's Church, Philadel- 
phia. A neat 16mo. Bound in Cloth, with Side Stamp. 
Price $1.00. 

THE CHEISTIAN HYMNAL. 

Hymns with Tunes for the Service of the Church. Compiled 
and Edited by Rev. Frank Sewall. 12mo. Cloth. Price $1.25. 

TEUE PEOTESTANT EITUALISM. 

Being a Review of a Book entitled " The Law of Ritualism." By 
the Rev. Charles H. Hall, D.D., Rector of the Church of the 
Epiphany, Washington, D. C. 16mo. Extra Cloth. Price $1.50. 

HISTOEICAL MEMOIES of the SOCIETY OF EEIENDS. 

Select Historical Memoirs of the Religious Society of Friends, 
commonly called Quakers; being a Succinct Account of their 
Character and Course during the Seventeenth and Eighteenth 
Centuries. By Wm. Hodgson. Second Edition. 12mo. Strongly 
bound in Cloth. Price $1.75. 

STUDIES IN THE BOOK OP PSALMS. 

Being a Critical and Expository Commentary, with Doctrinal 
and Practical Remarks on the entire Psalter. By William S. 
Plumer, D.D., LL.D. Second Edition. In one Royal 8vo. 
volume. Price, Cloth, $6.00; Library Style, $6.75; Half 
Turkey, tinted paper, $7.50. 

KITTO'S BIBLICAL CYCLOPEDIA. 

New Edition. A Cyclopaedia of Biblical Literature. Originally 
edited by John Kitto, D.D.,F.S. A. Third Edition, greatly en- 
larged and improved. Edited by Wm. Lindsay Alexander, 
D.D., F.S.A.S., etc. Elegantly printed, and beautifully illus- 
trated with Maps and Engravings. In three vols. Royal 8vo. 
Bound in Cloth. Price $22.50. 

HEAVEN AND ITS W0NDEES AND HELL. 

From Things Heard and Seen. By Emanuel Swedenborg. 
Originally published in Latin, at London, a.d. 1758. Printed 
on toned paper. Extra Cloth. Price $2.50. 



PUBLICATIONS OP J. B. LIPPINOOTT & CO. 

"Will be sent by Mail on receipt of price. 

rNTTSTEIR EOME: 
POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND SOCIAL. 

BY THE 

REV. C. M. BUTLER, D.D., 

Professor of Ecclesiastical History in the Divinity School, Phil- 
adelphia; author of "The Book of Common Prayer inter- 
preted by its History;" "Lectures on the Apocalypse;" "St. 
Paul in Rome," etc. etc. etc. 1 vol. 12mo. $1.75. 

From the Philadelphia Inquirer. 
. . . No modern volume within our knowledge has so thor- 
oughly entered into an exposition of the government and the social 
condition of Rome. 

From the Cincinnati Gazette. 
The hook is the result of personal observation as well as the care- 
ful study of documents only made public since the surrender of the 
Venitian capital to Victor Emmanuel. Hence we find disclosures of 
long permitted wrong, oppression, and cruelty, that startle us even 
in this day when rebellion has given so bloody a record of crime. It 
is the duty of every man to read a volume so opportune, and which so 
clearly indicates that the Old World is about to pass through an or- 
deal more severe, if possible, than that in which our own land and 
people have been tried, and, we trust, purified. We commend the 
volume to the student, the politician, and the practical man. 

From the Rev. Dr. S. I. Prime. 
. . . No book on Rome or Popery has met my eye so well fitted 
to show the world what Romanism is at Rome, as this book of yours. 

From Judge Advocate General Holt. 
My dear sir : I write to thank you sincerely for the volume " Inner 
Rome." ... I have read it carefully and with much interest and 
instruction, and think you have done your friends and the country a 
good service in thus presenting to them the results of your diligent 
study of the principles and policy and habits of those who have now 
the guardianship of this "lone mother of dead empires." Be assured 
that I shall prize the offering alike for its own worth and as a token 
of that friendship with which you have so constantly honored me, 
and which I gladly and gratefully reciprocate. 

From the Rev. Horatius Bonar, D.D. 
My dear Dr. Butler ; . . . I am busy with your work, and find 
it exceedingly interesting and instructive. One likes to get a view of 
the interior from one who knows it so well as you do ; as for a trav- 
eler, like myself, he is not qualified for the task at all, and his pen 
can only sketch exteriors. You have seen a great deal both of Rome 
Inner and Rome Outer, and it is pleasant to be introduced by you 
into one chamber, and another, and another. 




nflf 







WW 



IB 



"■■■' :■:<■ ■■-■■v 

v ■: -: ■'■■'.■■'? 



i llllllll 

■H 

■'.•..■'■■'■. 

■■'■'■■ ■■'H 

HHP 

II 

' * * ■ ■■■ 

n 



4 Wm 



SisHBSSIKHll 

•"■•■■■'.' 

.■■•■''•■..•.■:•■ 



WlflllB^BflllfllllMBIHIll 



